summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/lollipop
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/lollipop')
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/README86
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/config/lollipop.ini23
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/address.tex186
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/appendix.tex69
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/btxmac.tex812
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comm.tex642
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comment.tex129
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/example.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/extern.tex428
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/head.tex118
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/list.tex442
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.bib59
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.pdfbin328623 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.tex92
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/mandefs.tex225
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/opt.tex408
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/out.tex349
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/prelim.tex327
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/struct.tex264
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/titlepag.tex85
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/manual/trace.tex61
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/doc/tex-inde.xen261
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-define.tex425
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-document.tex381
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-float.tex51
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fontdefs.tex42
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fonts.tex416
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-heading.tex49
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-lists.tex362
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-output.tex744
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-plain.tex1249
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-text.tex553
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-tools.tex1509
-rw-r--r--macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop.tex141
34 files changed, 0 insertions, 10992 deletions
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/README b/macros/lollipop/README
deleted file mode 100644
index fd6a650318..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-About Lollipop and its manual.
-
-You have obtained a package containing the Lollipop format
-and its manual.
-
-The manual is a pretty good illustration of the power of
-Lollipop, but there is also a file 'address.tex' which
-contains example macros for an address book.
-
-Lollipop is still under development. The manual contains
-some remarks about what is still to be done. If you have any
-questions, remarks, suggestions (or if you want to voice
-your appreciation :-) , feel free to contact me:
-
- Vafa Khalighi
- persian-tex@tug.org
-
-Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
- 1194 strings out of 496579
- 16173 string characters out of 6202690
- 72655 words of memory out of 5000000
- 3270 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
- 11241 words of font info for 40 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
- 19 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
- 24i,4n,24p,187b,562s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
-
-Output written on lollipop-manual.dvi (59 pages, 155468 bytes).
-
-History so far:
-
-0.9 October 1992, first public release
-
-0.91 Unannounced update
- TeX3 based lollipop-plain
- penalties and white space in embedded constructs
- splittopskip set equal to topskip
-
-0.92 November 1992, update for friends and family
- Copyright notices added
- math family setting for \rm, \bf, \tt
- bugs in penalties corrected
-
-0.93 December 1992, official update
- Lots of nobreaks in pre/post-tex material of constructs
- Synonym counters repaired
- Topskip and raggedbottom in state of repair
-
-0.94 December 1992, unofficial update
- Adaptive distances
-
-0.95 January 1993, unofficial update
- Short titles, rewritten external files,
- address book example format.
-
-0.97 4 April 2014, organized and updated
- files and also generated format.
-
-0.98 6 April 2014, changed all lollipop filenames
- to start with `lollipop' prefix, and fixed typewriter font.
-
-0.99 9 April 2014, improved ini file, and the error in
- address.tex example fixed.
-
-1.00 11 April 2014, updated lollipop-plain.tex and manual.
-
-1.01 12 April 2014, Updated lollipop-text.tex (changed "#1 cs to \"#1 cs
- to be compatible with plain
-
-1.02 16 April 2014, Updated lollipop-text.tex (defined \EveryParagraph,
- \EveryMath, and \EveryDisplay), defined \PointSizeScriptSizes:12
-
-1.03 19 April 2014, Fixed the wrong numbering of nested enumerate lists
-
-1.05 16 April 2016, Changed \lolli@name to \lollipop@name
- added \footnoterule to output routine
- defined \PushLeftIndentLevel, \PopLeftIndentLevel,
- \PushRightIndentLevel, \PopRightIndentLevel,
- \PushLeftRightIndentLevels, and \PopLeftRightIndentLevels
- commands. \PushIndentLevel is now a synonym for
- \PushLeftIndentLevel and \PopIndentLevel is a synonym
- for \PopLeftIndentLevel
- fixed the error caused by \newhelp
-
-1.06 14 May 2016, Defined \FrenchSpacing
-
-1.07 21 May 2016, Some minor changes \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/config/lollipop.ini b/macros/lollipop/config/lollipop.ini
deleted file mode 100644
index d7314a3e44..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/config/lollipop.ini
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\scrollmode
-\input lollipop
-\dump
-\endinput
-
-% lollipop.fmt is generated by `tex -ini -jobname=lollipop -progname=lollipop lollipop.ini' \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/address.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/address.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3627c90d55..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/address.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-% address book macros
-% copyright 1993 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-% These macros are based on the Lollipop macro package,
-% copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-% Format this file twice to get external files right.
-%
-
-% Some general options.
-% Please use another typeface if you have it!
-%
-\Distance:whitebefore=0pt \Distance:whiteafter=0pt
-\AlwaysIndent:no \FlushRight:no
-\TypeFace:ComputerSans \PointSize:8 \Style:roman
-\def\\{,\Spaces:1 }
-
-% The page is four columns, no footers etc
-%
-\DefinePageGrid:ThePage width:page=6.5in height:page=5in
- textband:start text white:10pt text white:10pt
- text white:10pt text textband:stop Stop
-
-% The main macro is the text block \Entity, representing one item
-% in the address book.
-%
-\DefineTextBlock:Entity HasTitle:short
- whitebefore:{6pt plus 6pt minus 3pt} whiteafter:whitebefore
- line:start rule:v={height 7pt width7pt depth0pt} Spaces:2
- Style:italic title line:stop Stop
-
-% Data in an entity is formatted as a number of headings.
-% We declare all headings to be embedded, ie, they form a paragraph.
-% The 'nomarks' option is to prevent memory overflow.
-%
-\OptionsMacro:embed=embedded:yes nomarks
- whitebefore:0pt whiteafter:0pt Stop
-\DefineHeading:phone HasTitle:short macro:embed
- literal:phone : Spaces:1.5 title , Spaces:2 Stop
-\DefineHeading:fax HasTitle:short macro:embed
- literal:fax : Spaces:1.5 title , Spaces:2 Stop
-\DefineHeading:Address HasTitle:short macro:embed
- title , Spaces:2 Stop
-\DefineHeading:Note HasTitle:short macro:embed
- ( title ) Spaces:2 Stop
-
-% Here's an example of non-standard handling of the title:
-% email addresses are set in \tt, and can be broken differently
-%
-\def\breakemail{\hyphenchar\font=`. }
-\DefineHeading:email HasTitle:short macro:embed
- begingroup tt breakemail title endgroup , Spaces:2 Stop
-
-% This is invisible information; maybe later we'll do something
-% with it.
-\DefineHeading:Route HasTitle:short Stop
-
-% Here is the first really cute application.
-% If a person is declared to be \At a certain company, then
-% that fact is written out to an external file, which can be loaded
-% later.
-%
-\DefineExternalFile:companies=ats
-\def\WorksAt{Works at: }
-\DefineHeading:At macro:embed
- HasTitle:short WorksAt title Spaces:2
- external:companies title unhskip title:Entity unhskip external:stop Stop
-% When the 'companies' file gets loaded the title only gets
-% parsed by the macro \CompNam, and nothing else happens.
-% The title is split into company and person; #1 becomes the name
-% of a list to which #2 is added.
-%
-\def\CompNam#1\unhskip#2\unhskip{
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}\NewList:{#1} \fi
- \AppendToList:#1={#2\unhskip, } }
-\DefineExternalItem:At file:companies
- expandafter CompNam title Stop
-% The company lists are later simply loaded; see below.
-
-% Even more complicated: birthdays.
-% All birthdays are written to an external file.
-%
-\DefineExternalFile:births=brt
-\DefineHeading:birthday HasTitle:short macro:embed
- literal:Born : title Spaces:2
- external:births title unhskip title:Entity unhskip external:stop Stop
-% Later every month becomes something like an entity;
-% here is how we generate a token list for each month.
-%
-\def\month#1{\ifcase#1\or jan\or feb\or mar\or apr\or may\or jun\or
- jul\or aug\or sep\or oct\or nov\or dec\fi}
-\tempcounta=1 \loop\ifnum\tempcounta<13
- \xp\NewList\xp:\xp{\month\tempcounta}
- \advance\tempcounta1 \repeat
-% Formatting the caboodle means:
-% -- loading the 'births' file
-% -- formatting each month separately by \OneMonth
-% which is essentially a call to the text block \Month
-%
-\def\AllBirths{\LoadExternalFile:births
- \tempcounta=1 \loop\ifnum\tempcounta<13
- \OneMonth \advance\tempcounta1 \repeat}
-\def\OneMonth{\xp\Month\month\tempcounta\par
- \TheList:{\month\tempcounta} \>}
-% Month is much like \Entity, just a bit different visually.
-%
-\DefineTextBlock:Month
- whitebefore:{6pt plus 6pt minus 3pt} whiteafter:whitebefore
- line:start rule:v={height 7pt width7pt depth0pt} Spaces:2
- Style:italic title Spaces:2
- fillup rule:v={height 7pt width7pt depth0pt} line:stop
- Stop
-% When the external file is loaded, every birthday is processed
-% by \BirNam which splits it into #1 year #2 month #3 day and
-% #4 person's name. This is then written to the list for the
-% appropriate month.
-%
-\def\BirNam#1 #2 #3\unhskip #4\unhskip
- {\tempcounta#2\relax
- \AppendToList:{\month\tempcounta}={\JollyFellow #3 #4 (#1)\par}
- }
-\DefineExternalItem:birthday file:births
- expandafter BirNam title Stop
-\DefineHeading:JollyFellow title nomarks Stop
-
-% Phooeew! Now we can get down to business!
-
-\WriteExtern:yes
-\Start
-\LoadExternalFile:companies
-
-\Entity Adam Aardvark
-\Address Page~1, English Language Dictionary
-\>
-
-\Entity Barbara Beeton
-\At Tugbt
-\Note Editor in chief
-\>
-
-\Entity Jane Doe
-\email doe@re.mi.sol
-\>
-
-\Entity John Doe
-\phone +1 212 555 4141
-\>
-
-\Entity Victor Eijkhout
-\Address Department of Computer Science, University of Tennessee
-\phone +1 615 974 8298
-\At Tugbt
-\Note merely associate editor
-\email eijkhout@cs.utk.edu
-\birthday 1959 11 29
-\>
-
-\Entity Elvis Presley
-\birthday 1938(?) 01 08
-\>
-
-\Entity Tugboat
-\TheList:Tugbt
-\>
-
-\AllBirths
-
-\Stop
-
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/appendix.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/appendix.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b05e32214..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/appendix.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-% appendix.tex copyright1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter Example styles
-
-To show you the strength of \Lollipop, this chapter collects a few
-example style definitions. The first one is that of this manual.
-
-\Section The style definition for this book
-
-In case you were wondering how this book was typeset, here is the
-full style definition. By the standards of what Lollipop can do it is
-pretty pedestrian.
-
-One thing that may have provide intellectual titilation is the
-definition of \cs{Example} and \cs{OutExample}.
-It allowed me to keep the examples in sync with their output.
-
-Of course that
-doesn't really rely on \Lollipop. It does illustrate the fact that
-\Lollipop\ is interfaceable to arbitrary macros. (But don't try
-loading \Lollipop\ on top of \LaTeX! On second thought, do. It
-disables most of \LaTeX. Just kidding.)
-
-\begingroup \PointSize:8 \tt
-\verbatimfile{mandefs.tex}\endgroup
-
-\Section[sec:address] Address book
-
-The following macros generate an address book. Several noteworthy
-features:
-\Itemize\item Most titles are short, that is, delimited by the line
-end.
- \item Since a page will now have several dozens of headings, the
-number of marks placed will become a problem, therefore the option
-\opt{nomarks} is included everywhere. Without this you would easily
-have memory overflows.
- \item The \cs{At} heading writes its information to an external
-file. This is then parsed by the macro \cs{CompNam}. A~slight amount
-of knowledge of Lollipop internals is used here for parameter parsing,
-but not more than can be gleaned from simply looking at the external
-file.\par
- Then a token list is created for each company, and these lists are
-printed somewhere down the file. This is a bit of \TeX\ programming
-that is not quite elementary, but still \Lollipop saves you a lot of
-work.
- \>
-If you want to see the output, run \TeX\ with Lollipop twice on the
-\file{address.tex} file.
-
- \begingroup \PointSize:8 \tt
-\verbatimfile{address.tex}\endgroup
-
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/btxmac.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/btxmac.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3093ed1a83..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/btxmac.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,812 +0,0 @@
-%% @texfile{
-%% author = "Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik",
-%% version = "0.99h",
-%% date = "24 Apr 1991",
-%% filename = "btxmac.tex",
-%% address = "Please use electronic mail",
-%% checksum = "812 4053 30557",
-%% email = "opbibtex@neon.stanford.edu",
-%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%% supported = "yes",
-%% docstring = "Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX",
-%% }
-% BibTeX-for-TeX macros, version 0.99h, for BibTeX 0.99c, TeX 3.0 or later.
-% Copyright (C) 1990--91 by Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik; all rights reserved.
-% You may copy this file provided: that it's accompanied by the
-% "BibTeXing" document, whose text is contained in the file `btxdoc.tex';
-% that any documentation you write for these macros also gives a
-% reference for "BibTeXing"; and that either you make absolutely no
-% changes to your copy, or if you do make changes, (1) you name the file
-% something other than `btxmac.tex' and you remove all occurrences of
-% `btxmac.tex' from the file, (2) you put, somewhere in the first twenty
-% lines of the file, your name, along with an electronic address at which
-% others who might use the file may reach you, and (3) you remove each
-% occurrence of Oren's name and electronic address from this file. These
-% restrictions help ensure that all standard versions of these macros are
-% identical, and that Oren doesn't get deluged with inappropriate e-mail.
-%
-% This file, btxmac.tex, contains TeX macros that allow BibTeX, a
-% bibliography program that was originally designed for use with LaTeX,
-% to work with plain TeX. Please report any bugs (outright goofs,
-% improvable macros, misfeatures, or unclear documentation) to Oren
-% Patashnik (opbibtex@neon.stanford.edu). These macros will become
-% frozen shortly after BibTeX version 1.00 is released.
-%
-% To use these macros you should be familiar with how BibTeX interacts
-% with LaTeX, since BibTeX's interaction with TeX is very similar; that
-% interaction is explained in the LaTeX manual. It also helps to
-% have read "BibTeXing", the documentation that accompanies BibTeX.
-% Then, if you want, you should redefine any of the macros that begin
-% with `\bbl' or `\biblabel' or `\print' that you need to get formatting
-% different from the default (the default settings are designed to
-% accompany a bibliography style like BibTeX's standard style `plain').
-% The macros you might want to change are described briefly a few
-% paragraphs hence. Finally, as long as you follow the guidelines given
-% by the LaTeX manual and "BibTeXing", you simply \input btxmac.
-% [Remember the general scheme: Running (La)TeX writes information on
-% the .aux (auxiliary) file; then running BibTeX reads information from
-% the .aux, .bst (style), and .bib (database) files, and writes
-% information (the bibliography) on a .bbl file; then running (La)TeX
-% incorporates the bibliography; then running (La)TeX once more fixes
-% the remaining forward references into the bibliography. Thus, to get
-% everything incorporated into your output, you'll have to run (La)TeX,
-% BibTeX, (La)TeX, (La)TeX. (Standup, sitdown, fight, fight, fight.)]
-%
-% These macros can stand alone or they can be \input into macro packages
-% like Eplain. If you want to try out these macros on the 0.99 version
-% of the xampl.bib file that's distributed with BibTeX (that version of
-% the file has no self-identification), you'll need to define \mbox,
-% which is a LaTeX command, to be \hbox.
-%
-%
-% HISTORY
-%
-% Karl Berry wrote the original version of these macros in 1989 and
-% 1990, for use in his `Eplain' package. Oren Patashnik modified them
-% slightly in July 1990, as part of the official BibTeX distribution.
-%
-% 1-Aug-90 Version 0.99a, not released to the general public.
-% 14-Aug-90 0.99b, first general release.
-% 26-Aug-90 0.99c, made \@undefinedmessage work with other macro packages.
-% 6-Sep-90 0.99d, allowed for general formatting of bibliography labels,
-% for general formatting of (in-text) citations, and for
-% changing certain catcodes while reading the .aux file.
-% 14-Nov-90 0.99e, changed the way \@setletters works, made some \new...'s
-% non-outer, and changed the way Eplain reads this file.
-% 12-Dec-90 0.99f, made \@resetnumerals change the `,' and `.' catcodes; and
-% added \biblabelextrahang, \@getoptionalarg, and \bblsc.
-% 11-Mar-91 0.99g, made a few minor changes required by the way Eplain reads
-% this file, but no functional changes.
-% 24-Apr-91 0.99h, inhibited the reading and writing of the .aux file if it
-% isn't used or if the \noauxfile macro is defined, and
-% removed some .aux-file-opening detritus; printed the
-% cite-key of undefined citations in \tt font; changed the
-% catcode of `_' inside \cite; and called \@resetnumerals
-% from inside a group.
-%
-%
-% The LaTeX-related commands defined in this file include (a) the four
-% commands that a user types (\bibliography, \bibliographystyle, \cite,
-% and \nocite); (b) the three commands that BibTeX looks for in the .aux
-% file (\bibdata, \bibstyle, and \citation---there is a fourth command
-% that BibTeX looks for, but that command is related to LaTeX's \include
-% facility, so these macros ignore that command); and (c) a LaTeX
-% command (\newcommand) that's written by one of the four standard
-% bibliography styles (alpha). The definitions here are not exactly the
-% same as the corresponding LaTeX definitions (those eight LaTeX
-% definitions depend on a significant fraction of LaTeX itself). But
-% the only substantial differences are with \newcommand, which here,
-% without complaining, lets you redefine a preexisting control sequence
-% (in LaTeX, \newcommand won't let you redefine a preexisting command),
-% and which here doesn't make the control sequences it defines \long (in
-% LaTeX, that happens automatically); there may also be other minor
-% differences. To summarize: Unless you know what you're doing, you
-% shouldn't define any control sequences with these eight names:
-%
-% \bibdata
-% \bibliography
-% \bibliographystyle
-% \bibstyle
-% \citation
-% \cite
-% \newcommand
-% \nocite
-%
-% There are three other commands written by one or more of the four
-% standard (plain, abbrv, alpha, unsrt) or four semistandard (acm,
-% apalike, ieeetr, siam) bibliography styles; they take effect only
-% within the bibliography, and are redefinable, as explained later:
-%
-% \em
-% \newblock
-% \sc
-%
-% There's one control sequence you might want to use (but not redefine)
-% in redefining \biblabelprint:
-%
-% \biblabelwidth
-%
-% There are twelve other control sequences (explained later in more detail)
-% that the macros of this file will use if you define them---you should
-% define them after the \input btxmac command but before the \bibliography
-% command. The first five begin with `\bbl' and affect fonts, spacing,
-% and perhaps other characteristics of the bibliography; the next three
-% begin with `\biblabel' and determine how labels are formatted in the
-% bibliography; and the last four begin with `\print' and determine how
-% the in-text citations are formatted:
-%
-% \bblem
-% \bblhook
-% \bblnewblock
-% \bblrm
-% \bblsc
-% \biblabelcontents
-% \biblabelextrahang
-% \biblabelprint
-% \printbetweencitations
-% \printcitefinish
-% \printcitenote
-% \printcitestart
-%
-% If it's defined before the \input btxmac command, the control sequence
-% below inhibits the reading and writing of the .aux file(s), and the
-% issuing of related warning messages. Any definition will do. This
-% feature might help when you're working on draft stages of a document:
-%
-% \noauxfile
-%
-% Here's another control sequence (it's described later), with an `@'
-% in its name, that you probably won't want to redefine unless you are
-% writing another macro package; if you do redefine it, however, do it
-% before the \input btxmac command:
-%
-% \@undefinedmessage
-%
-% And here are still more control sequences that, should you already have
-% them defined, might conflict with the way the btxmac.tex macros use them
-% (but since each of these has an `@' in its name, it's unlikely that such
-% conflicts will arise unless you intend them):
-%
-% \@auxfile \@auxfiledonefalse \@auxfiledonetrue
-% \@bracketcheck \@citation \@cite
-% \@citedef \@citelabel \@citewarningfalse
-% \@citewarningtrue \@commandname \@continuenewcommand
-% \@emptymarkA \@emptymarkB \@fileexistsfalse
-% \@fileexiststrue \@finishcitedef \@finishtestfileexistence
-% \@for \@forloop \@fornoop
-% \@fortmp \@getoptionalarg \@@getoptionalarg
-% \@gobble \@if@auxfiledone \if@citewarning
-% \@ifempty \@@ifempty \if@fileexists
-% \if@notfirstcitation \@iforloop \@innerdef
-% \@innernewcount \@innernewdimen \@innernewif
-% \@innernewwrite \@itemnum \@letter
-% \@linenumber \@newcommandwithargs \@newcommand
-% \@next \@nextwhile \@nil
-% \@nnil \@notfirstcitationfalse \@notfirstcitationtrue
-% \@numparams \@oldatcatcode \@onecitation
-% \@optionalarg \@other \@paramdef
-% \@readauxfile \@readbblfile \@resetnumerals
-% \@scfont \@setletters \@spacesub
-% \@startdef \@testfileexistence \@tokstostring
-% \@ttsA \@ttsB \@ttsmarkA
-% \@ttsmarkB \@undefined \@writeaux
-%
-%
-% So to start things off we turn `@' into a letter (category code 11),
-% keeping track of the old category code for future restoration.
-% (Simply resetting it to 12 when we leave these macros is
-% insufficient.) The use of `\cite' as a temporary control sequence is
-% a kludge, but it's a reasonably simple way to accomplish what we need
-% without possibly overwriting something (without an `@' in its name)
-% that might already be defined.
-%
-\edef\cite{\the\catcode`@}%
-\catcode`@ = 11
-\let\@oldatcatcode = \cite
-\chardef\@letter = 11
-\chardef\@other = 12
-%
-%
-% Next come some things that will be useful later.
-%
-% Make an outer definition into an inner one (due to Chris Thompson).
-% The arguments should be the control sequence to be defined, and the
-% new of the \outer control sequence, as characters; the control
-% sequence #1 is defined to be just the same as \csname#2\endcsname, but
-% not \outer. For example, \@innerdef\innernewcount{newcount} would
-% define \innernewcount to be a non-outer version of \newcount.
-%
-\def\@innerdef#1#2{\edef#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname #2\endcsname}}%
-%
-% We use \@innerdef to make some of our allocations local, because
-% Eplain includes our code inside a conditional. We put @'s in the
-% names to minimize the (already small) chance of conflicts.
-%
-\@innerdef\@innernewcount{newcount}%
-\@innerdef\@innernewdimen{newdimen}%
-\@innerdef\@innernewif{newif}%
-\@innerdef\@innernewwrite{newwrite}%
-%
-%
-% Swallow one parameter.
-%
-\def\@gobble#1{}%
-%
-%
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\@undefined
- \let\@linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\@linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}%
-\fi
-%
-%
-% \@getoptionalarg\CS gets an optional argument from the input, enclosed
-% in brackets, then expands \CS. We set \@optionalarg to \empty if we
-% don't find one, otherwise to the text of the argument. This assumes
-% the brackets don't have a funny category code.
-%
-\def\@getoptionalarg#1{\let\temp = #1\futurelet\next\@bracketcheck}%
-\def\@bracketcheck{\begingroup
- \if [\next
- \aftergroup\@@getoptionalarg
- \else
- \global\let\@optionalarg = \empty
- %
- % We can't do the \aftergroup\temp after the \fi, because then the
- % \temp gets in the way of reading the optional argument from the
- % input, if we do have one.
- \aftergroup\temp
- \fi
-\endgroup}%
-%
-\def\@@getoptionalarg[#1]{%
- \def\@optionalarg{#1}%
- \temp
-}%
-%
-%
-% \@tokstostring converts its argument into a list of character tokens.
-% It uses no commands that are executed in the stomach, only expansions
-% handled in the gullet. (This is necessary for use with \edef).
-%
-% Control sequences in the argument are not expanded. Blanks become a
-% \spacesub. The argument shouldn't contain other special characters.
-%
-\def\@tokstostring#1{\@ttsA#1 \@ttsmarkA}%
-%
-% \@ttsA partitions a sequence of tokens into portions delimited by blanks.
-%
-\def\@ttsA#1 #2\@ttsmarkA{%
- \@ifempty{#1}\else
- \@ttsB #1\@ttsmarkB
- %
- \@ifempty{#2}\else
- \@spacesub\@ttsA#2\@ttsmarkA
- \fi
- \fi
-}%
-%
-% \@ttsB processes a sequence of tokens with no contained blanks.
-%
-\def\@ttsB#1{%
- \ifx #1\@ttsmarkB\else
- \string #1%
- \expandafter\@ttsB
- \fi
-}%
-%
-% This is just so \ifx won't complain about an undefined control sequence.
-%
-\def\@ttsmarkB{\@ttsmarkB}% should never be expanded
-%
-% The expansion of this macro replaces spaces.
-%
-\def\@spacesub{+}%
-%
-%
-% \@ifempty tests if it is given an argument.
-%
-\def\@ifempty#1{\@@ifempty #1\@emptymarkA\@emptymarkB}%
-\def\@@ifempty#1#2\@emptymarkB{\ifx #1\@emptymarkA}%
-%
-\def\@emptymarkA{\@emptymarkA}% Again, so \ifx won't complain.
-%
-%
-% From LaTeX.
-%
-\def\@nnil{\@nil}%
-\def\@fornoop#1\@@#2#3{}%
-%
-\def\@for#1:=#2\do#3{%
- \edef\@fortmp{#2}%
- \ifx\@fortmp\empty \else
- \expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}%
- \fi
-}%
-%
-\def\@forloop#1,#2,#3\@@#4#5{\def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else
- #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\@iforloop #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi
-}%
-%
-\def\@iforloop#1,#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil
- \let\@nextwhile=\@fornoop \else
- #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@iforloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}%
-}%
-%
-%
-% This macro tests if a file \jobname.#1 exists, and sets
-% \if@fileexists appropriately. If an optional argument is given, it is
-% used as the root part of the filename instead of \jobname.
-%
-\@innernewif\if@fileexists
-%
-\def\@testfileexistence{\@getoptionalarg\@finishtestfileexistence}%
-\def\@finishtestfileexistence#1{%
- \begingroup
- \def\extension{#1}%
- \immediate\openin0 =
- \ifx\@optionalarg\empty\jobname\else\@optionalarg\fi
- \ifx\extension\empty \else .#1\fi
- \space
- \ifeof 0
- \global\@fileexistsfalse
- \else
- \global\@fileexiststrue
- \fi
- \immediate\closein0
- \endgroup
-}%
-%
-%
-%% [[[start of BibTeX-specific stuff]]]
-%
-% Now come the four main LaTeX commands and their associated .aux
-% commands. Just as in LaTeX, \bibliographystyle defines the BibTeX
-% style name (.bst file, that is), and \bibliography defines the
-% database (.bib) file(s). The corresponding .aux-file commands are
-% \bibstyle and \bibdata, which are there only for BibTeX's (but not
-% LaTeX's) use.
-%
-\def\bibliographystyle#1{%
- \@readauxfile
- \@writeaux{\string\bibstyle{#1}}%
-}%
-\let\bibstyle = \@gobble
-%
-% As well as writing the \bibdata command to tell BibTeX
-% which .bib files to read, we read the .bbl file that
-% BibTeX (or a person, conceivably) has produced.
-%
-\def\bibliography#1{%
- \@readauxfile
- \@writeaux{\string\bibdata{#1}}%
- \@testfileexistence{bbl}%
- \if@fileexists
- \@readbblfile
- \fi
-}%
-\let\bibdata = \@gobble
-%
-% The \nocite{label,label,...} command writes its argument to \@auxfile,
-% unless instructed not to, but produces no text in the document. Both
-% the \nocite and \cite commands produce \citation commands in the .aux file.
-%
-\def\nocite#1{%
- \@readauxfile
- \@writeaux{\string\citation{#1}}%
-}%
-%
-\@innernewif\if@notfirstcitation
-%
-% \cite[note]{label,label,...} produces the citations for the labels as
-% well. If the optional argument `note' is present, it's added after
-% the labels. Since \cite calls \nocite before doing any writing, it
-% doesn't need to call \@readauxfile. We change the category code of
-% `_' so that the dummy definition given to the citation label doesn't
-% include a subcript character; that would cause TeX to complain.
-%
-\def\cite{\begingroup\catcode`_ = \@letter \@getoptionalarg\@cite}%
-%
-% Typeset the citations for the labels in #1, followed by the note, if
-% it exists. To change the citation's format in the text, redefine one
-% or more `\print...' macros, whose defaults appear later in this file.
-%
-\def\@cite#1{%
- \nocite{#1}%
- % Start printing the text, beginning with a left bracket by default.
- %
- \printcitestart
- \@notfirstcitationfalse
- \@for \@citation :=#1\do
- {%
- \expandafter\@onecitation\@citation\@@
- }%
- \ifx\empty\@optionalarg\else
- \printcitenote{\@optionalarg}%
- \fi
- \printcitefinish
- \endgroup
-}%
-%
-\def\@onecitation#1\@@{%
- \if@notfirstcitation
- \printbetweencitations
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter \ifx \csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname \relax
- \if@citewarning
- \message{\@linenumber Undefined citation `#1'.}%
- \fi
- % Give it a dummy definition:
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{%
- {\tt \nobreak\hskip0pt#1\nobreak\hskip0pt}}%
- \fi
- % Now produce the text, whether it was undefined or not.
- \csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname
- \@notfirstcitationtrue
-}%
-%
-% Given a label `foo', the macro `\b@foo' is supposed to
-% hold the text that should be produced.
-%
-\def\@citelabel#1{\@tokstostring{b@#1}}%
-%
-% So, how does a citation label get defined? When we read the .bbl file
-% (below), a \bibitem writes out a \@citedef command. And when we read
-% the \@citedef, we define \@citelabel{#1}, where #1 is the user's
-% label. But we have to be careful when reading the \@citedef, because
-% the second argument might have accents or other commands with numbers
-% as arguments. We have given the numerals category code 11 for reading
-% the .aux file, and that prevents them from being recognized as TeX
-% <number>s. Similarly for the other characters that can be part of a
-% <number>. So we have to reset the category codes before reading the
-% second argument. We also have to reset them back to letters when we
-% finish reading the \@citedef's, because there might be more labels
-% with numerals in them defined afterwards in the .aux file, put there
-% by Eplain or whatever.
-%
-\def\@citedef#1{%
- \begingroup
- \@resetnumerals
- \@finishcitedef{#1}%
-}%
-\def\@finishcitedef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{#2}%
- \endgroup
-}%
-\def\@resetnumerals{%
- \catcode`0 = \@other \catcode`1 = \@other \catcode`2 = \@other
- \catcode`3 = \@other \catcode`4 = \@other \catcode`5 = \@other
- \catcode`6 = \@other \catcode`7 = \@other \catcode`8 = \@other
- \catcode`9 = \@other \catcode`" = \@other \catcode`' = \@other
- \catcode`` = \@other \catcode`, = \@other \catcode`. = \@other
-}%
-%
-%
-% Reading the .bbl file also produces the typeset bibliography. Please
-% notice, however, that we do not produce the title for the references
-% (e.g., `References'), as LaTeX does. The formatting and spacing of
-% that title, whether it should go into the headline, and so on, are all
-% things determined by your format. We cannot know those things in
-% advance. If you wish, you can define \bblhook to produce the title.
-% Or just do it before the \bibliography command.
-%
-\def\@readbblfile{%
- % Define a counter to tell us which item number we are on.
- \@innernewcount\@itemnum
- %
- \begingroup
- \def\begin##1##2{%
- % ##1 is just `thebibliography'.
- % ##2 is the widest label.
- % We set (new dimen) \biblabelwidth based on the widest label
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\biblabelcontents{##2}}%
- \biblabelwidth = \wd0
- }%
- \def\end##1{}% ##1 is `thebibliography' again.
- %
- % Here we have two possibilities:
- % \bibitem[typesetlabel]{citationlabel}
- % \bibitem{citationlabel}
- % If we have the second of these, the citations are numbered, starting
- % from one; we use our own count register \@itemnum for this.
- %
- \@itemnum = 0
- \def\bibitem{\futurelet\next\@bibitem}%
- \def\@bibitem{%
- \begingroup \if [\next
- \aftergroup\@alphabibitem
- \else
- \aftergroup\@numberedbibitem
- \fi \endgroup
- }%
- \def\@alphabibitem[##1]##2{%
- % Need \xdef here for various reasons.
- \expandafter \xdef\csname\@citelabel{##2}\endcsname {##1}%
- \@finishbibitem{##2}%
- }%
- %
- \def\@numberedbibitem##1{%
- \advance\@itemnum by 1
- \expandafter \xdef\csname\@citelabel{##1}\endcsname{\number\@itemnum}%
- \@finishbibitem{##1}%
- }%
- %
- \def\@finishbibitem##1{%
- \biblabelprint{\csname\@citelabel{##1}\endcsname}%
- \@writeaux{\string\@citedef{##1}{\csname\@citelabel{##1}\endcsname}}%
- \ignorespaces
- }%
- %
- % Do the printing (we're producing the bibliography, remember).
- %
- \let\em = \bblem
- \let\newblock = \bblnewblock
- \let\sc = \bblsc
- % Punctuation won't affect spacing;
- \frenchspacing
- % the penalties below are from LaTeX's [article,book,report].sty;
- \clubpenalty = 4000 \widowpenalty = 4000
- % the next two values come from LaTeX's \sloppy command;
- \tolerance = 10000 \hfuzz = .5pt
- \everypar = {\hangindent = \biblabelwidth
- \advance\hangindent by \biblabelextrahang}%
- \bblrm
- % the \parskip is a guess at what looks good;
- \parskip = 1.5ex plus .5ex minus .5ex
- % and the .5em matches the \enspace of \biblabelprint below.
- \biblabelextrahang = .5em
- \bblhook
- %
- \input \jobname.bbl
- \endgroup
-}%
-%
-% The widest label's width is useful for redefining \biblabelprint; you
-% redefine \biblabelwidth, in effect, by redefining the
-% \biblabelcontents macro that appears below. And \biblabelextrahang,
-% which is redefinable inside \bblhook, is added to \biblabelwidth to
-% determine the amount of hanging indentation.
-%
-\@innernewdimen\biblabelwidth
-\@innernewdimen\biblabelextrahang
-%
-% Now come the main macros that are related to the printing of the
-% bibliography. Since you might want to redefine them, they are given
-% default definitions outside of \@readbblfile.
-%
-% The first one controls the printing of a bibliography entry's label.
-% If you change it, make sure that it starts with something like
-% \noindent or \indent that puts TeX into horizontal mode (even if the
-% label itself is empty); otherwise, the hanging indentation will get
-% messed up in certain circumstances.
-%
-\def\biblabelprint#1{%
- \noindent\hbox to \biblabelwidth{\biblabelcontents{#1}\hss}\enspace}%
-%
-% By default the labels are typeset in \bblrm, and enclosed in brackets.
-%
-\def\biblabelcontents#1{\bblrm [#1]}%
-%
-% The main text, too, is typeset using \bblrm, which is \rm by default.
-%
-\def\bblrm{\rm}%
-%
-% Emphasis for producing, e.g., titles, is done with \it by default.
-%
-\def\bblem{\it}%
-%
-% Some styles use a caps-and-small-caps font for author names. LaTeX
-% defines an \sc command but plain TeX doesn't, so we need one here.
-% The definition below doesn't load the font unless it's needed, but it
-% tries to load only the 10pt version, because it might not exist at
-% other point sizes.
-%
-\def\bblsc{\ifx\@scfont\@undefined
- \font\@scfont = cmcsc10
- \fi
- \@scfont
-}%
-%
-% The major parts of an entry are separated with \bblnewblock. The
-% numbers below are taken from LaTeX's `article' style.
-%
-\def\bblnewblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}%
-%
-% Here's where you stick any other bibliography-formatting goodies, or
-% redefine the values above.
-%
-\let\bblhook = \empty
-%
-%
-% Here are the four default definitions for formatting the in-text
-% citations. These are what you redefine (after your \input btxmac but
-% before your \bibliography) to get parens instead of brackets, or
-% superscripts, or footnotes, or whatever.
-%
-\def\printcitestart{[}% left bracket
-\def\printcitefinish{]}% right bracket
-\def\printbetweencitations{, }% comma, space
-\def\printcitenote#1{, #1}% comma, space, note (if it exists)
-%
-% That scheme is pretty flexible. For example you could use
-% \def\printcitestart{$^\bgroup}
-% \def\printcitefinish{\egroup$}
-% \def\printbetweencitations{,}
-% \def\printcitenote#1{\hbox{\sevenrm\space (#1)}}
-% to get superscripted in-text citations. To get something radically
-% different, however, you'll have to define your own \cite command.
-%
-% When we read this from the .aux file, \citation means nothing.
-%
-\let\citation = \@gobble
-%
-%
-% Now comes the stuff for dealing with LaTeX's \newcommand. As
-% mentioned earlier, this \newcommand will redefine a preexisting
-% command; that's different from how LaTeX's \newcommand behaves.
-%
-\@innernewcount\@numparams
-%
-% \newcommand{\foo}[n]{text} defines the control sequence \foo to have
-% n parameters, and replacement text `text'.
-%
-\def\newcommand#1{%
- \def\@commandname{#1}%
- \futurelet\@next\@continuenewcommand
-}%
-%
-% Figure out if this definition has parameters.
-%
-\def\@continuenewcommand{\begingroup
- \if [\@next
- \aftergroup\@newcommandwithargs
- \else
- \global\@numparams = 0
- \aftergroup\@newcommand
- \fi
-\endgroup}%
-%
-\def\@newcommandwithargs[#1]{%
- \global\@numparams = #1
- \@newcommand
-}%
-%
-% \@numparams is how many arguments this command has. The name of the
-% command is \@commandname. The replacement text for the new macro is #1.
-%
-\def\@newcommand#1{%
- \def\@startdef{\expandafter\edef\@commandname}%
- \ifnum\@numparams=0
- \let\@paramdef = \empty
- \else
- \ifnum\@numparams>9
- \errmessage{\the\@numparams\space is too many parameters}%
- \else
- \ifnum\@numparams<0
- \errmessage{\the\@numparams\space is too few parameters}%
- \else
- \edef\@paramdef{%
- % This is disgusting, but \loop doesn't work inside \edef,
- % because \body isn't defined.
- %
- \ifcase\@numparams
- \empty No arguments.
- \or ####1%
- \or ####1####2%
- \or ####1####2####3%
- \or ####1####2####3####4%
- \or ####1####2####3####4####5%
- \or ####1####2####3####4####5####6%
- \or ####1####2####3####4####5####6####7%
- \or ####1####2####3####4####5####6####7####8%
- \or ####1####2####3####4####5####6####7####8####9%
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \expandafter\@startdef\@paramdef{#1}%
-}%
-%
-%% [[[end of BibTeX-specific stuff]]]
-%
-%
-% Names of references (arguments given in the \cite and \nocite
-% commands) and file names (arguments given in the \bibliography and
-% \bibliographystyle commands) are recorded in \jobname.aux, called the
-% \@auxfile in these macros. Here's how they get read in.
-%
-\def\@readauxfile{%
- \if@auxfiledone \else % remember: \@auxfiledonetrue if \noauxfile is defined
- \global\@auxfiledonetrue
- \@testfileexistence{aux}%
- \if@fileexists
- \begingroup
- % Because we might be in horizontal mode when \@readauxfile
- % is called (if it's in response to a \cite or \nocite), we
- % want to ignore all the would-be spaces at the ends of
- % lines in the aux file. Fortunately, there are never any
- % (non-pathological) cases where an end-of-line might
- % actually be desired. If you really need to do something
- % strange, you can redefine \@setletters to do something
- % besides what it does now (this is intentionally left as
- % being somewhat painful to do).
- \endlinechar = -1
- \@setletters
- \input \jobname.aux
- \endgroup
- \else
- \message{\@undefinedmessage}%
- \global\@citewarningfalse
- \fi
- \immediate\openout\@auxfile = \jobname.aux
- \fi
-}%
-%
-% The \@readauxfile macro does all that work the first time it's called.
-% Since it's called once for every \cite, \nocite, \bibliography, and
-% \bibliographystyle command that the user issues, we need to remember
-% whether the work's been done. It's considered done if we're not to do
-% it---that is, if \noauxfile is defined.
-%
-\newif\if@auxfiledone
-\ifx\noauxfile\@undefined \else \@auxfiledonetrue\fi
-%
-% Since lots of characters are allowable inside reference names, and
-% since a reference name can get converted into a control sequence,
-% \@readauxfile must treat many characters as letters. It does that by
-% calling \@setletters, which changes the category code of all \@other
-% characters to \@letter. The 128/256 business arises because character
-% codes go up to 256 starting with TeX 3.0, but up to only 128 with
-% earlier versions.
-%
-\def\@setletters{%
- \count255 = 0
- \edef\temp{\ifx\inputlineno\@undefined 128\else 256\fi}%
- \loop
- \ifnum\catcode\count255 = \@other
- \catcode\count255 = \@letter
- \fi
- \advance\count255 by 1
- \ifnum\count255<\temp
- \repeat
- % The Eplain package uses underscores to construct the label names.
- \catcode`\_ = \@letter
-}%
-%
-% It's conceivable you'd want to change how other characters are read;
-% to do that, change their category code before doing \input btxmac.
-%
-%
-% After reading the .aux file, \@readauxfile opens it for writing.
-% The \@writeaux macro does the actual writing (as long as
-% \noauxfile is undefined).
-%
-\@innernewwrite\@auxfile
-\def\@writeaux#1{\ifx\noauxfile\@undefined \write\@auxfile{#1}\fi}%
-%
-%
-% A macro package that uses btxmac.tex might define
-% \@undefinedmessage (before doing an \input btxmac).
-%
-\ifx\@undefinedmessage\@undefined
- \def\@undefinedmessage{No .aux file; I won't give you warnings about
- undefined citations.}%
-\fi
-%
-% Even if citations are undefined, we want to complain only if
-% \@citewarningtrue. The default is to set \@citewarningtrue unless
-% \noauxfile is defined. Again, a macro package that uses
-% btxmac.tex might want to redefine this.
-%
-\@innernewif\if@citewarning
-\ifx\noauxfile\@undefined \@citewarningtrue\fi
-%
-%
-% Finally, before leaving we restore @'s old category code.
-%
-\catcode`@ = \@oldatcatcode
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comm.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comm.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 2876acf959..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comm.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,642 +0,0 @@
-% comm.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter Commands
-
-\Section[sec:counters] Counters
-
-Counters can be declared explicitly by the user, but more often they
-are defined automatically in some generic construct:
-
-The \cs{Foo} defined by
-\Ver>\DefineBar:Foo ...
- counter:i ...
- Stop<Rev
-
-will have a counter that counts in roman lowercase, and which is
-accessible as \refcs{FooCounter}. Everytime \cs{Foo} is used, this
-counter is increased by one.
-
-The use of the \opt{counter} option is described
-in~\ref[sec:opt:counter].
-Here are the commands for explicit manipulation of counters.
-
-\SubSection[sec:counter:repr] Allocation and representation
-
-A counter is created by for instance
-\Ver>\NewCounter:Things<Rev
-This will create control sequence \cs{ThingsCounter} that will print
-the value of the counter.
-The counter will usually be printed as an Arabic numeral, but other
-counter representations can be specified by
-\refcs{CounterRepresentation}. Here are their codes: \Description
-\item 1
-numeric
-\item a
-lowercase character
-\item A
-uppercase character
-\item i
-lowercase roman
-\item I
-lowercase roman
-\>
-for instance
-\Ver>\CounterRepresentation:Things=i<Rev
-will cause \cs{ThingsCounter} to print a lowercase Roman numeral.
-
-However, a call such as
-\Ver>\CounterRepresentation:Theorem=Lemma<Rev
-will make the \cs{TheoremCounter} a synonym of an earlier created
-\cs{LemmaCounter}
-
-\SubSection Counter manipulation
-
-The following commands can be used to manipulate counters, both when
-they are created by hand using \refcs{NewCounter} and when they were
-generated automatically in some generic construct:
-
-With \refcs{StartCounter} reset the counter to one:
- \Ver>\StartCounter:things<Rev
-
-With \refcs{StepCounter} increase the counter by one:
- \Ver>\StepCounter:things<Rev
-
-With \refcs{BackStepCounter} decrease the counter by one:
- \Ver>\BackStepCounter:things<Rev
-
-With \refcs{SetCounter} set the counter to some specified value:
- \Ver>\SetCounter:things=5<Rev
-
-With \refcs{AddToCounter} increase the counter by some
-specified value:
- \Ver>\AddToCounter:things=7<Rev
-
-The last two commands accept names of numerical parameters, for
-instance the value of a counter:
- \Ver>\NewCounter:Favourite
-\AddToCounter:things=FavouriteValue<Rev
-More about this `value' thing in the next section.
-
-\SubSection What do you get when you define a counter?
-
-After you define a counter as \Ver>\NewCounter:MyThings<Rev there are
-two commands that it is important to distinguish between. First of
-all, \cs{MyThingsCounter} gives the {\it printed\/} value of the
-counter. This is the command that you will use mostly. It uses
-whatever representation you have specified for the counter, or plain
-Arabic numerals if haven't specified anything.
-
-Secondly, \cs{MyThingsValue} gives the value of the counter. You can
-not use this command on its own: you will get a `number expected'
-error.
-
-\SubSection Counter hierarchies
-
-Often counters are related to each other. For instance, when a new
-section begins, the subsection counter has to be reset. The same may
-be true for equation counters. In Lollipop such a relation is
-indicated by a call to \refcs{GoverningCounter}, for instance
-
-\Ver>\GoverningCounter:SubSection=Section<Rev
-
-All of the counter manipulation commands applied to a governing
-counter will cause all governed counters to be reset. Such a reset
-also occurs if the counter was created in some generic construct.
-
-For examples, see section~\ref[sec:head:examples].
-
-\SubSection Referencing counters
-
-All counters that are declared as part of a generic construct, or
-explicitly through \refcs{NewCounter} automatically become the current
-reference when they are altered. Thus \ver>\label[bar]> will make
-\ver>\ref[bar]> refer to the value of the counter most recently
-changed. The way the counter is referenced can be altered by the
-\opt{label} option in generic constructs; see
-section~\ref[sec:opt:label].
-
-For generic constructs with a counter no explicit \refcs{label} commands
-need to be given; such commands take an optional argument with the
-label key:
-\Ver>\Section[sec:examples] Examples<Rev
-
-\SubSection Adaptive counters
-
-It may happen that you want to compute a value during one run of
-\TeX, and use it in the next. An example is the fact that this manual
-states the total number of pages on the title page. For this you can
-use \refcs{AdaptiveCounter}
- \Ver>\AdaptiveCounter:LastPage<Rev
-which is like \cs{NewCounter}, except that the value of this counter
-gets written to the \file{.aux} file.
-
-There are two ways of setting an adaptive counter: you can simply use
-it in some construct (for instance through a counter synonym;
-section~ref[sec:counter:repr]), or you can set it explicitly, for
-instance as
- \Ver>\SetCounter:LastPage=PageValue<Rev
-See how this manual does it.
-
-\SubSection Examples of counter usage
-
-Items start at the value of one, so if a starting value of zero is
-necessary, the following will work
-\Ver>
-\Enumerate \SetCounter:item=-1
-\item ...<Rev
-
-
-\Section[sec:font] Font selection
-
-In \Lollipop, choosing a font is done through three parameters:
-\Description\item Typeface
-A collection of related styles and sizes. The typeface is set by the
-command \refcs{Typeface}.
-\item Style
-Italic, bold, roman, typewriter. You know. The style is set by the
-command \refcs{Style}.
-\item PointSize
-The size of a font in typographical points ($72.27$ per inch).
-The pointsize is set by the command \refcs{PointSize}.
-\>
-
-The most common change of font is a change in style. Therefore,
-issuing a command such as \Ver>\Style:bold<Rev immediately changes
-the font to the bold of the current typeface in the current pointsize.
-
-However, issuing a command such as \Ver>\Typeface:GoudyOldStyle<Rev
-or \Ver>\PointSize:28<Rev will not change the font, since such
-changes are usually accompanied by a change in style. In case that an
-immediate switch is necessary, the command
-\refcs{SetFont} can be given.
-This evaluates the current value of the typeface, style, and
-pointsize commands, and sets the font accordingly.
-
-A number of typeface names have been predefined in \Lollipop,
-however, in order to print them your printer (software) must have them
-available.
-
-\Example
-\SerifFace \PointSize:12
-\Style:roman This \Style:italic sentence \PointSize:10 has
-\SetFont way \SansFace \Style:roman too \SetFont many
-\PointSize:12 \SetFont font \Style:bold changes.
-\ExampleStop
-
-(The commands \cs{SerifFace} and \cs{SansFace} are defined in
-the master file of this manual, and serve to make this manual
-formattable on any system.)
-
-\SubSection Relative size changes
-
-Apart from setting the pointsize explicitly, it is also possibly to
-make size changes relative to the current size. For instance,
-\refcs{PointSizeLarger} and \refcs{PointSizeSmaller} with an optional
-argument indicating the size of the change can be used. These
-commands are not cumulative.
-
-\Example
-\SerifFace
-\PointSize:9 \SetFont Every once in a while,\SaveFont
-\PointSizeLarger[2] shouting \PointSizeLarger helps.
-\PointSizeSmaller[2]But most of the times it doesn't.
-\RestoreFont Unfortunately.
-\ExampleStop
-
-Similar to the changes in mathematics mode to script and scriptscript
-size, the same relative changes are available in text mode through
-the control sequences \refcs{script} and \refcs{scriptscript}.
-The control
-sequence \refcs{normal} can be used to restore the default size.
-
-Here is one application of such relative changes:
-\Ver>
-L\kern -.3em\raise .35ex\hbox {\script A}\kern -.1em\TeX<Rev
-which gives definition of the \LaTeX\ logo that is independent
-of typeface, size and style.
-
-The relative sizes of script and scriptscript fonts are by default at
-$70\%$ and $50\%$, but they can be set explicitly by
-\Ver>\PointSizeScriptSizes:10=10,7,5<Rev
-This also gives the possibility to have the \cs{normal} size to be
-different from the surrounding pointsize.
-
-\SubSection Typeface definition
-
-Defining a typeface means telling \Lollipop\ how the external font
-name, that is, the name of the \n{tfm} file, is to be constructed from
-the internal parameters. The command \refcs{DefineTypeface} takes four
-parameters and an optional fifth. The parameters are in sequence
-\Enumerate\item The internal name of the typeface: the name that is
-given to the \cs{Typeface} command.
-\item The root of the external file name. It is assumed that all
-font names of different styles and sizes are constructed by appending
-characters to this base.
-\item Suffixes corresponding to the styles that are available.
-\item Suffixes corresponding to the sizes that are available.
-\>
-
-Here is the definition of the Computer Modern typeface:
-
-\Ver>
-\DefineTypeface{ComputerModern}{cm}
- {roman:r; slant:sl; italic:ti; mitalic:mi; bold:bx; typewriter:tt;
- default:r;}
- {<6:5; <7:6; <8:7; <9:8; <10:9; <11:10;
- <12:10 \scaled\magstephalf;
- <14:10 \scaled\magstep1; <16:10 \scaled\magstep2;
- <20:10 \scaled\magstep3; >19:10 \scaled\magstep4;
- default:10;}<Rev
-
-Actually, not all combinations of styles and sizes are available.
-That's where the optional argument comes in. This argument can be
-used to specify with \TeX\ conditionals exceptional style/size
-combinations. Here some trickery is needed: internally the size is
-stored in \cs{Fsize}, and in order to use this parameter we need to
-make the at-sign a letter temporarily.
-
-\Ver>\makeatletter
-\DefineTypeface{Compu ...
- ...
- default:10;}
- [\ifStyle:italic \ifnum\Fsize<7 ti7\fi\fi
- \ifStyle:typewriter \ifnum\Fsize<8 tt8\fi\fi]<Rev
-
-You may have noticed that this scheme is not all-powerful. Thus
-I~found it easier to move all Computer Modern sans serif fonts into a
-new typeface: \n{ComputerSans}.
-
-For other typefaces specifying the size suffix may be much easier
-than for Computer Modern. For instance, here is the definition of the
-PostScript Helvetica typeface.
-
-\Ver>\makeatletter
-\DefineTypeface{psHelvetica}{helv}
- {roman:; italic:i; mitalic:i; bold:b; default:;}
- {default: at \Fsize pt;}
-\makeatother<Rev
-
-
-\SubSection Math fonts
-
-Switching styles in math mode should be possible:
-$${\Style:bold x\Style:roman y}z$$
-
-\SubSection Other font matters
-
-The combination \refcs{SaveFont} with a subsequent
-\refcs{RestoreFont} can
-be used to save and restore the current font.
-
-An abbreviation for a font can be defined by
-\Ver>\DefineFont:name=face,size,style<Rev
-This has the same effect as
-\Ver>\def\name{\TypeFace:face \PointSize:size \Style:style }<Rev
-but it takes considerable less processing inside \TeX.
-
-Even if you don't use Computer Modern as your main typeface, the
-typewriter style is not bad, so a control sequence
-\Ver>
-\def\tt{\Typeface:ComputerModern \Style:typewriter }<Rev
-has been given that makes \refcs{tt} always refer to the
-\n{cmtt} fonts. You're at liberty to change this, of course.
-
-\Section Baselineskip
-
-Corresponding to a font size usually the baseline skip has to change.
-By default a fixed ratio of~$1.2$ for this is taken, for instance
-using a 12~point baseline skip for 10~point fonts. Changing the ratio
-can be done by
-\Ver>\BaselineSkipPointSizeRatio:1.3<Rev
-
-If only for some specific size the baseline skip has to deviate from
-the default ratio, then this can be set by
-\Ver>\SetPointSizeBaselineSkip:9=12<Rev
-
-\Section[sec:indent:control] Indentation Control
-
-\SubSection To indent or not to indent
-
-In most documents there is a general rule that all paragraphs indent
-unless a certain condition, or that they do not indent unless certain
-special conditions hold. For \Lollipop\ documents this is determined
-by the command \refcs{AlwaysIndent}, with values \n{yes}/\n{no}.
-
-To override this default setting a command \refcs{Indent}
-(with values \n{yes}/\n{no}) exists, but that is mostly useful as an
-option in generic constructs, and even there it will not be used much.
-See section~\ref[sec:opt:indent] for options relating to indentation.
-
-Important: never set \cs{parindent} to zero. Preventing indentation
-globally should be done through \ver>\AlwaysIndent:no>.
-
-\SubSection[sec:basic-indent] Basic indent
-
-There is a quantity \refcs{basicindent} that is used on the first
-indentation level (see the next section for an explanation of these
-levels). At the start of a document it is set to the then current
-value of \cs{parindent}. You can override that by
-\refcs{BasicIndentIsSet}: give
-\Ver>\BasicIndentIsSet:no<Rev before the \cs{Start} command.
-
-This way, setting \cs{parindent} in the style definition controls the
-indentation in the whole document.
-
-\SubSection Indentation levels; indentation size
-
-When \Lollipop\ decides that text should be indented, it refers to a
-list of indentations for the exact amount. This list contains
-indentation amounts for each `level' of indentation: initially the
-level is one, and if you nest constructs that indent (for instance
-using a list inside a list) the level goes up one step per nested
-construct.
-
-By
-default the indentation on different levels is a fraction of the
-\cs{basicindent}. Thus you can regulate the indentation on
-all levels simultaneously by resetting the \cs{basicindent}.
-
-\Example
-\Distance:basicindent=15pt
-\DefineList:TestList item:left itemCounter item:stop Stop
-\TestList\item Level one \TestList\item Level two
-\TestList\item Level three\>]
-\Distance:basicindent=25pt
-\TestList\item Level one \TestList\item Level two
-\TestList\item Level three\>]
-\ExampleStop
-
-The amount of
-indentation on a certain level can be set explicitly with
-\refcs{LevelIndent}.
-
-\Example
-\Distance:basicindent=15pt
-\LevelIndent:2=20pt
-\DefineList:TestList item:left itemCounter item:stop Stop
-\TestList\item Level one \TestList\item Level two
-\TestList\item Level three\>]
-\ExampleStop
-
-In fact, sometimes you may want to know the name of the indentation
-on a certain level. This is a control sequence such as
-\refcs{levelindentii} for the second level. You get the idea.
-
-\SubSection Manipulating the indentation level
-
-Every once in a while it can be useful to move to a next indentation
-level, or to return to a previous level. For this
-the two commands \refcs{PushIndentLevel} and \refcs{PopIndentLevel} are
-available. One application is for `interrupted lists':
-
-\Example
-\Itemize\item One
-{\par\PopIndentLevel Interrupted text!\par}
-\item Two\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-See chapter~\ref[chap:external-files] for examples of the use of
-\cs{PushIndentLevel}
-
-\Section Margins
-
-By default, \Lollipop\ tries to keep straight margins. You can change
-its mind about that by \refcs{FlushRight} and \refcs{FlushLeft}
-which are tests:
-\Ver>\FlushRight:no \FlushLeft:no<Rev
-If the margins are not flush, the stretchable white space used
-is \refcs{rightmarginstretch} and \refcs{leftmarginstretch},
-which can be set by \cs{Distance}.
-
-You have to set the amount of stretch {\it before} specifying that
-the margins will not be flush. The \cs{FlushRight/Left} commands take
-the current value whenever they are called.
-
-\Section White Space
-
-White space can be indicated by \refcs{hwhite} and \refcs{vwhite}.
-They are often useful in style definitions. Use:
-\Ver>\vwhite:15pt<Rev
-or \Ver>\hwhite:{15pt minus 3pt}<Rev
-for stretch and shrink. The command \refcs{white} is independent
-of the mode, and it expands to \cs{hwhite} or \cs{vwhite}
-depending on the prevailing mode of \TeX.
-
-The command \refcs{fillup} is mostly useful in style definitions:
-it tries to fill up as much white space as is possible.
-For instance
-\Ver> line:start litteral:foo fillup litteral:bar line:stop<Rev
-will push \n{foo} and \n{bar} as far apart as is possibly
-within the margins.
-
-\ImpNote
-All three control sequences \cs{white}, \cs{hwhite}, \cs{vwhite}
-have internal equivalents, for instance
-\Ver>\def\white:#1 {\@white{#1}}<Rev
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\Section[sec:com:distance] Distances
-
-The command \refcs{Distance} can be used
-to declare a name for a certain
-distance, or in more correct \TeX nical lingo, for a certain piece of
-glue. For instance, declaring that
- \Ver>\Distance:oneline=15pt<Rev
-means that you can specify in some constructs
-\Ver>\DefineFoo:Bar whitebefore:oneline whiteafter:oneline<Rev
-If you change your mind later about the value of \n{oneline} you only
-need to change one line in the style definition.
-
-Since the second parameter of \cs{Distance} is bounded by a space (or
-the line end, whatever comes first), you can specify stretchable
-distances by enclosing \n{plus} and \n{minus} parts in braces:
-\Ver>\Distance:oneline={15pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}<Rev
-
-The effect of \cs{Distance} is global. Let me know if you don't
-like it.
-
-\SubSection Distance synonyms
-
-Another use of \cs{Distance} is to define one distance as a synonym
-of another. This may come in handy if you use some basic distance,
-such as \n{oneline} for several purposes. Example: if you specify
-\Ver>\Distance:whitebefore=oneline<Rev
-than the whitespace before a construct will be taken to be
-\n{oneline} if you don't use the \opt{whitebefore} option explicitly.
-
-\SubSection[sec:adapt-distance] Adaptive distances
-
-Suppose you want to declare a section heading as
- \Ver>\DefineHeading:Section ...
- block:start [...] fillupto:widelabel title<Rev
-where \cs{widelabel} is the width of the widest label that
-occurs in your document. This requires just a tad of \TeX\
-programming. Just copy the details from the example below, which is
-the definition of \cs{Section} in this manual.
-
-By declaring something a \refcs{AdaptiveDistance} instead of just
-\cs{Distance} its value gets written to the \file{.aux} file at the
-end of the run, and restored in the next run. The second argument is
-simply the default value, in case you don't have an auxiliary file
-yet.
-
-\Ver>\AdaptiveDistance:WidestLabel=15pt
-\def\MeasureLabel{\ifdim\BlockWidth>\WidestLabel
- \global\WidestLabel\BlockWidth\fi}
-\DefineHeading:Section
- whitebefore:{20pt plus 2pt} whiteafter:14pt
- line:start PointSize:14 Style:italic
- block:start block:start ChapterCounter . SectionCounter
- Spaces:1 block:stop MeasureLabel
- fillupto:WidestLabel
- title line:stop
- external:contents title external:stop
- label:start ChapterCounter . SectionCounter label:stop
- Stop<Rev
-
-Note how two nested blocks are used: the first is to measure the
-label, and the width is written to the adaptive distance by means of
-a small macro; the second block is to fill out the white space.
-
-If you want the paragraph indentation to depend on this adaptive
-width, you can give
- \Ver>\StartCommand{\Distance:parindent=WidestLabel }<Rev
-to set \cs{parindent} at the start of the document.
-See section~\ref[sec:doc-start-stop] and~\ref[sec:basic-indent].
-
-\Section[sec:InputFile] Input Files
-
-Parts of a document can be loaded by
-\Ver>\InputFile:parta
-\InputFile:partb<Rev
-et cetera. A~document part loaded by \refcs{InputFile} always starts
-on a new page. In section~\ref[sec:ref-local] it was already
-explained how local references for such files can be created.
-
-Perhaps most importantly, loading files this way provides a form of
-error checking; \Lollipop\ checks at the end of such a file whether all
-used constructs are balanced properly.
-
-
-\Section[sec:tests] Tests
-
-Users can define tests:
-\Ver>\DefineTest:SomethingTheMatter<Rev
-which are set like any other test:
-\Ver>\SomethingTheMatter:yes<Rev
-or \Ver>\SomethingTheMatter:no<Rev
-
-Tests can be used as \Ver>\ifSomethingTheMatter ... \else ... \fi<Rev
-Like any other conditional, test can be used inside constructs.
-\Ver>\DefineFoo:Bar [...]
- ifSomethingTheMatter [...] fi
- [...] Stop<Rev
-
-\Section Goodies
-
-\SubSection List commands
-
-Lollipop does a lot of list processing internally, and a few
-of the commands have been made available to the user.
-
-\Description\item \refcs{NewList}
-creates a list, and sets it to empty:
- \Ver>\NewList:mylist<Rev
- \item \refcs{EmptyList}
-just empty a list.
- \item \refcs{TheList}
-inserts the list. This will typeset the contents of it.
- \Ver>\TheList:mylist<Rev
- \item \refcs{AppendToList}
-adds data to a list. \Ver>\AppendToList:mylist={my data}<Rev
-The data are terminated by a space or line end, hence the braces.
-\>
-
-\SubSection Programming Tools
-
-A few commands are useful for the Lollipop style designer who wants
-to write more sophisticated macros (see for instance the address book
-macros in the last chapter).
-
-\Description\item \refcs{UndefinedCS}
-is a test on control sequences.
- \Ver>\if\UndefinedCS{testcs} ... \else ... \fi<Rev
- \item \refcs{EqualString}
-tests equality of strings.
- \Ver>\if\EqualString{one}{two} ... \else ... \fi<Rev
- \item \refcs{EqualStringX}
-tests equality of strings, using only expansion.
- \Ver>\if\EqualStringX{one}{two} ... \else ... \fi<Rev
- \item \refcs{StringBefore}
-tests lexicographic ordering of strings. The string are not supposed
-to contain characters with char codes~0, 127,~255.
- \Ver>\if\StringBefore{one}{two} ... \else ... \fi<Rev
- \item \refcs{NextChar}
-chooses between two actions, based on the next character.
- \Ver>\if\NextChar[{\macro}{\macro[default]} ...<Rev
- \item \refcs{IsEmptyList}
-can test whether an argument is empty.
- \Ver>\if\IsEmptyList{#1} ...<Rev
-is true for calls such as \ver>\macro{}>.
- \item\refcs{loop}
-can be used for repeated execution of statements. (Users of plaing
-\TeX\ may recognize this macro; it is slightly extended here
-to include the \cs{else} case.) It is
-used as:
- \Ver>\loop ... \if ... \repeat<Rev
-of \Ver>\loop ... \if ... \else ... \repeat<Rev
-
-
- \>
-
-\SubSection[sec:everypar] \cs{everypar}
-
-The \TeX\ primitive \cs{everypar} should not be used any more.
-Instead use the command \refcs{EveryParagraph} as if you are setting
-a token list:
- \Ver>\EveryParagraph{ ... }<Rev
-
-\SubSection[sec:everymath] \cs{everymath}
-
-The \TeX\ primitive \cs{everymath} should not be used any more.
-Instead use the command \refcs{EveryMath} as if you are setting
-a token list:
- \Ver>\EveryMath{ ... }<Rev
-
-\SubSection[sec:everydisplay] \cs{everydisplay}
-
-The \TeX\ primitive \cs{everydisplay} should not be used any more.
-Instead use the command \refcs{EveryDisplay} as if you are setting
-a token list:
- \Ver>\EveryDisplay{ ... }<Rev
-
-\SubSection Allocation
-
-The commands \refcs{SaveAlloc} and subsequent \refcs{RestoreAlloc} save and
-reset the internal \TeX\ allocation counters.
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2014/04/13 Added some notes about \EveryMath, and
-% \EveryDisplay. Also the wrong spelling of `note' changed
-% to `not' in `sec:everypar'.
-% 2014/04/11 Changed \n{tty} style to \n{typewriter} style
-% 92/11/18 Adaptive distances explained
-% 92/11/20 Adaptive counters explained
-% 93/05/13 changes in font macros
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comment.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comment.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index fb7047c425..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/comment.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% comment.sty version 3.0, 3 September 1992
-% selectively in/exclude pieces of text: the user can define new
-% comment versions, and each is controlled separately.
-% Special comments can be defined where the user specifies the
-% action that is to be taken with each comment line.
-%
-% This style can be used with plain TeX or LaTeX, and probably
-% most other packages too.
-%
-% Author
-% Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-% persian-tex@tug.org
-%
-% Usage: all text included in between
-% \comment ... \endcomment
-% or \begin{comment} ... \end{comment}
-% is discarded. The closing command should appear on a line
-% of its own. No starting spaces, nothing after it.
-% This environment should work with arbitrary amounts
-% of comment.
-%
-% Other 'comment' environments are defined by
-% and are selected/deselected with
-% \includecomment{versiona}
-% \excludecoment{versionb}
-%
-% These environments are used as
-% \versiona ... \endversiona
-% or \begin{versiona} ... \end{versiona}
-% with the closing command again on a line of its own.
-%
-% Special comments are defined as
-% \specialcomment{name}{before commands}{after commands}
-% where the second and third arguments are executed before
-% and after each comment. By defining a control sequence
-% \Thiscomment#1{...} in the before commands the user can
-% specify what is to be done which each comment line.
-%
-% Basic approach:
-% to comment something out, scoop up every line in verbatim mode
-% as macro argument, then throw it away.
-% For inclusions, both the opening and closing comands
-% are defined as noop
-%
-% This file copyright Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi.
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-
-\def\makeinnocent#1{\catcode`#1=12 }
-\def\csarg#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-
-\def\TreatAsComment#1{\begingroup
- \def\CurrentComment{#1}%
- \let\do\makeinnocent \dospecials
- \makeinnocent\^^L% and whatever other special cases
- \endlinechar`\^^M \catcode`\^^M=12 \xComment}
-{\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 %
- \gdef\xComment#1^^M{\def\test{#1}
- \csarg\ifx{PlainEnd\CurrentComment Test}\test
- \def\next{\endgroup\AfterComment}%
- \else \csarg\ifx{LolliEnd\CurrentComment Test}\test
- \def\next{\endgroup\AfterComment}%
- \else \csarg\ifx{LaLaEnd\CurrentComment Test}\test
- \edef\next{\endgroup\noexpand\AfterComment
- \noexpand\end{\CurrentComment}}
- \else \ThisComment{#1}\let\next\xComment
- \fi \fi \fi \next}
-}
-
-\def\includecomment
- #1{\message{Including comment '#1'}%
- \expandafter\def\csname#1\endcsname{}%
- \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{}}
-\def\excludecomment
- #1{\message{Excluding comment '#1'}%
- \csarg\def{#1}{\let\AfterComment\relax
- \def\ThisComment####1{}\TreatAsComment{#1}}%
- {\escapechar=-1\relax
- \csarg\xdef{PlainEnd#1Test}{\string\\end#1}%
- \csarg\xdef{LolliEnd#1Test}{\string\\#1Stop}%
- \csarg\xdef{LaLaEnd#1Test}{\string\\end\string\{#1\string\}}%
- }}
-\long\def\specialcomment
- #1#2#3{\message{Special comment '#1'}%
- \csarg\def{#1}{\def\ThisComment{}\def\AfterComment{#3}#2%
- \TreatAsComment{#1}}%
- {\escapechar=-1\relax
- \csarg\xdef{PlainEnd#1Test}{\string\\end#1}%
- \csarg\xdef{LolliEnd#1Test}{\string\\#1Stop}%
- \csarg\xdef{LaLaEnd#1Test}{\string\\end\string\{#1\string\}}%
- }}
-\excludecomment{comment}
-
-\endinput
-
-% a test of the special comments
-\newcount\comlines
-\specialcomment{countedcomment}
- {\comlines=-1\relax %note that the rest of the first line is also comment
- \def\ThisComment{\global\advance\comlines1\relax}}
- {\endgraf **Comment: \number\comlines\ line(s) removed**\endgraf}
-
-This is a line of text
-\countedcomment
-Oneline
-\endcountedcomment
-another line of text
-\countedcomment
-One line
-Two line
-Three line
-\endcountedcomment
-last line of text
-\end
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/example.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/example.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b38d8eefb..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/example.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-
-\Itemize\item One
-{\par\PopIndentLevel Interrupted text!\par}
-\item Two\>
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/extern.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/extern.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index aff8e97d59..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/extern.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-% extern.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter[chap:referencing]
-Referencing
-
-In manuals and scientific documents you often want to write something
-like `see Chapter~4'. But what if you shuffle the chapters a bit? It
-would be nice if the number would be updated automatically. With
-\Lollipop, as with many other \TeX\ macro packages, this is easily
-done.
-
-Here is an example to set the mood for the rest of this chapter.
-The sort of thing that is referred to most is a heading. So suppose
-you want to refer to a section number.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestSection
- line:start Style:italic TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title
- line:stop Stop
-\TestSection[one:section?] First section\par
-After this section will come section~\ref[other:section!].
-
-\TestSection[other:section!] Another section\par
-This is the section that came after section~\ref[one:section?].
-\ExampleStop
-
-\Section What and how do you reference?
-
-You can reference not only headings but everything that has a
-counter. Thus all generic constructs can be referenced, and in
-addition you can reference item numbers in a list (there are examples
-of this latter possibility in section~\ref[sec:bib]). The simplest way
-of referencing something is to put the key in square brackets behind
-it:
-
-\Ver>\Section[this:section] The title of This Section<Rev
-You can then reference the key by \refcs{ref}, or the page
-where it appeared by~\refcs{pgref}:
-\Ver>Section \ref[this:section] on page \pgref[this:section]<Rev
-
-As you may have guessed from the above examples, keys can contain all
-sorts of characters. Only brackets, braces, and the hash sign are
-excepted. You get an error message if you try to use the same key
-twice.
-
-Another way of declaring a key is to use the command \refcs{label}
-carrying the key
-\Ver>\label[the:key]<Rev
-This can be useful if you want to declare two keys for a single
-reference. Make sure that the \cs{label} command is not part of the
-title. Unexplained phenomena occur if you do that. Instead put the
-label after the construct you want to reference:
-\Ver>\Section Precautions and remedies
-
-\label[sec:precautions]\label[sec:remedies]
-In this section ...<Rev
-
-\Section[sec:shape:reference] The shape of the reference
-
-By default, a reference consists of just the number of the thing you
-reference. There are two ways in which you can change this, one
-systematic, and one on-the-fly.
-
-\SubSection Defining the shape of the reference
-
-You can customize the way an object is
-referenced by using the option \refopt{label} in its definition. For
-instance, often you want things like parentheses around references.
-Putting this information in the label definition saves you a lot of
-work in case you change your mind later.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestSection
- line:start Style:italic TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- label:start ( TestSectionCounter ) label:stop Stop
-\TestSection[one:section?2] First section\par
-After this section will come section~\ref[other:section!2].
-
-\TestSection[other:section!2] Another section\par
-This is the section that came after section~\ref[one:section?2].
-\ExampleStop
-
-Another use of customized labels is including other counters in the
-reference:
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestChapter
- line:start Style:bold TestChapterCounter / title line:stop Stop
-\DefineHeading:TestSection
- line:start Style:italic TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- label:start TestChapterCounter .
- TestSectionCounter label:stop Stop
-\TestChapter First chapter\par
-Pretty short chapter
-\TestChapter Second chapter\par
-\TestSection[one:section?3] First section\par
-After this section will come section~\ref[other:section!3].
-
-\TestSection[other:section!3] Another section\par
-This is the section that came after section~\ref[one:section?3].
-\ExampleStop
-
-A more surprising application of explicit definition of labels is
-inclusion of the title in the reference.
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestSection
- line:start Style:italic TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- label:start TestSectionCounter literal: Spaces:1
- Style:italic title label:stop Stop
-\TestSection[one:section?4] First section\par
-After this section will come section~\ref[other:section!4].
-
-\TestSection[other:section!4] Another section\par
-This is the section that came after section~\ref[one:section?4].
-\ExampleStop
-
-\SubSection[sec:exp-ref] Explicit specification of the reference
-
-For every specific object referenced you can specify the reference by
-using an optional argument before the label key. Have a look at the
-next example.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestSection counter:A
- line:start Style:bold TestSectionCounter . Spaces:2 title line:stop
- Stop
-\TestSection[ref:one] Lalala\par
-This is before section \ref[ref:two].
-\TestSection<`the Didi section'>[ref:two] Dididi\par
-This is after section \ref[ref:one].
-\ExampleStop
-
-This mechanism is also used in lists, where it's mostly useful for
-bibliographies generated by Bib\TeX; see section~\ref[sec:BibTeX].
-
-\Section[sec:ref-local] Local references
-
-Some documents are
-collated out of parts that were documents in themselves.
-The \Lollipop\ command \cs{InputFile} facilitates in a number
-of ways working with such a segmented file (see
-section~\ref[sec:InputFile]). One of the problems with input files is
-that in such a case it may happen that the same reference key is used
-in more than one part of the document. This phenomenon is
-not at all unknown in multiple authored documents. Ordinarily this
-would result in incorrect references.
-
-To prevent such collisions \Lollipop\ can use local
-references: the command \refcs{LocalReferences} has default \n{no},
-and specifying
-\Ver>LocalReferences:yes<Rev
-creates local \file{aux} files for each input file.
-
-\Section[sec:bib] Bibliography citations
-
-\Lollipop\ has an interface to Bib\TeX. However, since a bibliography
-is just a list, referencing items in it is quite easy, even if you
-don't use Bib\TeX.
-
-\SubSection Bibliographies without Bib\TeX
-
-This section doesn't tell you anything that cannot be found elsewhere
-in this manual. The following two examples define a bibliography as
-just a list, and by giving labels to the items you can refer to them.
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:BibList item:left [ itemCounter ] item:stop
- label:start [ itemCounter ] label:stop Stop
-In this example we shall have occasion to refer to
-\ref[Abee80] and~\ref[Ceede79].\par
-\Indent:no Bibliography
-\BibList \item[Ace55] C.D. Ace, Inscrutible title.
-\item[Abee80] E.F. Abee, Worthless drivel.
-\item[Ceede79] G.H. Ceede, Contractual obligation.
-\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-Here is a way to customize the label (if you need to refresh your
-memory about description lists, see
-section~\ref[sec:description:list]).
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:BibList item:left [ itemCounter ] item:stop
- label:start ( description ) label:stop Stop
-In this example we shall have occasion to refer to
-\ref[Abe80] and~\ref[Ceedee79].\par
-\Indent:no Bibliography
-\BibList \item[Aace55] Aace55
-C.D. Aace, Inscrutible title.
-\item[Abe80] Abe80
-E.F. Abe, Worthless drivel.
-\item[Ceedee79] Ceedee79
-G.H. Ceedee, Contractual obligation.
-\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-\SubSection[sec:BibTeX] Bibliographies with Bib\TeX
-
-\Lollipop has an interface to the popular Bib\TeX\
-bibliography database program, based on the `BtxMac' macros
-by Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik. \Lollipop\ is set up for them, you
-only have to \cs{input} the file \file{btxmac.tex}. (The version
-of btxmac used to test this is \n{0.99h}.) You can find global
-information about Bib\TeX\ in the \LaTeX\ book~{%\tracingmacros=2
-%\tracingcommands\tracingmacros
-\bibref[La:book]},
-since Bib\TeX\ was
-originally written for \LaTeX.
-
-Since there is some redefining going on between btxmac and \Lollipop\
-you have to load the btxmac file before the \cs{Start} command (see
-section~\ref[sec:doc-start-stop]).
-
-Since the btxmac file already has a default way of formatting the
-bibliography you can get away with just putting the lines
- \Ver>\bibliography{ <bfile> }
-\bibliographystyle{ <bstyle> }<Rev
- in your file wherever you want the bibliography.
-
-If you want to define your own bibliography, you have to use
-\refcs{DefineBBL} which is practically a synonym for
-\ver>\DefineList:BBL>, so you can see in the `lists' chapter of this
-manual what options apply.
-
-For example:
- \Ver>\DefineBBL line:start Style:italic literal:Literature line:stop
- item:left [ begingroup Style:bold itemCounter
- endgroup ] item:stop
- Stop<Rev
-
-You refer to a bibliography item by \refcs{bibref}, as in
-\ver>\bibref[Knuth80]>. This command has a very simple definition
- \Ver>\def\bibref[#1]{[\ref[#1]]\nocite{#1}}<Rev
-so you can easily redefine it. For instance
- \Ver>\def\supref[#1]{$^{\rm \ref[#1]}$\nocite{#1}}<Rev
- will make your references into superscripts.
-Make sure that
-the call to \cs{nocite} appears, because that generates the request for
-Bib\TeX.
-
-The \Lollipop\ command \ver>\WriteExtern:no> (see
-section~\ref[sec:write-extern]) defines \cs{noauxfile} to prevent
-regeneration of the bib entries in the \file{.aux} file.
-You don't have to do that anymore.
-
-\Section Obscure details
-
-For the sake of efficiency, not all macros in Lollipop automatically
-accept labels for referencing, only the ones that use the \n{label}
-option, or that have a counter (remember, the default form of the
-reference is just the counter). If you want a macro that has no
-counter and no label specification to accept a label, use the option
-\refopt{haslabel}. One reason for doing this is that you have access to
-the label itself through the control sequence \refcs{RefLabel}.
-
-\Chapter[chap:external-files] External Files
-
-Some document require information to be collected during a run. Such
-information typically is a table of contents or index, and it is
-gathered in an external file. (The reason for gathering such
-information in a file at all is that often some external manipulation,
-for instance sorting of an index, is needed.) Since there are many
-possibilities for external files (mathematical monographs may have a
-list of definitions, or a list of notations) \Lollipop\ does not
-predefine such files, but supplies all of the tools for creating them.
-
-External files involve four actions:
-\Enumerate\item The file should be declared.
-\item It should be specified what information is to be written to the
-file.
-\item The formatting of the contents of the file has to be specified.
-\item The file has to be loaded.
-\>
-
-You can have at most 15 external files per document.
-
-\Section[sec:write-extern] Declaring and loading an external file
-
-The first act, declaring the existence of the external file is very
-easy with the command \refcs{DefineExternalFile}:
- an internal name and a three-character file name extension have
-to be given as parameters.
-\Ver>\DefineExternalFile:contents=toc<Rev
-With this definition, if the document is called \file{book.tex} then
-the `contents' will be gathered in a file called \file{book.toc}.
-(The declaration of an external file has to come before any calls
-to \cs{ExternalItem} or any options \n{external} that write
-to this file.)
-
-For each external file \n{Foo} there is a command to determine whether
-that file will be regenerated in the next run of \TeX:
-\refcs{WriteFoo} with values \n{yes}/\n{no} will allow or prevent the
-file being regenerated. The value \opt{yes} is default. The
-command \refcs{WriteExtern} (values \n{yes}/\n{no})
-can be used to prevent writing out any external files (including the
-\file{.aux} file that keeps track of references).
-
-The final act, loading an external file, is as easy as declaring it:
-use \refcs{LoadExternalFile} as in
-\Ver>\LoadExternalFile:contents<Rev
-This does not cause any page breaks or headings to be set over the
-loaded material, so you have to do that explicitly.
-
-\Section[sec:ext-option] Generating external files
-
-Next, macros that write to the table of contents have to declare this
-information. The \refopt{external} option is used for this.
-Any counter that the construct has will be written out
-automatically, and the style designer usually has to specify only
-that the title will be written out.
-\Ver>\DefineHeading:Section
- [...]
- external:contents title external:stop<Rev
-
-There is no objection to a construct writing information to more than
-one external file.
-
-If you write more than just \n{title} to an external file, know that
-any control sequence you specify is automatically protected from
-expansion. See section~\ref[opt:csname] for an exception to this.
-
-Other titles can be included by specifying \opt{title:OtherThing}.
-Using \opt{OtherThingTitle} would not work, because of the protection
-of control sequences mentioned above.
-
-You can write arbitrary information to an external file, if you see a
-reason to do so, by \refcs{ToExternalFile}, which takes a file name
-and an text argument. The example below has an instance of this
-command. In order to format this information you have to define an
-external construct of type \cs{anon}.
-
-\Section[sec:ext-item] Formatting an external file
-
-The hardest part is declaring the formatting of an external file. For
-this a separate generic construct exists: the `external item' with
-defining command \refcs{DefineExternalItem}. For example, if
-\cs{Section} writes to \n{contents}, than an external item \n{Section}
-corresponding to this file has to be declared. The option
-\refopt{file} is use to declare to which file the external item
-belongs. This way the same name can be reused for more than one file.
-
-\Ver>\DefineExternalItem:Section file:contents
- [...] Stop<Rev
-
-An external item is basically a list with just one item. Thus, the
-option \refopt{item} is available. The elements of an external item are
-the label (the counter value), the page number where the information
-was generated, and the title.
-For the label (say for a construct \cs{Foo})
-an option \refopt{FooLabel} is created.
-Thus the typical formating looks like
-\Ver>\DefineExternalItem:Chapter file:contents
- item:left ChapterLabel item:stop
- title begingroup Spaces:2 Style:italic Page endgroup
- Stop<Rev
-In fact, a control sequence \refcs{FooLabel} is created, which
-can be used in other external items.
-
-Since an external item is a list in itself, you have to pull a
-certain trick to get items for subsections to indent further than
-those for sections. This is what the command \cs{PushIndentLevel} was
-designed for.
-
-A typical indented item looks like:
-\Ver>\DefineExternalItem:SubSection file:contents
- PushIndentLevel PushIndentLevel
- item:left SectionLabel . SubSectionLabel item:stop
- title begingroup Spaces:2 Style:italic Page endgroup
- Stop<Rev
-
-\Section Example
-
-The following example is for a typical table of contents that
-records sections and subsections. In good old-fashioned style, the
-subsections are indented with respect to the sections.
-\endinput
-\Example
-\DefineExternalFile:TheContents=tct
-\DefineHeading:TestChapter Style:bold
- line:start TestChapterCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- external:TheContents title external:stop Stop
-\DefineExternalItem:TestChapter file:TheContents
- item:left Style:bold TestChapterLabel item:stop title white:5pt
- Page par Stop
-\DefineHeading:TestSection Style:italic
- line:start TestChapterCounter . TestSectionCounter
- Spaces:2 title line:stop
- external:TheContents title external:stop Stop
-\GoverningCounter:TestSection=TestChapter
-\DefineExternalItem:TestSection file:TheContents PushIndentLevel
- item:left Style:bold TestChapterLabel . TestSectionLabel item:stop
- title white:5pt Page par Stop
-\DefineExternalItem:anon file:TheContents begingroup
- Style:italic title white:5pt Page par Stop
-
-\LoadExternalFile:TheContents
-\TestChapter First heading\par
-\TestSection First subheading\par
-Some text might be nice.
-\TestSection Second subheading\par
-Some more text.
-\ToExternalFile:TheContents={Enclosed Graphics}
-\TestChapter Second heading\par
-\TestSection Third subheading\par
-Yet more text.
-\TestSection Fourth subheading\par
-And again: text.
-\ExampleStop
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/26 BibTeX section
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/head.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/head.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 2053c58c63..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/head.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-% head.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter Headings
-
-Headings for sections, chapters, and such, are an essential part of
-any \TeX\ macro package. In Lollipop they are maybe a bit less
-special: all options for headings are general options, meaning that
-they also apply to text blocks and lists. There are only two things
-that distinguish headings:
-
-\Enumerate
-\item there will be no page break after a heading;
-\item there is no closing command for a heading.
-\>
-
-\Section[sec:head:examples] Examples
-
-Headings are defined by \refcs{DefineHeading}.
-The most obvious element in a heading is the title, marked by the
-option \refopt{title}. The title is anything that follows the heading
-command, upto the first empty line.
-
-\Ver>\SomeHeading Some title
-
-And some text following it.<Rev
-
-\ImpNote
-Titles can also be terminated by \cs{par}, but knowledge of this is
-not encouraged. See further~\ref[imp:title:delimiting].
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-The title has to be
-included in a line or a textcolumn for proper handling (see
-also section~\ref[sec:opt:traps]). For titles that do not exceed one
-line, the \opt{line} option suffices (section~\ref[sec:opt:line]); if a
-title is possibly more than one line long, the \opt{textcolumn} option
-has to be used (section~\ref[sec:opt:textcolumn].
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestSection Style:bold
- line:start TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- Stop
-\TestSection The Title
-
-The text after the heading.
-\ExampleStop
-
-By default, the text after a heading is indented. Overriding this
-default behaviour is done with the option \refopt{indentafter}.
-
-\Example
-\AlwaysIndent:no % as a default, don't indent paragraphs
-\DefineHeading:TestSection Style:bold
- line:start TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- indentafter:yes Stop
-\TestSection The Title
-
-The text after the heading.\par
-The second paragraph after the heading
-\ExampleStop
-
-Usually headings come in a hierarchy, where the counter of one type,
-for instance a subsection, is reset everytime the counter of a higer
-level is stepped. In \Lollipop, this subordinating of headings is
-done by declaring one counter to be governed by another (counters
-are explained in full detail in section~\ref[sec:counters]).
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestChapter Style:bold
- line:start TestChapterCounter Spaces:1 title line:stop
- Stop
-\DefineHeading:TestSection Style:italic
- line:start TestChapterCounter : TestSectionCounter . Spaces:1
- title line:stop Stop
-\GoverningCounter:TestSection=TestChapter
-
-\TestChapter Level One Heading\par
-\TestSection Level Two Heading\par
-Some text.
-\TestSection Level Two again\par
-More text.
-\TestChapter Level One is Stepped\par
-\TestSection Level Two\par
-Again text.
-\ExampleStop
-
-Headings will often wind up in a table of contents. For this, the
-table of contents will have to be declared:
-\Ver>\DefineExternalFile:contents=toc<Rev
-and its formatting will have to be specified, but also every
-construct that writes to this file has to be declared as such.
-
-\Ver>\DefineHeading:TestSection
- [...]
- external:contents title external:stop
- Stop<Rev
-
-Usually, the title is all that has to be written out (the counter
-value is written by default), but the possibility exists for writing
-out other information as well. See section~\ref[sec:ext-option].
-
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/list.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/list.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 24df43a61b..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/list.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
-% list.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter Lists
-
-Lists in Lollipop are defined by \refcs{DefineList}:
-
-\Ver>\DefineList:Foo [...]
- item:start [...] item:stop
- [...] Stop<Rev
-and the resulting list is used as
-\Ver>\Foo
-\item [ ..text.. ]
-\item [ ... ]
-\FooStop<Rev
-where the closing command can be abbreviated as~\cs{>}.
-
-\Section Label alignment
-
-In general there is a default position for labels;
-either aligning with the
-left or the right side of the margin over which the list is indented.
-The two ways are indicated with the option \refopt{item}:
-\Ver> item:left [...] item:stop<Rev
-and \Ver> item:right [...] item:stop<Rev respectively.
-Specifying \opt{item:start} gives the default left aligning position.
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:enumerate
- item:start itemCounter ) item:stop Stop
-\DefineList:enumerateright
- item:right ( itemCounter ) Spaces:1 item:stop Stop
-\enumerate\item Some item
-\item And another
-\enumerateright\item First nested item
-\item Next nested item\>
-\item And back to the original list.\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-\Section List indentation
-
-The amount over which the text of a list (excluding the item labels)
-is indented is controled by a list of indentations. This is explained
-in section~\ref[sec:indent:control]. The indentation amount is most of
-the time also equal to the value of the paragraph indentation outside
-that list.
-
-In the rare case where the indentation of a list has to be controlled
-explicitly, there is an option \refopt{indentation} with one value.
-\Ver>\DefineList:SomeList indentation=30pt [...] Stop<Rev
-
-
-\Section Label style
-
-Every list that uses the \refopt{itemsign} option is an `itemize' list,
-no matter what it's name, and there is a counter in Lollipop that
-keeps track of how deep you are in itemize lists. Similarly, every
-list that uses \refopt{itemCounter} is an `enumerate' lists, and these
-are counted too.
-
-On every next level a new style of item sign or counter is used. For
-item signs this is in sequence: $\bullet$, $\circ$, --, and $\cdot$
-for all higher levels. The style of sign can be changed by
-\refcs{SetItemSign}: \Ver>\SetItemSign:6=m<Rev where the letter
-indicating the sign is interpreted as: \n b~$\bullet$ (bullet), \n
-c~$\circ$ (circle), \n d~$\diamond$ (diamond), \n m~--- (em-dash), \n
-n~-- (en-dash), \n .~$\cdot$.
-
-Similarly, the counter style can be set by
-\refcs{SetItemCounterRepresentation}:
-\Ver>\SetItemCounterRepresentation:2=i<Rev where the letter
-representing the style is interpreted as: 1~Arabic, I~uppercase roman,
-i~lowercase roman, A~uppercase characters, a~lowercase characters.
-
-\Section Label width
-
-The default width for a label is at most the width of the margin over
-which the list is indented. Using \opt{item:left} or \opt{item:right}
-will have the label pushed to the left or right side of this margin
-respectively. Now what if the label material is wider than this
-margin? Usually you want the label then to expand to the right, and
-that is indeed what happens, unless you specify
-\refopt{labeloverflow} with value \n{left}, in which case the right
-boundary of the label will not budge, and the label will start
-protruding into the outer margin.
-
-\Section[sec:description:list] Description lists
-
-A common type of list is the type where each item label consists of a
-piece of text. Such a list is called a `description' list in
-\Lollipop, and it recognized by the occurrence of the option
-\refopt{description} in its definition. A~description list can also use
-the item sign or the item counter, of course.
-
-Using a description list, the description text is everything that
-follows the command \cs{item}, up to the end of the line.
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:TestList
- item:left Style:bold itemCounter . Spaces:1 description
- Spaces:2 item:stop Stop
-\TestList\item Do
-A deer, a female deer.\item Re
-According to mr. Fowler only a legal term.
-\item Mimi Jett
-The owner/founder of ETP\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-As you can see, the problem of label overflow can easily occur with
-description lists. Thus it is a good idea to end the item material
-with some white space, as in the above example.
-
- Exceptional situation:
-if you use an empty description text, you should write \ver>\item{}>.
-
-\Section Suspended lists
-
-Occasionally the is a need to resume an enumerate list, that is,
-after a piece of text that is not part of the list an enumerate list
-should start counting from the previous value on. In \Lollipop\ this
-phenomenon can be realized by never ending the enumerate list, and
-simply moving the text one indentation level back with
-\refcs{PopIndentLevel}.
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:enumerate item:left itemCounter item:stop Stop
-\enumerate\item First some item\par
-{\PopIndentLevel \Indent:no
-This text seems to be outside the list. Don't you believe it.\par}
-\item And another item\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-Note that the `popped' text has to be in a group (otherwise the
-subsequent items will also be popped back), and it has to be
-separated from the preceding and following text by \cs{par}; the
-trailing \cs{par} has to be in the group.
-
-\Section Item counter manipulation
-
-The item counter can be manipulated explicitly. This is necessary for
-instance for starting a list at another value than one. What you need
-to realize here is that the command \cs{item} starts by incrementing
-the counter. Furthermore, the only way to access the item counter is
-through the commands for counters; see section~\ref[sec:counters].
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:enumerate item:left itemCounter item:stop Stop
-\enumerate \SetCounter:item=-1
-\item Escape: usually the backslash.
-\item Begin Group.\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-\Section List titles and list tails
-
-Lists can have titles. The title follows the command that invokes the
-list, in the usual manner. Material to follow the list can also be
-specified: anything following the option \refopt{text} is considered to
-be trailing material.
-
-\Example
-\DefineList:TestList hrule line:start Style:bold title line:stop
- item:left Style:italic itemCounter item:stop
- text vwhite:3pt hrule Stop
-\TestList In the last fiscal year, have you:\par
-\item Eaten peanuts? \item Walked the dog?
-\item Bought a Frank Zappa record?\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-In case you wonder what happens with textual material after
-\opt{item:stop} and before any \opt{text}, well, that is taken to be
-inserted immediately after each item label.
-
-\Section Between the items
-
-There are special list options controlling what happens in between
-items. \Lollipop\ has an option \refopt{breakbetween}, analogous to
-\opt{breakbefore} and \opt{breakafter}; see
-section~\ref[sec:opt:penalties]. This item be default has a
-value of~\n{$-50$}, implying that breaks in between items
-should be preferred slightly over breaks in between the
-lines of an item.
-
-Similarly, there is an option \refopt{whitebetween}
-controlling the amount of white space in between items that is
-analogous to \opt{whitebefore} and \opt{whiteafter}. Like these two
-options, it can also be set by the \cs{Distance} command
-(section~\ref[sec:com:distance]).
-
-\Section Indentation in lists
-
-An item can be considered to be consisting of at least one paragraph.
-That paragraph is never indented. For the behaviour of any next
-paragraph within the same item, the option \refopt{indentinside} can be
-used. This option has values yes/no. In case paragraphs inside an
-item indent, the indentation amount is level-controlled; see
-section~\ref[sec:indent:control].
-
-\Chapter[chap:text:block] Text Blocks
-
-The `text block' is a way of treating a moderate sized chunk of text
-in a different way from the surrounding text. Text blocks are
-created by \refcs{DefineTextBlock}. Here is a small example.
-
-\Example
-\DefineTextBlock:Quote
- PushIndentLevel PointSize:9 SetFont text Stop
-\Indent:no In some context it has been written that
-\Quote No man is an island.\QuoteStop
-In another:
-\Quote Run don't walk to the nearest island.\>
-Sometimes one would wish women weren't so logical.
-\ExampleStop
-
-Note that the text block has an explicit closing command,
-consisting of the name of the block followed by \opt{Stop},
-and that implicit closing by \cs{>} is possible.
-
-\Section The \opt{text} option
-
-Text blocks have only one specific option: \refopt{text}. This option
-is used to separate material heading the block from material trailing
-the block. Example:
-
-\Example
-\DefineTextBlock:DisplayEq
- whitebefore:abovedisplayskip whiteafter:belowdisplayskip
- line:start white:parindent $ displaystyle text $ line:stop Stop
-The formula
-\DisplayEq e^{\pi i}+1=0\>
-contains nature's five most interesting constants.
-\ExampleStop
-
-Here one dollar comes before the text, and one after, so the first is
-inserted by \cs{DisplayEq} and the second by the corresponding
-closing command.
-
-Material before and after the text should usually not be broken.
-Hence \cs{nobreak} is automatically inserted. See the \cs{Example}
-macro for this manual: pages should not be broken after rules, or
-around the text `example~xyz'.
-
-\Section More examples
-
-A text block can encompass more than one paragraph, so the options
-\opt{indentinside} and \opt{indentfirst} are particularly useful here.
-
-\Example
-\AlwaysIndent:no
-\DefineTextBlock:TestBlock PushIndentLevel
- indentafter:yes indentfirst:no indentinside:yes
- text unskip hfill $ bullet $ par Stop
-One paragraph.\par The next paragraph
-\TestBlock Inside the block one paragraph.\par
-Inside the block the next paragraph.\>
-Outside the following paragraph.\par And the last paragraph.
-\ExampleStop
-
-\ImpNote
-\iSection[imp:gen:open:close] The environment in generic constructs
-
-The text block is just about the purest use of the \Lollipop\
-environment mechanism. Here is how a text block is defined:
-\Ver>
-\def\@DefineTextBlock{
- \csarg\edef{\@name}{\@gen@open
- \the\before@coms
- }
- \@DefineStopCommand{\the\after@coms \@gen@close}
- }<Rev
-
-The \cs{before@coms} and \cs{after@coms} are two token lists with
-the heading and trailing commands.
-
-It is important to note that the definition of the control sequence
-of the block is defined by \cs{edef}. This first of all unwraps the
-token lists, but it also has an important effect on
-\cs{@gen@open/close}. These control sequences contain a lot of
-conditionals which, in combination with the \cs{edef} give a really
-dynamic definition of generic constructs in \Lollipop.
-
-First of all, the opening and closing commands induce a group
-so that various quantities can be set locally.
-\Ver>
-\def\@gen@open{\outer@start@commands
- \begingroup \inner@start@commands}
-\def\@gen@close{\inner@end@commands
- \endgroup \outer@end@commands}<Rev
-
-The outer start commands concern global actions such as backspacing
-previous skips, incrementing counters and setting references.
-\Ver>
-\def\outer@start@commands{%
- \iftext@construct
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \nxp\bsp@hack
- \else \nxp\leavehmode \nxp\bvwit{\the\@whitebefore}\fi<Rev
-The `embedded construct' tests are only true if the construct
-can be embedded in a paragraph. A~rare occurence most of the time.
-\Ver>
- % backspace previous white space while it's visible
- \nxp\if@headed\nxp\else
- \ifforced@break@before\@beforepenalty
- \else\nxp\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@
- \@beforepenalty\nxp\fi
- \fi
- \nxp\fi<Rev
-A subtle point: a preceding heading will have placed \cs{nobreak}
-followed by a skip. It is dangerous to place any sort of penalty
-after this because it might induce a page break.
-
-Now the counter, title, and stuff connected to that.
-\Ver>
- \fi
- \ifhas@counter \nxp\StepCounter:\expandafter\@name\@space
- % This sets the \current@label by default<Rev
-Since this is used inside an \cs{edef} we can use some trickery
-to get the space token after the argument to \cs{StepCounter}.
-\Ver>
- \ifhas@marks \edef\nxp\cs@e
- {\nxp\nxp\nxp\refresh@mark@item
- {\@name Counter}{\CSname{\@name Counter}}}%
- \nxp\cs@e
- \fi
- \fi
- \iflabel@defined
- \global\current@label={\the\@labelcoms}\fi
- \ifhas@title \install@title@code<Rev
-This title business is explained in~\ref[imp:install:title].
-This piece of code also refreshes the title in the mark structure.
-This has to be done after any page break for the benefit
-of headers/footers.
-\Ver>
- \fi
- \ifhas@marks\nxp\ifnin{\nxp\place@mark}\fi
- %otherwise IniTeX'ing Lollipop will output a page
- \nxp\xx@label\the\extern@toks\penalty\@M
- % also subtle: if this white space would be higher, it would
- % be invisible because of marks et cetera.
- % insert nobreak after marks/writes to prevent page breaks.
- \iftext@construct
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else \nxp\@vwhite{\the\@whitebefore}\fi
- \fi
- }<Rev
-
-Inner start commands are concerned with setting local values.
-\Ver>
-\def\inner@start@commands{%
- \nxp\Open@Group\CSname{\@class}\CSname{\@name}%<Rev
-The \cs{Open@Group} call makes it possible to track down groups
-that have inadvertendly been left open. Since we now know the
-name we can give helpful error msgs.
-\Ver>
- \install@stop<Rev
-Install the right implicit closing, see~\ref[sec:implicit:close]
-and~\ref[imp:implicit:close].
-\Ver>
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else \nxp\hold@parskip
- \nxp\@defaulteverypar
- \ifwhiteleft@defined \advance\leftskip \the\@whiteleft \relax \fi
- \ifwhiteright@defined \advance\rightskip \the\@whiteright \relax \fi
- \nxp\let\nxp\par=\nxp\@par %explain to me again why this is necessary...
- \inside@indent \first@indent
- \fi
- \advance\nest@depth\@ne<Rev
-The nest depth is used for determining indentation levels.
-\Ver>
- }<Rev
-
-End commands set up some conditions, most of which will be tested
-by the start of any next construct.
-\Ver>
-\def\inner@end@commands{%
- \nxp\Close@Group\CSname{\@class}\CSname{\@name}%
- \ifright@embedded@construct \else \nxp\leavehmode \fi
- \@afterpenalty
- \ifright@embedded@construct \else \nxp\@vwhite{\the\@whiteafter}\fi
- }
-\def\outer@end@commands{%
- \the\after@toks
- \ifright@embedded@construct
- \nxp\@headedno \nxp\esp@hack
- \else
- \after@indent \nxp\dono@parskip
- \fi}<Rev
-
-\iSection[imp:implicit:close] Implicit closing
-
-Constructs with an explicit closing command, lists and text blocks,
-can be closed by~\cs{>}, which simply closes the current
-construct. A~more drastic version, \cs{>]}, closes all currently
-open constructs.
-\Ver>
-\def\outer@stop@command{\Emessage{Vacuous group closing}}
-\let\default@stop@command\outer@stop@command
-\def\>{\default@stop@command%[fool the editor
- \ifNextChar]{%
- \ifx\default@stop@command\outer@stop@command
- \xp\take@one
- \else \xp\>\fi}{}}<Rev
-The \cs{outer@stop@command} is meant to give an error msg if the
-user attempts to close a group while none is open.
-
-The current meaning of~\cs{>} is installed in
-\cs{inner@start@commands}:
-\Ver>
-\def\install@stop{\if@implicitclose
- \def\nxp\default@stop@command
- {\CSname{\stop@command}}%
- \else \let\nxp\default@stop@command
- \nxp\outer@stop@command
- \fi}<Rev
-
-By default, constructs can be closed implicitly, but there is an
-option \refopt{noimplicitclose} to disable this.
-\Ver>
-\newif\if@implicitclose
-\add@generic@default{\@implicitcloseyes}
-\@GenericOption{noimplicitclose}{\@implicitcloseno}<Rev
-This option is for instance used in the examples in this manual.
-Otherwise closing a construct in the example would also close the
-example itself.
-
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.bib b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.bib
deleted file mode 100644
index d742991915..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.bib
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-@article{EL:Cork,
-author = {Victor Eijkhout and Andries Lenstra},
-title = {The document style designer as a separate entity},
-journal = {TUGboat},
-volume = {12},
-issue = {1},
-year = {1991},
-pages = {31--34}
-}
-
-@misc{E:book,
-author = {Victor Eijkhout},
-title = {{\TeX} by Topic},
-publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-howpublished = {{\tt http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html}},
-year = {1992}
-}
-
-@article{E:Portland,
-author = {Victor Eijkhout},
-title = {Just give me a Lollipop (it makes my heart go giddy-up)},
-journal = {TUGboat},
-volume = {13},
-issue = {3},
-year = {1992},
-pages = {341--346}
-}
-
-@book{Kn:book,
-author = {Donald E. Knuth},
-title = {The {\TeX} Book},
-publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-year = {1984, reprinted with corrections 1989}
-}
-
-@book{La:book,
-author = {Leslie Lamport},
-title = {{\LaTeX} A Document Preparation System},
-publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-year = {1986}
-}
-
-@article{Pe:epigrams,
-author = {Alan Perlis},
-title = {Epigrams on programming},
-journal = {ACM Sigplan Notices},
-volume = {17},
-issue = {9},
-year = {1982},
-pages = {7--13}
-}
-
-@book{SeLe:book,
-author = {Raymond Seroul and Silvio Levy},
-title = {A Beginner's Book of \TeX},
-publisher = {Springer Verlag},
-year = {1990}
-}
-
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.pdf b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 533d578a0b..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index b2e7884733..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/lollipop-manual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-manual.tex master file for the Lollipop TeX manual.
-% this file and all input files for it copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout,
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi,
-% except where indicated otherwise.
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\tracingstats=1
-\makeatletter
-\makeatother
-\showboxdepth=-1
-
-\input comment
-% By shuffling the \comment line you can load different fonts.
-% This is machine dependent, so by default you get the CM font,
-% which should work everywhere.
-%
-\def\SerifFace{\TypeFace:ComputerModern }
-\def\SansFace{\TypeFace:ComputerSans }
-
-
-% Now load the style definition. This takes some time.
-\input mandefs
-
-% Prevent regeneration of external files; change 'yes' into 'no'
-% if you are changing page dimensions or so.
-\WriteExtern:yes
-
-% BibTeX interface by Berry and Patashnik
-\input btxmac
-
-% Start formating
-\Start
-
-% Include the next line if you are formatting the second half
-% of this manual:
-%\comment
-
-\CounterRepresentation:Page=i \RightPage
-\InputFile:titlepag
-
-\InputFile:prelim
-\SetCounter:LastInPage=PageValue
-\BackStepCounter:LastInPage
-
-\ToRecto\RightPage
-\CounterRepresentation:Page=1 \SetCounter:Page=1
-
-\InputFile:struct
-
-\InputFile:head
-
-\InputFile:list
-
-% For the first half include the following line:
-%\Stop
-% For second half include the following lines:
-%\endcomment
-%\RightPage \SetCounter:Page=11
-
-\InputFile:out
-
-\InputFile:extern
-
-\InputFile:opt
-
-\InputFile:comm
-
-\InputFile:trace
-
-\InputFile:appendix
-
-\SetCounter:LastRegPage=PageValue
-\BackStepCounter:LastRegPage
-\Stop
-
-% 2016/04/09 Updated the manual
-% 92/11/20 Total pages counter
-% 93/01/08 \comment and such for two part processing
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/mandefs.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/mandefs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index dbc822d78d..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/mandefs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-% mandefs.tex style definition for the Lollipop manual
-% copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\def\con#1{{\tt#1}}
-\def\n#1{{\tt#1}}
-\def\file#1{{\tt#1}}
-
-\def\Lollipop{Lollipop}
-
-\Distance:rightmarginstretch={0cm plus 2.54cm}
-\Distance:whitebefore={6pt plus 3pt minus 2pt}
-\Distance:whiteafter=whitebefore
-\FlushRight:no
-
-\DefineExternalFile:contents=toc
-
-\DefineHeading:Chapter
- breakbefore:yes whiteafter:20pt
- line:start PointSize:14 Style:bold literal:Chapter
- Spaces:1 ChapterCounter line:stop
- vwhite:15pt
- line:start PointSize:16 Style:bold title line:stop
- external:contents title external:stop
- Stop
-
-\AdaptiveDistance:WidestLabel=15pt
-\def\MeasureLabel{\ifdim\BlockWidth>\WidestLabel
- \global\WidestLabel\BlockWidth\fi}
-\StartCommand{\Distance:parindent=WidestLabel }
-\DefineHeading:Section
- whitebefore:{20pt plus 2pt} whiteafter:14pt
- line:start PointSize:14 Style:italic
- block:start block:start ChapterCounter . SectionCounter
- Spaces:1 block:stop MeasureLabel
- fillupto:WidestLabel
- title line:stop
- external:contents title external:stop
- label:start ChapterCounter . SectionCounter label:stop
- Stop
-\GoverningCounter:Section=Chapter
-
-\DefineHeading:SubSection
- whitebefore:{14pt plus 2pt} whiteafter:8pt
- line:start PointSize:10 Style:italic
- ChapterCounter . SectionCounter . SubSectionCounter
- Spaces:1 title line:stop
- label:start ChapterCounter . Spaces:.2 SectionCounter
- . Spaces:.2 SubSectionCounter label:stop
- Stop
-\GoverningCounter:SubSection=Section
-
-\DefineExternalFile:impnotes=imp
-\DefineHeading:iSection
- whitebefore:{10pt plus 1pt} whiteafter:8pt
- line:start PointSize:12 Style:bold I -
- Style:italic iSectionCounter
- Spaces:1 title line:stop
- label:start I - iSectionCounter label:stop
- external:impnotes title external:stop
- Stop
-%\GoverningCounter:iSection=Chapter
-\DefineExternalItem:iSection file:impnotes PushIndentLevel
- item:left I - Style:italic iSectionLabel item:stop
- title begingroup Spaces:2 Style:italic Page endgroup
- Stop
-
-\DefineExternalItem:Chapter file:contents
- item:left ChapterLabel item:stop
- title begingroup Spaces:2 Style:italic Page endgroup
- Stop
-\DefineExternalItem:Section file:contents PushIndentLevel
- item:left ChapterLabel . SectionLabel item:stop
- title begingroup Spaces:2 Style:italic Page endgroup
- Stop
-
-\def\impnotetxt{Implementor's Note}
-\DefineTextBlock:ImpNote PushIndentLevel
- whitebefore:12pt whiteafter:11pt
- line:start PointSize:12 Style:italic impnotetxt line:stop
- SansFace PointSize:9 SetFont text
- Stop
-\excludecomment{ImpNote}
-
-\DefineTextBlock:WizNote
- PushIndentLevel PointSize:9 SetFont text
- Stop
-
-\DefineList:Description
- item:left description Spaces:2 item:stop whitebetween:6pt
- Stop
-
-\DefineList:cDescription
- item:left tt char busje description Spaces:2 item:stop
- whitebetween:6pt
- Stop
-
-\DefineList:Enumerate
- item:left itemCounter item:stop
- Stop
-
-\DefineList:Itemize
- item:left itemsign item:stop
- Stop
-
-\DefineBBL
- item:left [ - itemCounter - ] item:stop
- Stop
-
-\SerifFace \SetFont
-
-\newwrite\exfile
-\def\HereAndOut#1{\immediate\write\exfile{#1}}
-\specialcomment{Example}
- {\EExample
- \immediate\openout\exfile=example.tex\relax
- \let\ThisComment\HereAndOut}
- {\immediate\closeout\exfile
- \begingroup \tt \SetFont
- \verbatimfile{example.tex}\endgroup
- \SaveAlloc \input example.tex\relax \RestoreAlloc
- \EExampleStop}
-\DefineTextBlock:EExample whiteafter:{6pt plus 5pt}
- noimplicitclose rule:h vwhite:3pt
- line:start literal:Example Spaces:1.5
- ChapterCounter . EExampleCounter
- line:stop
- vwhite:3pt rule:h vwhite:3pt text vwhite:3pt rule:h
- Stop
-\GoverningCounter:EExample=Chapter
-
-\specialcomment{OutExample}
- {\EExample
- \immediate\openout\exfile=example.tex\relax
- \let\ThisComment\HereAndOut}
- {\immediate\closeout\exfile
- \begingroup \tt \SetFont
- \verbatimfile{example.tex}\endgroup
- \par\penalty0\relax
- \SaveAlloc \SuspendOutput \begingroup \CountSheetsno
- \global\setbox\PageRow\hbox{}%
- \let\CurrentShipout\ToPageRow
- \xInputFile:example
- \endgroup
- \ResumeOutput \RestoreAlloc
- \noindent\unhbox\PageRow\hbox{}\par
- \EExampleStop}
-\newbox\PageRow\newbox\RowPage
-\def\ToPageRow{\setbox\RowPage\box\WholePage \xToPageRow}
-\def\xToPageRow{\global\setbox\PageRow
- \hbox{\unhbox\PageRow\box\RowPage\hfill}}
-
-\def\opt#1{{\tt#1}}
-\DefineExternalFile:optindex=oix
-\def\refopt#1{\OptToIdx #1\par}
-\DefineHeading:OptToIdx embedded:yes
- block:start tt title block:stop
- external:optindex title external:stop
- nomarks Stop
-\DefineExternalItem:OptToIdx file:optindex
- embedded:yes
- begingroup tt title endgroup
- nobreak Spaces:1.5 Page Spaces:2.5 Stop
-
-\DefineExternalFile:csindex=cix
-\def\refcs#1{\CsToIdx #1\par}
-\DefineHeading:CsToIdx embedded:yes
- block:start tt char busje title block:stop
- external:csindex title external:stop
- nomarks Stop
-\DefineExternalItem:CsToIdx file:csindex
- embedded:yes
- begingroup tt char busje title endgroup
- nobreak Spaces:1.5 Page Spaces:2.5 Stop
-
-\topskip20pt
-\OptionsMacro:PageDims=width:page=15cm height:page=23cm Stop
-\DefinePageGrid:LeftPage macro:PageDims
- band:start block:start PointSize:9 Style:italic
- FirstPlaced:ChapterCounter Spaces:2 stickout:left
- FirstPlaced:ChapterTitle band:stop
- textband:start text textband:stop
- band:invisible block:start PointSize:9 Style:bold
- PageCounter Spaces:2 stickout:left band:stop
- NextPageGrid:RightPage Stop
-\DefinePageGrid:RightPage macro:PageDims
- band:start fillup PointSize:9 Style:italic
- LastPlaced:SectionTitle
- block:start Spaces:2 LastPlaced:ChapterCounter .
- LastPlaced:SectionCounter stickout:right
- band:stop
- textband:start text textband:stop
- band:invisible fillup
- block:start PointSize:9 Style:bold Spaces:2
- PageCounter stickout:right band:stop
- NextPageGrid:LeftPage Stop
-\DefinePageGrid:EmptyPage macro:PageDims
- textband:start text textband:stop
- NextPageGrid:LeftPage Stop
-
-\AdaptiveCounter:LastInPage \CounterRepresentation:LastInPage=i
-\AdaptiveCounter:LastRegPage \CounterRepresentation:LastRegPage=1
-%\SetCounter:LastInPage=PageValue -- at the end of prelim.tex
-%\SetCounter:LastRegPage=PageValue -- at the end of manual.tex
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/05 stretch added
-% 92/11/18 adaptive label width
-% 92/11/19 adaptive last page \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/opt.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/opt.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d0b5d7959..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/opt.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,408 +0,0 @@
-% opt.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter Options
-
-This chapter discusses the various options that are common to all
-\Lollipop\ constructs.
-
-\Section Titles
-
-Any construct can have a title, although of course it is most useful
-for headings.
-A construct has a title if the option \refopt{title} appears.
-Example:
-\Ver>
-\DefineHeading:Section [...]
- Style:bold title
- [...] Stop<Rev
-
-will define a \cs{Section} macro that has a title.
-The macro is then used as
-\Ver>
-\Section The title of this section
-
-Some text in this section.<Rev
-that is, the title is delimited by an empty line.
-
-The title is actually available as a macro \refcs{FooTitle}, so that you
-can write a macro, for instance
-\Ver>
-\def\ComplicatedTitle{ .. \hrule ...
- \vrule ... \vbox \bgroup ...
- \FooTitle ...
- }<Rev
-and use this macro instead of the \opt{title} option
-\Ver>\DefineBar:Foo ...
- ComplicatedTitle
- ... Stop<Rev
-However, since the option \opt{title} now doesn't appear anymore, it
-becomes necessary to specify explicitly that there is a title.
-This can be done with the \refopt{HasTitle} option. For instance,
-you define
-\Ver>\DefineBar:Foo ...
- HasTitle
- ComplicatedTitle
- ... Stop<Rev
-where \cs{ComplicatedTitle} is a macro that formats the title.
-
-\SubSection Short titles
-
-The option \opt{HasTitle} can have a parameter \n{short}, denoting that
-the title is not delimited by an empty line (or \cs{par}) but by the
-line end. For an example see section~\ref[sec:address].
-
-\Section[sec:opt:counter] Counters
-
-There are three ways for Lollipop to figure out that a generic
-construct has a counter. First of all, in
-\Ver>\DefineFoo:Bar [...]
- BarCounter [...]<Rev
-the \cs{BarCounter} will be defined automatically.
-
-Additionally there is the option \refopt{counter}, which can be used
-to declare the representation of the option, for instance
-\opt{counter:i} allocated a counter that is printed in lowercase roman
-numerals. For the available representations,
-see~\ref[sec:counter:repr].
-
-Finally, if the counter is only used in a macro, the
-option \refopt{HasCounter} will cause the counter to be created anyhow.
-This is analogous to the \opt{HasTitle} option.
-
-\SubSection Counter synonyms
-
-Every once in a while you may want different constructs to use the same
-counter. For instance, if your book has definitions, theorems, lemmas,
-corollaries and notations, it may confuse the reader if they all have
-their own counter. The numbering would seem to jump all over the place.
-
-A `counter synonym' can be declared in \Lollipop\ by a slight abuse of
-the \opt{counter} option.
-\Example
-\DefineTextBlock:Theorem counter:1 begingroup Style:bold
- literal:Theorem Spaces:1 TheoremCounter Spaces:2 endgroup
- text Stop
-\DefineTextBlock:Corollary counter:Theorem begingroup Style:italic
- literal:Corollary Spaces:1 CorollaryCounter Spaces:2 endgroup
- text Stop
-\DefineTextBlock:Definition counter:Theorem begingroup Style:roman
- literal:Definition Spaces:1 DefinitionCounter Spaces:2 endgroup
- text Stop
-\Definition We define a {\it Foo} to be an arbitrary object\>
-\Theorem Foos have arbitrary properties\>
-\Corollary Foos are extremely valuable\>
-\Corollary Foos are extremely worthless\>
-\Theorem Foos don't exist\>
-\ExampleStop
-
-You can only declare a counter to be synonym for something that has
-already been created. In the above example you cannot define the
-\cs{Theorem} after the \cs{Corollary}.
-
-\ImpNote
-At the start of defining the construct, \cs{BarCounter} is defined to
-be an option:
-\Ver>\add@generic@default{\has@counterno
- \def\counter@repr{1}
- \csarg\def{\gen@option@name{\@name Counter}}{%
- \@add@toks{\@name Counter}\global\has@counteryes}}<Rev
-
-Then,
-\Ver>\add@generic@stop@default{\ifhas@counter
- \xp\expandafter\xp\install@counter
- \xp\counter@repr\@space\fi}<Rev
-
-
-The counter is stepped, and the new value is stored in a mark item,
-in \cs{outer@start@commands}:
-
-\Ver>
- \ifhas@counter
- \nxp\StepCounter:\expandafter\@name\@space
- % This sets the \current@label by default
- \ifhas@marks \edef\nxp\cs@e
- {\nxp\nxp\nxp\refresh@mark@item
- {\@name Counter}{\CSname{\@name Counter}}}%
- \nxp\cs@e
- \fi
- \fi<Rev
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\Section Chunks of text
-
-Especially in headings, short chunks of text may need a special
-treatment. For instance, the number may have to be filled to a certain
-width, or a line may have to be drawn of the exact length of the
-title. Lollipop have various general options (so they can also be used
-in other contexts than headings) for handling pieces of text.
-
-\SubSection[sec:opt:block] The \opt{block} option\label[opt:block]
-
-The \refopt{block} option takes up a piece of text and fits it on one
-line. It can measure the text, or set the size. Also there are a number
-of ways of placing a block.
-
-Basic usage:
-\Ver> block:start [...] block:stop<Rev
-This takes the enclosed text, and reproduces it. This is mostly
-interesting in combination with \opt{textcolumn},
-see~\ref[sec:opt:textcolumn].
-\Ver> block:hang [...] block:stop<Rev
-The resulting block is dropped until its top touches the baseline.
-For uniformity of appearance, the resulting width of the block can be
-specified:
-\Ver> block:start [...] fillupto:20pt<Rev
-The name of a \cs{Distance} parameter can be used here.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading
- line:start block:hang PointSize:8 SetFont
- TestHeadingCounter fillupto:20pt
- block:hang PointSize:14 SetFont title block:stop
- line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading Top Aligning the Title
-
-\endExample
-
-The block is usually in between the margins of the text, but it can be
-made to stick out into the margin, by closing it with the option
-\refopt{stickout}. For the left margin this done as
- \Ver> block:start [...] stickout:left<Rev
-and for the right margin
- \Ver> block:start [...] stickout:right<Rev
-The size of the box can be specified, for instance as
- \Ver> block:start [...] stickout:left=20pt<Rev
-For a left box the material in it is pushed to the left edge, for a
-right sticking box it is shifted to the right.
-
-\SubSection[sec:blockwidth] Block Measuring
-
-All blocks are immediately measured when they are placed. This makes it
-possible for instance to underline a title exactly. After a block has
-been placed, its width is available as \refcs{BlockWidth}.
- \Example
-\def\rulespecs{height 1pt width \BlockWidth\relax}
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading Style:bold
- line:start block:start TestHeadingCounter . Spaces:2 stickout:left
- block:start title block:stop line:stop
- vwhite:2pt hrule rulespecs vwhite:10pt Stop
-\TestHeading The Title Is Underlined
-
-The text follows.
-\ExampleStop
-Observe how a control sequence \cs{rulespecs} is used to sneak the
-height and width of the rule into the definition. This is necessary
-because control sequences are not allowed in a construct definition.
-
-\SubSection[sec:opt:line] The \opt{line} option
-
-The option \refopt{line} is used to create a single strip of text that
-fits exactly in between the margins of the page. Most of the time, titles
-will be in a line.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading
- line:start block:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:1.5 stickout:left
- title line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading A Title
-
-\endExample
-
-Another example was above. Here is another use of a line:
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading
- line:start TestHeadingCounter fillup title line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading The title
-
-\endExample
-
-\SubSection[sec:opt:textcolumn] The \opt{textcolumn} option
-
-In the examples above all titles fit on one line comfortably. If this
-is not the case, the title can be put in a \refopt{textcolumn} which can
-span several lines.
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading
- line:start block:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:2 block:stop
- textcolumn:topline title textcolumn:stop
- line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading A very very very very very very very very very very very
-very very very very very very very very very very very very very
-very very very very very very very very long title
-
-\endExample
-
-This option is mostly interesting in combination with others such as
-\opt{block} and \opt{line}. As is apparent from the above example: a
-block placed in the same line as a text column will detract from the
-latter's width.
-
-(In fact it is the other way around: \Lollipop\ sets
-the line with a text column of width zero to determine the remaining
-space. Then the line is set again. This may give problems if you
-manipulate parameters inside the line, because the line is in effect
-typeset twice. Also make sure not to have other \cs{vbox}-es in the
-line than the text column.)
-
-\SubSection[sec:opt:traps] Traps
-
-It is a bad idea to have material in headings and such that is not
-inside a block, textcolumn, or line. For instance:
-
-\Example
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading
- block:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:2 block:stop
- title Stop
-\TestHeading Where does the title go?
-
-\endExample
-
-\Section[sec:opt:label] Labels
-
-References to any counter will always be correct, no matter if that
-counter has changed after retypesetting the document, if symbolic
-references are used. Referencing is explained in detail in
-chapter~\ref[chap:referencing].
-
-The way a symbolic reference is formatted can be altered from the
-default (just give the counter) by using the \refopt{label} option.
-\Ver>\DefineHeading:TestSection
- line:start Style:italic TestSectionCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop
- label:start ( TestSectionCounter ) label:stop Stop<Rev
-See further section~\ref[sec:shape:reference].
-
-
-\Section[sec:opt:penalties] Break before / after
-
-The options \refopt{breakbefore} and \refopt{breakafter} control how
-eager \TeX\ will be to break the page before or after a construct. These
-options take one value, a so-called `penalty' value, meaning that the
-higher the value you specify, the higher the penalty is, and
-therefore the less likely it is that the page will be broken there.
-
-Numerical values are typically in the tens or hundreds; any value
-of \n{10$\,$000} or more means that there will never be a break at
-that point; a value of \n{-10$\,$000} or less means a guaranteed
-break. If you don't want to remember these rules, values of \n{yes}
-and \n{no} mean a guaranteed break, and no break respectively.
-
-\WizNote
-A further exceptional value is \n{breakbefore/after:0}, this will
-cause no penalty to be placed. The reason for this is highly \TeX
-nical.
-\>
-
-\Section[sec:opt:indent] Indentation
-
-The option \refopt{indentafter} controls the behaviour of the first
-paragraph after a generic construct., \refopt{indentinside},
-\refopt{indentfirst}.
-
-\Section Rules
-
-There is an option \refopt{hrule}. You should not write
-\Ver>\def\rulemacro{\hrule height [...] }
-\DefineHeading [...] rulemacro [...] Stop<Rev
-because then \Lollipop\ cannot prevent page breaks around the rule.
-Instead write
-\Ver>\def\rulespecs{ height [...] }
-\DefineHeading [...] hrule rulespecs [...] Stop<Rev
-so that the option \opt{hrule} is used. See
-section~\ref[sec:blockwidth] for an example.
-
-\Section Embedded constructs
-
-Most generic constructs will be vertically separated from the
-surrounding text. However, in rare cases (and for unusual applications)
-it be desired to have a construct that is part of a paragraph. For this
-the option \refopt{embedded} exists.
-
-This option has the following values.
-\Ver> embedded:no<Rev
-This is the default.
-\Ver> embedded:left<Rev
-The construct continues an already started paragraph, but after the
-construct a vertical break follows.
-\Ver> embedded:right<Rev
-After the construct a paragraph can continue, but the construct is
-separated vertically from preceding text.
-\Ver> embedded:yes<Rev
-The construct is both left and right embedded.
-
-Embedding a construct has an interesting application to generating
-indexes. (See chapter~\ref[chap:external-files] for general information
-about external files.) This can be done by having embedded headings
-that write their title to the index file.
-
-\Example
-\DefineExternalFile:tIndex=tix
-\DefineHeading:NewWord embedded:yes
- block:start Style:bold title block:stop
- external:tIndex title external:stop Stop
-\def\introword#1{\NewWord #1\par}
-In this sentence two \introword{flubrious} words are
-\introword{stinselsed}.
-\ExampleStop
-
-Cute, ain't it?
-
-A word of warning though. Headings and such generate \TeX\ `marks'
-which take up main memory. You only need these if you are going
-to be referring to that object with \cs{LastPlaced} or such; see
-section~\ref[sec:head/foot]. Embedded headings used as above
-usually don't need these marks, so you can prevent \TeX\ overflow by
-putting the option \opt{nomarks} in their definition.
-
-\Section Obscure options
-
-\SubSection Arguments
-
-In case you want to interface to other macro packages, you may want to
-let a construct generate a call to the other package. For this, the
-\Lollipop\ macro should be able to produce sequences such as
-\ver>\begin{itemize}>. The problem here is the braces. The option
-\refcs{arg} produces a braced expression.
-
-For instance
-\Ver>\DefineTextBlock:LaTeXlist begin arg:{itemize} text
- end arg:{itemize} Stop<Rev
-makes it possible to use call \LaTeX\ macros from \Lollipop.
-
-\SubSection[sec:implicit:close] Implicit closing
-
-The control sequence \refcs{>} closes the current group, and \refcs{>]}
-closes all currently open groups. Every once in a while this is too
-drastic. Hence there is an option \refopt{noimplicitclose} that can be
-used to prevent a construct from being closed implicitly. Using \cs{>]}
-inside such a construct will close all enclosed constructs.
-
-See the definition of \cs{EExample} in this manual for an example.
-
-\Section[sec:opt:test] Testing
-
-There is an option \opt{test}.
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/10 \BlockWidth discussed in 'block' section
-% 92/11/15 counter:othercounter discussed
-% 92/11/21 option 'arg'
-
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/out.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/out.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 23dab4395d..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/out.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-% out.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter[chap:output] Output
-
-Every page is formatted according to a `page grid' consisting of
-three elements:
-
-\Enumerate \item the page head, this is everything that's over the
-running text;
-\item the page foot, this is everything that is below the running
-text;
-\item the running text. \TeX\ acts as if text is on a long scroll,
-and the running text part of a page is simply a portion cut off from
-this scroll.\>
-Either or both of the head and foot of the page can be empty, but
-usually one of the two contains a page number.
-
-\OutExample
-\OptionsMacro:ManPageSize=raggedbottom:10pt topskip:12pt
- height:page=5cm width:page=6cm Stop
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop
- pagerule band:start PageCounter band:stop Stop
-\TestPage
-This page does not contain much special.\EjectPage
-This page is hardly better.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-This example illustrates how you first define a page grid by
-\refcs{DefinePageGrid}, and then activate it by calling its name. That
-last action is in fact not necessary: each definition of a page grid
-automatically installs that grid as the current one.
-
-\Section Page dimensions
-
-Most of the time it is easiest to specify the total height of a page,
-that is, including head and bottom, but sometimes it is more
-convenient to specify the height of the text, and let the head and
-foot simply go over and under that.
-
-In the first case you can give the command \refcs{Height} with
-two parameters:
-\Ver>\Height:Page=23.5cm<Rev or inside a page grid definition the
-option \refopt{height}\n{:page=...}.
-
-In the second case you can give the command
-\Ver>\Height:Text=19.55cm<Rev or inside a page grid definition the
-option \opt{height:text=...}.
-
-In page grid definitions there is the additional option
-\opt{height:lines=23}.
-
-The \cs{Height} command cannot be used in a page grid definition.
-
-\Section Positioning the page on the paper
-
-If your printer driver is up to specs (and you have not done any
-creative macro writing) it should have the upper left corner of the
-text landing at $2.54$cm from the top and left side of the paper.
-If the result is not to your liking, you can shift the page by
-\Ver>\Distance:hoffset= ...
-\Distance:voffset= ...<Rev
-These offset parameters are zero ordinarily, and they indicate the
-extra shift added to the customary $2.54$cm in horizontal and
-vertical direction.
-
-\Section Page head, foot, text
-
-Somewhere in the page grid the option \refopt{text} has to appear. This
-option has to be inside a \refopt{textband}:
-\Ver> textband:start text textband:stop<Rev
-This is not a case of overspecification, because inside a textband
-the text option can appear more than once. In this manner a multicolumn
-page grid can be specified.
-
-\def\sometext{Just a bit of words, words. }
-\edef\sometext{\sometext\sometext\sometext}
-\edef\sometext{\sometext\sometext\sometext\sometext}
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text hwhite:10pt text textband:stop
- pagerule band:start PageCounter band:stop Stop
-\FlushRight:no \sometext
-\OutExampleStop
-
-Next to the option \opt{textband} there is \refopt{band}.
-Both are ways of
-creating a page wide band. The option \opt{band} is used for all
-material that is not a text column, for instance footers, as in the
-above examples.
-
-The option \opt{band} can have one unusual parameter: \n{invisible}.
-This makes the band act as if it has zero height or width, depending
-on whether it is below or above the text, respectively.
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text hwhite:10pt text textband:stop
- pagerule
- band:invisible block:start Style:bold PageCounter Spaces:2
- stickout:left band:stop Stop
-\FlushRight:no \sometext
-\OutExampleStop
-
-\SubSection More about text bands
-
-The text band is that part of the page that has the text in it. You can
-also put other material in it, such as rules or white space.
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize pagerule
- textband:start vrule white:3pt text white:3pt vrule textband:stop
- pagerule band:start white:fillup PageCounter band:stop Stop
-\TestPage This page contains some text, a bit more text,
-and even more than that. In all still just a few lines.\EjectPage
-This page contains more text, still more text, and still more.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-In the previous example the width of the page was specified.
-If we only give the width of the text, the page width is calculated
-dynamically.
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- textband:start vrule white:3pt text white:3pt vrule textband:stop
- pagerule band:start white:fillup PageCounter band:stop Stop
-\noindent This page contains some text, a bit more text,
-and even more than that. In all still just a few lines.\EjectPage
-This page contains more text, still more text, and still more.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-Note how the \refopt{pagerule} and \opt{band} objects stretch
-with the page.
-
-
-\SubSection Topskip
-
-In between the page head and the text is some white space, the
-topskip, with special properties. The topskip is defined from the
-bottom of the head to the bottom of the first line of the text. If
-the height of this first line varies from page to page the topskip
-acts as a buffer, keeping the bottom-to-bottom distance constant.
-
-Topskip is set by the option \refopt{topskip}, for example
-\Ver> topskip:25pt<Rev
-but if this option is left out, the page grid uses the value of
-\cs{topskip} that was current at the time of the definition.
-Unfortunately there is no way to change this value after the definition.
-
-\Section[sec:page-counter] The page number
-
-The page number behaves as if it had been defined by
-\Ver>\NewCounter:Page
-\CounterRepresentation:Page=1<Rev
-Thus you can use any command from section~\ref[sec:counters] on it.
-For instance, you can have page numbers in roman numerals by
-specifying
-\Ver>\CounterRepresentation:Page=I<Rev
-
-The page number is typically used as the option \refopt{PageCounter},
-but for some applications the corresponding command \refcs{PageCounter}
-can be used.
-
-If you process a \Lollipop\ document you see that everytime a page is
-generated, an item such as \ver>[8,7]> is written on the log file or the
-screen. Most of the time the two numbers will be the same, as in
-\ver>[8,8]>, but they will differ if you have tinkered with the page
-number. The first number is the `sheet counter': it counts how many
-pages you have produced so far. The second number is the value of
-\cs{PageCounter} for the page that was written out. Take a look at the
-log file for this manual for an example.
-
-\Section[sec:page:tests] Page tests
-
-The page grid definition can set/query several properties of the
-page. The following tests have been provided (see
-section~\ref[sec:tests] for tests):
-\Ver>\DefineTest:IsRightPage
-\DefineTest:IsLeftPage
-\DefineTest:FirstPage
-\DefineTest:LastPage
-\DefineTest:FlushBottom<Rev
-\Itemize\item The tests for left/right pages are done by
- testing whether the page number of odd or even.
-\item The first/last page tests can be used either for the whole
-document, or for a file that's loaded as an \cs{InputFile}.
-\item The first page test doesn't work at present.
-\>
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop pagerule
- band:start ifIsLeftPage else hwhite:fillup fi PageCounter
- band:stop Stop \SetCounter:Page=12
-This is a left hand page. \EjectPage
-This page is on the right side of a spread.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-\Section[sec:head/foot] Running heads / footers
-
-Above it was explained how pages can be given a head and foot part.
-Quite often you want changing information in such parts, for instance
-the head of a left page often contains the number or title of section
-that was current when that page started; the head of a right page
-often contains the number or title of the section that was current
-when that page ended.
-
-In \Lollipop\ all constructs that have a title or a counter can have
-that information referenced in page grids.
-\Description\item \refcs{FirstPlaced}:SectionTitle
-Take the title of the first section that started on this page, or
-the last one that started before this page if no section started on
-this page.\item \refcs{LastPlaced}:SubSectionCounter
-Take the title of the last subsection that started on this page, or
-the last one that started before this page if no subsection started
-on this pgae.\item \refcs{PreviousPlaced}:SectionCounter
-Take the counter value of the last section that started before this
-page.\>
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop pagerule
- band:start Style:italic FirstPlaced:HeadTitle
- white:fillup PageCounter band:stop Stop
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading Style:bold
- line:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading A first section\par And some text.\EjectPage
-This page contains text. \TestHeading A second Section\par
-And more text.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-The commands \cs{FirstPlaced} and \cs{PreviousPlaced} are typically
-used on left pages; \cs{LastPlaced} is more common on right pages.
-You can test on what sort of page you are; see
-section~\ref[sec:page:tests].
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:TestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop pagerule
- band:start Style:italic
- ifIsLeftPage FirstPlaced:HeadTitle white:fillup fi
- PageCounter
- ifIsRightPage white:fillup LastPlaced:HeadTitle fi
- band:stop Stop \SetCounter:Page=10
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading Style:bold
- line:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop Stop
-\TestHeading A first section\par And some text.
-\TestHeading Second section\par More text.\EjectPage
-\TestHeading Third section\par Is on the right page.
-\TestHeading Fourth section\par Concludes this page.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-
-\Section Alternating page grids
-
-In \Lollipop\ it is very easy to switch page grids with the option
-\refopt{NextPageGrid}: you simply specify
- \Ver> NextPageGrid:otherpage<Rev as one of the options
-in the definition. If no next grid is indicated, the same page grid keeps
-being used continuously until another page grid is activated
-explicitly.
-
-\OutExample
-\DefinePageGrid:LTestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop pagerule
- band:start Style:italic
- PageCounter white:fillup FirstPlaced:HeadTitle
- band:stop NextPageGrid:RTestPage Stop
-\DefinePageGrid:RTestPage macro:ManPageSize
- pagerule textband:start text textband:stop pagerule
- band:start Style:italic
- LastPlaced:HeadTitle white:fillup PageCounter
- band:stop NextPageGrid:LTestPage Stop
-\SetCounter:Page=42
-\DefineHeading:TestHeading Style:bold
- line:start TestHeadingCounter Spaces:2 title line:stop Stop
-\LTestPage
-\TestHeading A first section\par And some text.
-\TestHeading Second section\par More text.\EjectPage
-\TestHeading Third section\par Is on the right page.
-\TestHeading Fourth section\par Concludes this page.
-\OutExampleStop
-
-Another very useful application of this mechanism is to have a
-special definition for the opening page of a chapter. This manual uses a
-one-shot page grid \cs{EmptyPage} to remove the header and footer on the
-title page. It installs \cs{LeftPage} as the next grid.
-
-\Section Additional User Control
-
-\SubSection Elementary manipulation
-
-There are a few commands for simple page manipulation:
-\Description\item \refcs{EjectPage}
-The current page is filled up with white space, and
-a new page is started.\item \refcs{ToRecto}
-As \cs{EjectPage} but if the next page is a left page (meaning
-that the page number is even) then the page number is increased by
-one, so that the next page is a right hand page.\item \refcs{ToVerso}
-As \cs{ToRecto}, except that the next page is a left page.
-\>
-
-Additionally, \refcs{NoPages} lets
-all formatting and updating of values be performed, but
-no pages are written to the dvi file;
-\refcs{PagesOut}
-reverts the effect of previous command. Note that \cs{NoPages} does not
-incur any savings in time: full processing of the document is performed.
-
-When a page is finished it rests in box \refcs{WholePage}. Then a call is
-made to \refcs{CurrentShipout}, which is by default
-\ver>\shipout\box\WholePage>. However, you are free to define it
-otherwise. If your \cs{CurrentShipout} does not actually ship out pages,
-you may want to set \refcs{CountSheetsno} to prevent the effective page
-counter from being updated.
-
-Redefining \cs{CurrentShipout} usually goes together with
-\refcs{SuspendOutput} and \refcs{ResumeOutput}. These commands
-temporarily save the page number and the current state of the page,
-including the current definition of \cs{CurrentOutput}. (This is necessary
-because a number of parameters concerned are changed by global
-assignments.) See the definition of \cs{OutputExample} in the appendix of
-this manual for an elaborate example.
-
-If you want to see te output routines in action, specify
-\Ver>\Trace:out<Rev In addition \Ver>\Trace:mark<Rev tells you what
-information is being saved for running head and foot lines.
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2014/04/12 Made `output' capitalized.
-% 92/11/20 Left right output examples
-% 93/01/17 New description of \CurrentShipout
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/prelim.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/prelim.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index d0af6d3e02..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/prelim.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,327 +0,0 @@
-% prelim.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter[chap:prelim] Preliminaries
-
-\Section What is Lollipop?
-
-Lollipop is `\TeX\ made easy'. Lollipop is a macro package
-that functions as a toolbox for writing \TeX\ macros. It was my
-intention to make macro writing so easy that implementing a fully new
-layout in \TeX\ would become a matter of less than an hour for an
-average document, and that it would be a task that could be
-accomplished by someone with only a very basic training in \TeX\
-programming.
-
-Lollipop is an attempt to make structured text formatting available
-for environments where previously only wysiwyg packages could be used
-because adapting the layout is so much more easy with them than with
-traditional \TeX\ macro packages.
-
-\Section But is it compatible?
-
-Lollipop, like \LaTeX, is not compatible with plain \TeX. I~don't
-consider this a real problem. Most plain \TeX\ commands will work in
-\Lollipop\ with the exception of anything output routine related.
-(See also below.)
-
-\Lollipop\ is also not compatible with \LaTeX, although it has a lot
-of the same functionality. There are two reasons why \Lollipop\ still
-has a reason for existing, even though \LaTeX\ is used pretty much
-all over the scientific world.
-
-For one, Lollipop is targeted in part
-to different users than the typical plain \TeX\ or
-\LaTeX\ user. For another, I~have a vain hope that I~can capture some
-of the \LaTeX\ market share. Since developing styles in \Lollipop\ is
-so much more easier than in \LaTeX, I~may stand a fighting chance.
-
-\SubSection \Lollipop\ and plain \TeX
-
-Having said the above, I'll conceded that \Lollipop\ is more
-compatible with plain \TeX\ than with \LaTeX. You can use quite some
-plain \TeX\ commands in \Lollipop. However, stay away from the
-following:\Description\item \cs{everypar}
-This one is heavily used by \Lollipop. You may use \cs{EveryParagraph}
-instead, which functions pretty much like \cs{everypar}; see
-section~\ref[sec:everypar].\item \cs{everymath}
-This one is heavily used by \Lollipop. You may use \cs{EveryMath}
-instead, which functions pretty much like \cs{everymath}; see
-section~\ref[sec:everymath].\item \cs{everydisplay}
-This one is heavily used by \Lollipop. You may use \cs{EveryDisplay}
-instead, which functions pretty much like \cs{everydisplay}; see
-section~\ref[sec:everydisplay].\item \cs{output}
-Page output is done so very differently from plain \TeX\ that all
-commands pertaining to page numbers and head/footlines have been
-eradicated. (Well, \cs{pageno} still gives the page number.) See
-chapter~\ref[chap:output].
- \>
-
-The current version of \Lollipop\ is based on the plain \TeX\ file
-that comes with \TeX\ version~3.141592653.
-
-\SubSection \Lollipop\ and \TeX\ programming
-
-The tools in \Lollipop\ allow you to program in a simple manner quite
-complicated macros. Still you may want to have some knowledge of
-ordinary \TeX\ macro programming. If you are just starting in \TeX\
-you can pick up the basics from the book by Seroul and
-Levy~\bibref[SeLe:book],
-and after that there is the book by
-the original author of \TeX~\bibref[Kn:book] and my own \TeX\
-reference guide~\bibref[E:book].
-
- \Section How to Use \Lollipop
-
-The following files comprise the Lollipop format:
-\Ver>
- lollipop-define.tex lollipop-document.tex
- lollipop-float.tex lollipop-fontdefs.tex
- lollipop-fonts.tex lollipop-heading.tex
- lollipop-lists.tex lollipop-output.tex
- lollipop-plain.tex lollipop-text.tex
- lollipop-tools.tex lollipop.tex<Rev
-
-
-To process a file, say \file{test.tex}, with
-Lollipop you then type:
-
-\Ver>
-> lollipop test.tex <Rev
-
-to get the dvi output.
-
-
-\Section[sec:style-dump] Processing a Lollipop file
-
-Files that you make to be processed with Lollipop contain of course
-the input text, but they also have to contain the design macros that
-determine the layout. There are two possibilities for these design
-macros:
-
-\Itemize
-\item You can simply put them in the same file, either in the
-beginning or wherever they are first needed, or
-\item You can put the layout definition in a separate file and call this
-definition file in your main file. For instance, you can put the layout definition of a
-book in a file \file{bookstyle.tex}, and then call this definition file in your
-main Lollipop file by putting
-
-\Ver>
-\InputLollipop:bookstyle.tex <Rev
-
-somewhere in your main Lollipop file.
-
-
-
-If you have used \TeX\ before, you will notice that the page numbers
-get reported slightly differently from the usual way. See
-section~\ref[sec:page-counter] for the explanation.
-
-\Section The errors of \Lollipop / known bugs
-
-Since \Lollipop\ is an order of magnitude more powerful
-(and hence complicated) than formats such as \LaTeX, its error
-messages can also be an order of magnitude more cryptic (see
-section~\ref[sec:error-msg] for the possible origin of some of the
-more obscure error messages).
-
-Fortunately, \Lollipop\ is also quite a
-bit better than existing formats at catching potential errors. Typos
-in a style definition will usually lead to warning messages, and also
-during run time \Lollipop\ is able to track down ommisions.
-
-In addition, you can switch on various trace modes to get more
-detailed information about \Lollipop's thought processes. See
-chapter~\ref[chap:tracing].
-
-These are the known bugs in \Lollipop\ at the moment.
-
-\Enumerate\item Local references have been insufficiently tested,
-and the code definitely is buggy.
-\item The `firstpage' test in the page grids does not work.
-\item The table of contents example is slightly wrong.
-\item Titles get written to the aux file with double spaces.
-This shouldn't cause any problem, but it has to be fixed.
-\item Rules in page grids get white space around them.
-\item External items shouldn't declare \cs{FooTitle} or
-\cs{FooCounter}.
-\item \cs{ToExternalFile} doesn't work.
-\>
-
-
-If you find any other issues, or if you have any fixes/workarounds
-for any existing issues, then please post them on GitHub.
-
-\Section About this manual
-
-This manual consists of a main file \file{lollipop-manual.tex}, and the
-following input files:
-\Ver>
-titlepag.tex prelim.tex struct.tex head.tex list.tex
-out.tex extern.tex opt.tex comm.tex trace.tex appendix.tex<Rev
-and the style definition file \file{mandefs.tex}.
-
-In addition, you need \file{comment.tex} which is used to format this
-manual, and \file{btxmac.tex} for the Bib\TeX\ interface, but these
-are not really a part of \Lollipop.
-
-If you format this manual (which you'll have to do three times
-to get the page numbering and the table of contents straight) you'll
-notice something strange. The file \file{example.tex} is read in
-many, many times. This is because this manual formats its examples
-along the way, first writing them out, and then reading them in to
-show both their code and their output. This way it is guaranteed that
-the examples in the manual will always work.
-
-As a result of formatting this manual you will wind up with, apart
-from the usual \file{pdf} and \file{log} file, with \file{lollipop-manual} files
-with extensions \file{aux}, \file{toc}, and \file{imp};
-\file{oix} and \file{cix} for indexes of options and commands,
-and
-\file{tct}, file{tix} which are for the examples. For the
-bibliography there are the Bib\TeX\ input file \file{lollipop-manual.bib} and
-output file \file{lollipop-manual.bbl}.
-
-This manual needs quite some resources: here's what \TeX\ told me
-it needed.
-\Ver>Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
- 1194 strings out of 496579
- 16173 string characters out of 6202690
- 72655 words of memory out of 5000000
- 3270 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
- 11241 words of font info for 40 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
- 19 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
- 24i,4n,24p,187b,562s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s<Rev
-
-
-Because of all the examples this manual takes quite some time to
-process. A~factor of four over the time for a regular document of
-similar length should be expected. Ordinary Lollipop documents will
-proceed far faster.
-
-\Section The most boring section in this manual
-
-There are a few things about \Lollipop\ that I~want to be clear about.
-
-\SubSection I am going to hurt you and I am not sorry
-
-In the secret handbook for the software industry it says that the
-final test phase of a product consists of putting it in stores and
-having innocent suckers pay good money for it. (You guessed it, this
-is the disclaimer section.) So let me just say that
-\Lollipop\ is probably good for nothing, at least, I~don't claim it
-is. And if you hurt yourself by using it, don't blame me. I~warned
-you.
-
-\SubSection Get a \Lollipop, give one away
-
-\Lollipop\ is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-The easiest way to get the current copy of \Lollipop\ is to use
-a more recent \TeX{} distribution (\TeX Live or Mik\TeX).
-
-\SubSection The status of \Lollipop
-
-\Lollipop\ is still under development. Although I~will try not to
-make any drastic changes in the user interface (this says nothing
-about the internals!) I~really cannot guarantee anything.
-However, I~do listen to complaints and suggestions.
-
-If you have suggestions or complaints about the
-useability of \Lollipop\ or the implementation, feel free to contact
-me at \n{persian-tex@tug.org} on the Internet.
-
-\SubSection[sec:wish:list] The wish list
-
-\Lollipop\ is not quite perfect. Here's a list of things that I~am
-going to be adding in the near future. If you want to add items to
-this list, just open a ticket on the tickets.
-
-\Enumerate\item Raggedbottom should really, really be added. Soon!
-
-\item Capitalization and initial capping of titles. If a
-title appears in mixed case, it should be possible to have it in all
-uppercase in running heads. Some code has been disabled now.
-
-\item A better multi-column mode.
-
-\item Interface to Bib\TeX\ seems to largely in place; what happens
-if you don't load btxmac?
-
-\item Inserts, in particular footnotes. At the moment floating
-figures are entirely lacking. (As a matter of fact, the plain \TeX\
-macros are availble, but I'm not telling that.)
-
-\item A `nomarks' option to prevent wasting two token lists.
-Maybe other recourse saving optio for the expert designer?
-
-\item More sophisticated white space right before and after
-page breaks. (Use at least so and so much.)
-
-\item Dynamic topskip.
-
-\item Sup­port for RTL lan­guages (such as Per­sian).
-
-
-{\PopIndentLevel\Indent:no The following points are debatable:
-maybe I~should just steal a few components from \LaTeX. Maybe this
-sort of stuff does not belong in \Lollipop.\par}
-
-\item A tabular mode. Personally I~always felt \cs{halign} to be more
-than sufficient, but some people seem to think otherwise.
-
-\item Maths constructs. Some things in the \cs{eqalign} vein would be
-nice.
-
-\>
-
-\SubSection A bit of history
-
-The \Lollipop\ format was begun in late 1989 to typeset Victor Eijkhout's Ph.D.
-thesis, `{\Style:italic Vectorizable and Parallelizable
-Preconditioners for the Conjugate Gradient Method}'. At that time
-Victor~was using \TeX\ on an Atari 1040ST.
-Loading the style definition for the thesis took about two minutes.
-\Lollipop\ was heavily augmented in late 1991 to typeset his book
-`{\Style:italic \TeX\ by Topic}', for which he~used Sun~3 and Sun~4
-computers. Writing this manual brought \Lollipop\ to its version 0.96; the first public release (version~0.9) was announced on the
-internet in October 1992.
-
-Between 1992 and 2014, Lollipop was unmaintained and Vafa Khalighi took over the
-development of Lollipop in April 2014.
-
-The name `\n{Lollipop}' refers to a quote by Alan
-Perlis~\bibref[Pe:epigrams], quoted on page 365 of the \TeX
-book~\bibref[Kn:book]. In a way it's rather pretentious. The philosophy
-of the \n{Lollipop} format is described~\bibref[EL:Cork,E:Portland].
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2014/04/13 Added some notes about \EveryMath,
-% and \EveryDisplay. Also \EveryPar changed to
-% \EveryParagraph
-% 2014/04/12 Added note about xelollipop format
-% 2014/04/11 Updated the manual
-% 92/10/22 historical remark about name added
-% 92/11/03 section 'Lollipop and plain TeX' added;
-% remarks about IniTeX in Textures
-% 92/11/26 uses bibrefs
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/struct.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/struct.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 7590b5a365..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/struct.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-% struct.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter The structure of Lollipop
-
-Lollipop provides tools for realizing the style or layout of a
-document. Some of these tools are macros ready to be used by the end
-user; they concern for instance selection of fonts.
-Others, the `generic constructs', are for the style designer so that
-she can use them to program the macros for the user.
-
-\Section[sec:doc-start-stop] Lollipop Files
-
-Any Lollipop document has to have a \cs{Start} and \cs{Stop} command.
-Before the \cs{Start} there can be style definition commands, but no
-text. For a number of reasons it is advisable to put as much of the
-style definition before the \cs{Start} command as possible. You can
-do that easily by loading the style as an input file, or by first
-dumping it as a format (see section~\ref[sec:style-dump]).
-
-\ImpNote
-Before the \cs{Start} command, \cs{everypar} contains an error
-message. The start command installs the default value for
-\cs{everypar}.
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-Both the start and the stop file load the \file{.aux} auxiliary file.
-None of this should concern you, really. Expert users who want to
-have certain actions performed at the start of the document may want
-to use \refcs{StartCommand} to specify what they wish done. See
-section~\ref[sec:adapt-distance] for an example.
-
-\Section Generic Constructs
-
-\label[generic:construct]\label[option:macro]
-There are five `generic constructs': headings, lists, text blocks, page
-grids, and external items. For each construct type there is a defining
-command, for instance \cs{DefineHeading}
-which is followed a list of `options', terminated by the word `Stop'.
-
-Options (possibly with values) have to be separated by a
-space or a line end; the keyword \opt{Stop} has to be followed by a
-space or a line end.
-Options may have zero, one or two values; if there are values, then
-the first one is separated from the option by a colon, the second is
-separated from the first by an equals sign.
-
-\Ver>\DefineFoo:Bar optiona optionb optionc:value
- optiond:valuea=valueb optione
- optionf Stop<Rev
-
- As a result of this definition, a command
-\cs{Bar} is created. If the \con{Foo} construct was a \con{List} or
-\con{TextBlock}, an additional command \cs{BarStop} is created.
-
-This command can then be used in the ordinary way, for instance
-after \ver>\DefineHeading:Foo> you can type
-\Ver>\Foo The title<Rev and after \ver>\DefineList:Foo> you can type
-\Ver>\Foo
-\item One item
-\item And another
-\FooStop<Rev
-
-\ImpNote
-Actually, this `Stop' business can be customized for other languages.
-The file \file{tools} has the following lines:
-\Ver>
-\def\stop@command@suffix{Stop}
-\def\stop@command{\@command\stop@command@suffix}<Rev
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\Section Options
-
-Options are mostly used to specify how a construct will look. Some
-options, for instance \opt{title}, indicate material that will appear
-on the page. Other options are interpreted as commands, for instance
-\opt{IndentAfter:yes} in the definition of a heading indicates that
-the first paragrah after such a heading will indent.
-
-In addition to keywords that only exist as options, commands can
-be used as options. Also, single characters are accepted as options.
-For instance a definition of a subsection heading can contain:
-
-\Ver>\DefineHeading:SubSection
- [...]
- SectionCounter . SubSectionCounter
- [...] Stop<Rev
-(Here and later the \n{[...]} will denote arbitrary omitted text.)
-This definition contains the commands \cs{SectionCounter} and
-\cs{SubSectionCounter} and the \n{.} character.
-
-If a number of options appears together in a number of constructs it
-is convenient to have an abbreviation for them. This can be done with the command
-\refcs{OptionsMacro} as follows. The options that appear together are
-given a common name
- \Ver>\OptionsMacro:baz=optiona optionb:value optionc
- Stop<Rev
-(be sure to leave
-no spaces around the equals sign) and this name is then used as
- \Ver> macro:baz<Rev
-in the option list wherever the options are needed.
-
-This is for
-instance a good way of specifying identical white space around all
-sorts of constructs without duplicating the typing each time.
-However, it is only for your convenience: it doesn't save any \TeX\
-resources or processing time.
-
-\Section[sec:error-msg] Popular error messages. Not!
-
-Lollipop is a macro package on top of an existing program, \TeX.
-Therefore it is inevitable that you will get \TeX\ error messages
-every once in a while. Some of these may confuse you.
-
-Here are a few of the errors that I~keep making.
-
-\SubSection Missing \cs{endcsname} inserted
-
-If you forget the second parameter in a \cs{Distance} or
-\cs{SetCounter} command, writing for instance
- \Ver>\Distance:TheWidth<Rev
-instead of \Ver>\Distance:TheWidth=15pt<Rev
- \TeX\ will scan
-forward, and it can easily bump into something that is highly
-unexpected given the context. If this is a \cs{def} or \cs{Define...}
-command, a `missing \cs{endcsname}' results. If a blank line follows
-the incomplete declaration, the following section applies.
-
-\SubSection Paragraph ended before something was complete
-
-\TeX\ has found a blank line (or a~\cs{par} command) where this was
-not expected. See for instance the previous section.
-
-\SubSection Missing number
-
-You have used something that you thought was the name of a control
-sequence, but it wasn't. Example:
-\Ver>\Distance:parskip=parundent<Rev
-Since \cs{parundent} is undefined, \Lollipop\ thought you were
-writing something like
- \Ver>\Distance:parskip=5pt<Rev
-
-And yes, the message refers to `number' even though what is missing
-is a distance.
-
-\ImpNote
-\iSection Defining Generic Constructs
-
-The \cs{Define...} commands are not defined explicitly, instead they
-are generated by a call such as
-\Ver> \@GenericConstruct{Heading}<Rev
-Full definition:
-\Ver>\def\@GenericConstruct#1{<Rev
-to be used as \ver>\@GenericConstruct{Foo}>;
-\Ver> \append@to@list{@gencons}{\\#1;}<Rev
-book keeping of existing generic constructs;
-\Ver> \csarg\newtoks{#1@defaults}
- \csn #1@defaults\ecs{}<Rev
-default commands to be executed whenever
-an instance of this construct
-is defined;
-\Ver> \csarg\def{add@#1@default}##1%
- {\append@to@list{#1@defaults}{##1}}<Rev
-the command \cs{add@Foo@default}
-to add defaults for this construct;
-\Ver> \Install@Noops{#1}<Rev
-possibility to generate error msgs for the use of an option that is
-not allowed for this type of construct;
-\Ver> \csarg\def{Define#1}:##1 {<Rev
-instances of this construct will be defined
-by a statement like \ver>\DefineFoo:Bar>;
-\Ver> \def\@name{##1}\def\@class{#1}
- \Tmessage[def]{Defining a #1: ##1}<Rev
-\ver>DefineFoo:Bar> leads to \cs{@name} begin \n{Bar},
-\cs{@class} being \n{Foo};
-\Ver> \the\generic@defaults
- \csarg\the{#1@defaults}<Rev
-unpack token lists of generic and specific default actions;
-\Ver> \Get@Items}<Rev
-start recursive processing of list of options. This ends the
-definition of \cs{DefineFoo}; the definition of
-\cs{@GenericConstruct} ends with
-\Ver> \csarg\def{@#1Option}##1%
- {\csarg\def{#1@##1}####1####2}<Rev
-which defines the \cs{@FooOption} macro; see~\ref[imp:option].
-\Ver> }<Rev
-
-\iSection Items Processing
-
-Processing the list of items is recursive; at the end some concluding
-actions have to be taken, mostly the actual definition of the
-construct.
-
-First we have to filter out empty arguments, which can be caused by
-the use of option macros (\ref[option:macro], \ref[imp:option:macro]).
-
-\Ver>\def\Get@Items#1 {\if\EmptyList{#1}\let\get@next@item\Get@Items
- \else\def\get@next@item{\@Get@Items#1 }\fi
- \get@next@item}<Rev
-
-Next, check if the argument is \opt{Stop} (defined by
-\ver>\NewDummy{Stop}>, \ref[imp:new:dummy]), in which case you
-have reached the end of a generic definition, and can start performing
-the final rites. Otherwise, dissect this option item
-and go on with the rest
-of the options.
-\Ver>
-\def\@Get@Items#1 {\let\get@next@item=\Get@Items
- \csarg\ifx{#1}\Stop
- \the\generic@stop@defaults
- \let\get@next@item=\relax
- \else \Item@or@Macro#1::. \fi \get@next@item}<Rev
-
-The \n{::.} concluding \cs{Item@or@Macro} accomodates one,
-possibly empty, argument.
-
-\iSection Options\label[imp:option]\label[imp:option:macro]
-
-Options can either be specific, defined as
-\Ver>\@FooOption{Bar}{ [...] }<Rev
-in which case the option \opt{Bar} can only be used inside
-a call to \cs{DefineFoo},
-or they can be generic, defined as
-\Ver>\@GenericOption{Bar}{ [...] }<Rev
-For both definitions, the definition text can use up to two parameters.
-Parameters are given to the options as
-\Ver> optiona:par1 optionb:par1=par2<Rev
-
-Specific options are defined by the line
-\Ver>
- \csarg\def{@#1Option}##1%
- {\csarg\def{#1@##1}####1####2}<Rev
-in \cs{@DefineGenericConstruct}; a call
-\Ver>\@FooOption{Bar}{ ... }<Rev
-expands to
-\Ver>\def\Foo@Bar#1#2{ ... }<Rev
-Generic options are defined by the
-following command:
-\Ver>\def\@GenericOption#1{
- \append@to@list{@GenericOptions}{\\#1;}
- \csarg\def{Option@#1}##1##2}<Rev
-A call
-\Ver>\@GenericOption{Bar}{ ... }<Rev
-expands to
-\Ver>\def\Option@Bar#1#2{ ... }<Rev
-
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/titlepag.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/titlepag.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c03ee4cd9e..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/titlepag.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-% titlepag.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\EmptyPage
-\begingroup\AlwaysIndent:no
-\PointSize:25 \Style:bold Lollipop Unwrapped
-
-{\tt https://github.com/persian-tex/lollipop}
-
-\white:30pt
-
-\PointSize:20 \SetFont Victor Eijkhout {\rm(Original author)}
-
-\white:10pt
-
-Vafa Khalighi {\rm(Current developer)}
-
-\white:50pt
-
-\PointSize:15 \Style:roman
-A manual for the Lollipop \TeX\ format\par
-Version 1.07\par
-Last updated 21 May 2016\par
-Pages: \LastInPageCounter+\LastRegPageCounter
-% so far we could have done this with labels, however
-\AddToCounter:LastRegPage=LastInPageValue
-=\LastRegPageCounter.
-
-\EjectPage
-\endgroup
-
-\Chapter Contents
-
-\Section Regular sections
-
-\LoadExternalFile:contents
-
-%\Section Implementer's notes
-
-%\LoadExternalFile:impnotes
-
-\Section All of the options
-
-(You know, this section and the next look much better if you sort the
-\file{manual.oix} and \file{manual.cix} files before you format the
-document the last time. Do put lines
- \Ver>\Writeopindex:no
-\Writecsindex:no<Rev somewhere in
-the top of the \file{manual.tex} file in order to prevent
-overwriting of these files
-after you've sorted them.)
-
-\Indent:no \rightskip=0pt plus 5cm
-\LoadExternalFile:optindex
-
-\Section All of the commands
-
-\Indent:no
-\LoadExternalFile:csindex
-
-\Section Bibliography
-
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\bibliography{lollipop-manual}
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/04/09 Updated the manual
-% 92/11/19 Page total included
-% 92/11/26 Bibliography
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/trace.tex b/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/trace.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index febf97fa76..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/manual/trace.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-% trace.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\Chapter[chap:tracing] Tracing
-
-\Section Do you really want to see this?
-
-You can get glimpses of Lollipop's internal workings by enabling some
-of the internal traces. The extreme positions
-\Ver> \Trace:yes<Rev
-and
-\Ver> \Trace:no<Rev
-cause all trace information and no trace at all respectively to be
-generated. You may find this trace interesting, or it may dumbfound you.
-Of course, if your name is Victor you find it pretty useful.
-
-The following traces are available:
-\Ver> \NewTrace:def % definition of user constructs
- \NewTrace:ref % cross references
- \NewTrace:ext % external files
- \NewTrace:doc % document structure
- \NewTrace:font % font loading
- \NewTrace:out % output routine
- \NewTrace:indent % indentation control
- \NewTrace:gen % general tools<Rev
-
-\ImpNote
-Trace messages are generated by calls to
-\Ver> \Tmessage[type]{text}<Rev
-Setting
-\Ver> \Trace:no<Rev
-defines \cs{Tmessage} to discard its arguments. This is the most
-efficient way of generating no trace information.
-
-Tracing is controlled by a global parameter \cs{trace@all}.
-A value of~$-1$
-disables all tracing; $+1$~corresponds to all tracing on; $0$~gives
-selective tracing. In the third case a call
-\Ver> \Trace:xyz<Rev
-set \ver>\trace:xyz> positive so that only
-\ver>\Tmessage[xyz]{...}> calls will
-produce output. Enabling a selective trace sets \cs{trace@all} to zero, in
-case it was~$-1$.
-\ImpNoteStop
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/doc/tex-inde.xen b/macros/lollipop/doc/tex-inde.xen
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f8f2acca6..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/doc/tex-inde.xen
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-TeX-index entries
-
-%% the Lollipop format
-
-The Lollipop format is designed to make implementation of
-new style definitions easy, even for people who can barely
-program TeX macros. It is not compatible with either plain
-TeX or LaTeX, although a lot of plain TeX constructs are
-available. There is a manual with many elaborate examples;
-see below.
-
-
-
-Name: lollipop-define.tex
-Description: cross referencing macros for
- the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-document.tex
-Description: document handling macros for the
- lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-float.tex
-Description: floating insertion macros
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-fontdefs.tex
-Description: fontdefinitions for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-fonts.tex
-Description: font handling macros
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-heading.tex
-Description: heading macros for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-lists.tex
-Description: list definition macros
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop.tex
-Description: main file for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: requires lollipop-define.tex, lollipop-document.tex
- lollipop-float.tex, lollipop-fontdefs.tex, lollipop-fonts.tex,
- lollipop-heading.tex, lollipop-lists,tex,
- lollipop-plain.tex, lollipop-output.tex, lollipop-math.tex,
- lollipop-text.tex, lollipop-tools.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-plain.tex
-Description: version of plain.tex customized
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-output.tex
-Description: output routine macros
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-text.tex
-Description: text environment definitions
- for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-tools.tex
-Description: utility macros for the lollipop package
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the lollipop package, see lollipop.tex.
-
-%% lollipop manual
-
-Name: comment.tex
-Description: comment environment for plain TeX,
- LaTeX, and lollipop TeX.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: extern.tex
-Description: description of external file handling
- in lollipop TeX.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: head.tex
-Description: description of headings in lollipop TeX.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: list.tex
-Description: description of lists in lollipop TeX.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: mandefs.tex
-Description: style definition for the lollipop TeX manual.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: lollipop-manual.tex
-Description: master file for the lollipop TeX manual
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: requires comment.tex, extern.tex, head.tex, list.tex
- mandefs.tex, lollipop-manual.bbl, opt.tex, out.tex, prelim.tex,
- struct.tex, titlepag.tex, trace.tex.
-
-Name: opt.tex
-Description: description of construct options
- in lollipop TeX
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: out.tex
-Description: description of output handling
- in lollipop TeX.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: prelim.tex
-Description: introductory chapter of lollipop manual.
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: struct.tex
-Description: description of the overall structure of
- lollipop TeX files
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: titlepag.tex
-Description: titlepage of the lollipop manual
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
-Name: trace.tex
-Description: description of trace modes in lollipop TeX
-Keywords: lollipop, macro package, style definitions
-Author: Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: v1.07, 21 May 2016
-Archives: http://ctan.org/pkg/lollipop
-Note: part of the manual of the lollipop package,
- see lollipop.tex.
-
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-define.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-define.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f805a2791..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-define.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,425 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-define.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\NewTrace:ref
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Symbolic references
-
-% User command for labels.
-% this is hardly ever necessary:
-% most commands directly accept the label.
-%
-\def\label[#1]{\bsp@hack\@label{#1}\esp@hack}
-
-% Automatic generation of labels.
-% after \@Labelize{command}, it is possible to write \command[sym:ref]
-% This is done for any generic construct that has a counter.
-%
-%\add@generic@stop@default{\ifhas@label \@Labelize{\@command}\fi}
-\newif\ifhas@label
-\add@generic@default{\has@labelno}
-\@GenericOption{haslabel}{\global\has@labelyes}
-\def\@Labelize#1{\edef\cs@e{\let\CSname{lab@#1}=\CSname{#1}}\cs@e
- \csarg\edef{#1}{\begingroup
- \aftergroup\CSname{lab@#1}\nxp\@referentiep}}
-\def\@referentiep
- {\ifnextchar[%]
- \x@label{\ifNextChar<%>
- \x@o@label{\gdef\xx@label{}\endgroup}%
- }}
-
-% if \command has a symbolic key,
-% \x@label#1 =
-% \def\xx@label
-% \@label{#1}
-% \xx@label <- {}
-% the \xx@label command is called at the start of every environment
-% this delay is necessary, because the label is seen before
-% the title, or before any counter is stepped.
-%
-\newif\ifcustom@label
-\def\xx@label{}\def\RefLabel{}
-\def\x@o@label<#1>{\global\custom@labeltrue
- \global\current@label{#1}\x@label}
-\def\x@label[#1]{\gdef\RefLabel{#1}%
- \gdef\xx@label{\@label{#1}\global\custom@labelfalse
- \gdef\xx@label{}}\endgroup}
-
-% Label contents
-% mostly generated by \step@counter or so
-%
-\newtoks\current@label
-\def\define@reference
- #1{\ifcustom@label\else
- \edef\cs@e{\global\current@label
- {\counter@@repr{#1}{\csarg\number{\counter@name{#1}}}}}%
- \cs@e
- \fi}
-
-% Internal labeling command
-% 1/ \current@label contains tokens describing the reference
-% do a twostep unwrap of that
-% 2/ write out the result to the .aux file
-% 3/ if the current file has been \InputeFile'd,
-% write out to the .aux of the input file.
-%
-% the string written out is for \@label{Key}:
-% \refer@label{ref@Key}{label value}{page counter}
-%
-\def\@label@key#1{ref@#1}
-\noeol
-\def\@label#1{\Tmessage[ref]{Label definition: <#1>=\the
- \current@label}
- \ifWriteExtern \begingroup
- \def\label[##1]{}\normalesc
- \def\cprotect{\xp\string}
- %\xp\xp\xp\string\FooCounter =>
- %\xp\string\Foo@R{\number\Foo@C} => \string\@arabic{123}
- \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
- %\test@defined@key{#1}
- \edef\cs@e{\edef\nxp\cs@e{\current@label={\the\current@label}}
- \nxp\cs@e}
- \cs@e
- %\Tmessage[ref]{Label as written: <\the\current@label>}
- \edef\cs@e{\the\current@label}
- \edef\cs@a##1{\nxp\csarg\write{##1@file}
- {\string\refer@label{\@label@key{#1}}
- {\macro@meaning\cs@e}{\noexpand\PageCounter}}}
- \cs@a{aux}
- \ifx\@invoernaam\@leeg
- \else \ifLocalReferences \cs@a{incaux}\relax \fi\fi
- \endgroup\fi}
-\newcount\duplicate@labels
-\def\test@defined@key#1{\if\UndefinedCS{\@label@key{#1}}
- \Tmessage[ref]{First time definition of <#1>}
- \else\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\ifx\xp\xp\xp
- \third@of@three\csn \@label@key{#1}\ecs\StaleRef
- \begingroup
- \edef\cs@e{\CSname{\@label@key{#1}}}
- \xp\xp\xp\def\xp\xp\xp\cs@e\xp\xp\xp{\cs@e}
- \temptoksa\xp\xp\xp{\xp\first@of@three\cs@e}
- \edef\cs@e{\CSname{\@label@key{#1}}}
- \xp\xp\xp\def\xp\xp\xp\cs@e\xp\xp\xp{\cs@e}
- \temptoksb\xp\xp\xp{\xp\second@of@three\cs@e}
- \edef\cs@e{\temptoksa
- {{\the\temptoksa}{\the\temptoksb}\nxp\FreshRef}}
- \cs@e
- \csarg\xdef{\@label@key{#1}}{\the\temptoksa}
- \endgroup
- \Tmessage[ref]{Refreshing definition of <#1>:\@space
- \xp\meaning\csn \@label@key{#1}\ecs}
- \else\Wmessage{Duplicate label: <#1>}%
- \advance\duplicate@labels\@ne\fi\fi}
-\normaleol
-
-% complete expandable exploding of token lists
-\def\macro@meaning#1{\xp\strip@macro@meaning\meaning#1}
-\def\toks@meaning#1{\edef\cs@e{\the#1}\macro@meaning\cs@e}
-\begingroup\escapechar=-1
-\xp\xp\xp\gdef\xp\xp\xp\strip@macro@meaning\xp\string
- \csname macro:->\endcsname{}
-\endgroup
-
-\NewDummy{StaleRef}\NewDummy{FreshRef}
-
-% Referring and Page references.
-% first of all, when the .aux file is read:
-% \refer@label{ref@Key}{label}{page} =
-% \gdef\ref@Key{ {{label}} {{page}} }
-% with extra braces for occurring fonts
-%
-\def\refer@label#1#2#3{\csarg\gdef{#1}{{{#2}}{{#3}}\StaleRef}}
-
-% then \ref[key] = \@ref\take@former[key]
-% \pgref[key] = \@ref\take@latter[key]
-% and \@ref\cs[key] = \expandafter\cs\ref@key
-% = \cs {{label}} {{page}}
-%
-\def\ref {\ifnextchar(%)
- {\@ref\first@of@three}{\@ref\first@of@three()}}
-\def\pgref{\ifnextchar(%)
- {\@ref\second@of@three}{\@ref\second@of@three()}}
-\newcount\unknown@refs
-\add@start@command{\unknown@refs\z@}
-\def\@ref#1(#2)[#3]{%
- \if\UndefinedCS{\@label@key{#3}}%
- \message{Unknown #1{}{page}{}reference: <#3>}{\bf ??}%
- \global\advance\unknown@refs\@ne
- \else \@@ref{#1}{#2}{\@label@key{#3}}\fi}
-\def\@@ref#1#2#3{\@@@ref#1{#3}%
- \if\IsEmptyList{#2}\else,\penalty200\ #2\fi}
-\def\@@@ref#1#2{%
- \xp\xp\xp#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-% for btxmac
-\def\@printlabel#1{\@ref\first@of@three()[#1]}
-%\@@@ref\first@of@three{\@label@key{#1}}}
-
-% Test for changed references
-% at the end of the job
-%
-\def\test@refer@label#1#2#3{
- \def\cs@a{{{#2}}{{#3}}\FreshRef}
- \def\cs@b{{{#2}}{{#3}}\StaleRef}
- \csarg\ifx{#1}\cs@a
- \else \csarg\ifx{#1}\cs@b
- \else \labels@changedyes
- \Tmessage[ref]{New definition for <#1>}
- \fi\fi}
-
-% Citations.
-% \cite[key] = [\ref[key]]
-% \cite(string)[key] = [\ref[key], string]
-%
-%\def\cite{\ifnextchar(\y@cite\x@cite}
-%\def\y@cite(#1)[#2]{[\ref[#2], #1]}
-%\def\x@cite[#1]{[\ref[#1]]}
-
-% External Generic Option
-% use: external:extfile ... external:stop
-% stores result in \extern@x/y/z@toks in a tricky way:
-% 'x' stores expandable parts, 'y' stores protectable parts.
-% this is inserted in \@outerstartcommands
-%
-\NewTrace:ext
-\newif\ifin@external
-\add@generic@default{\in@externalno}
-\newtoks\extern@toks \newtoks\late@extern@toks
-\newtoks\build@extern@toks
-\newtoks\extern@x@toks \newtoks\extern@y@toks \newtoks\extern@z@toks
-\adds@generic@default{
- \extern@toks\empty@toks \late@extern@toks\empty@toks
- \extern@x@toks\empty@toks\extern@y@toks\empty@toks}
-\@GenericOption{external}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {stop} {\external@stop{extern@toks}}
- {late} {\external@stop{late@extern@toks}}
- {default} {\external@start{#1}}
- \endswitch}
-\def\external@start#1{\b@group[external]\in@externalyes
- \build@extern@toks\empty@toks
- \switch@to@options@list{build@extern@toks}
- \if\UndefinedCS{\file@ext@name{#1}}
- \Wmessage{Unknown external file: <#1>
- while defining <\@name>}\def\@add@toks##1{}%
- \else \generate@extern{#1}% document: this writes the file name
- \Tmessage[ext]{External definition <#1>}
- \fi
- \extern@x@toks\empty@stack \extern@y@toks\empty@stack
- \extern@z@toks\empty@toks
- \begingroup \switch@to@options@list{extern@z@toks}
- }
-\def\external@handle@title#1{\seen@textyes
- \external@handle@expandable{#1}{\csn\@@@title{#1}\ecs}{title: <#1>}}
-\def\external@handle@expandable#1#2#3{
- \extern@push@part{y}{\the\extern@z@toks}
- \extern@push@part{x}{#2}
- \Tmessage[ext]{External pushed #3}
- \extern@z@toks\empty@toks}
-\def\extern@push@part#1{\csarg{\let\xp\cs@a}{extern@#1@toks}
- \xp\push@onto@cs\xp\cs@a\xp}
-\def\extern@pop@n@pop{}
-\def\external@before@title{\in@externalyes\seen@textno
- \switch@to@options@list{e@before@toks}}
-\def\in@ref@protect{\ifin@label\@add@toks{\protect}\fi}
-\def\cs@in@ref@protect#1{%
- \ifin@label \title@count@no@protect{#1} \fi
- \ifin@external \title@count@no@protect{#1} \fi
-}
-\def\title@count@no@protect#1{%
- \if\has@no@count@string #1Counter?
- \if\has@no@title@string #1Title?
- \@add@toks{\protect}\fi\fi}
-\def\has@no@count@string #1Counter#2?
- {00\fi\if\IsEmptyList{#2}}
-\def\has@no@title@string #1Title#2?
- {00\fi\if\IsEmptyList{#2}}
-% wind up making an external: invert the stacks
-% and append them
-\def\external@stop#1{\extern@push@part{y}{\the\extern@z@toks}
- \invert@csstack\extern@x@toks \invert@csstack\extern@y@toks
- \xdef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks
- {{\the\extern@x@toks}{\the\extern@y@toks}}}
- \endgroup %revert to build@extern@toks
- \cs@e \@add@toks{\e@extern}
- \switch@to@options@list{#1}
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\the\build@extern@toks}}\cs@e
- \e@group[external]}
-% how do we write stuff to the aux file?
-% #1 is the x toks, #2 the y
-\def\aux@write@external#1#2{%
- \extern@x@toks{#1}\extern@y@toks{#2}%
-% \let\\\relax
-%\message{Expandables <\the\extern@y@toks>}
-% \edef\cs@e{\extern@y@toks{#2}}\cs@e
-%\message{becomes <\the\extern@y@toks>}
- \length@of@csstack\extern@x@toks
- \tempcounta\z@ \extern@toks\empty@toks
- \loop\ifnum\tempcounta<\stack@length
- \pop@cs@into\extern@z@toks\extern@y@toks
- \append@cslist@to@cslist\extern@toks\extern@z@toks
- \pop@cs@into\extern@z@toks\extern@x@toks
- \extern@z@toks\xp\xp\xp{\the\extern@z@toks}%
- \append@cslist@to@cslist\extern@toks\extern@z@toks
- \advance\tempcounta\@ne\repeat
- \pop@cs@into\extern@z@toks\extern@y@toks
- \append@cslist@to@cslist\extern@toks\extern@z@toks
- \xp\def\xp\cs@e\xp{\the\extern@toks}\edef\cs@e
- {\write\aux@file{\real@meaning\cs@e}}\cs@e}
-%
-% Protection of expandable control sequences;
-% value \nxp\protect\nxp is set during label definition and shipout
-% \protect should be empty during execution
-%
-\def\protect{}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% External references
-% define explicitly the form a reference will take
-% label:start ... label:stop
-%
-% Maybe this can be unified with the `external' option
-%
-\newif\ifin@label
-\newif\iflabel@defined \newtoks\@labelcoms
-\add@generic@default{\@labelcoms{} \label@definedno \in@labelno}
-\@GenericOption{label}{
- \if\EqualString{#1}{stop}\e@group[label]
- \else \global\label@definedyes\global\has@labelyes
- \b@group[label] \in@labelyes
- \switch@to@options@list{@labelcoms}
- \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Substitutions
-
-% Long substitutions
-% the style designer declares the existence of a substitution
-%
-% \DefineSubstitution:Foo =
-% \def\Foo#1\par
-%
-\def\DefineSubstitution:#1
- {\Tmessage[def]{Substitution being defined: #1}
- \csarg\edef{#1}##1\par{\@@subdef{#1}}
- \edef\cs@e{\let\CSname{if#1Exists}=\CSname{iffalse}}
- \cs@e
- }
-\def\@@subdef#1{\let\CSname{if#1Exists}=\CSname{iftrue}%
- \def\CSname{#1@text}{##1}}
-
-% Short substitutions
-% almost the same, but to end of line instead of to \par
-%
-\def\DefineShortSubstitution:#1
- {\@DefineShortSubstitution{#1}}
-{\noeol
-\othercr
-\gdef\@DefineShortSubstitution#1{
- \Tmessage[def]{Defining short substitution: #1}
- {\othercr
- \csarg\xdef{#1}{\noexpand\othercr \CSname{@#1}}
- \csarg\xdef{@#1}##1^^M{
- \@@subdef{#1}\noexpand\normalcr}}
- \global\csarg\let{ifExists#1}=\iffalse}}
-
-
-% Substitute
-% is then a command for both user and style designer.
-% \Substitute:text=uppercase/lowercase is possible
-% but these take more than just expansion.
-%
-\def\Substitute:#1 {\@substitute#1== }
-\def\@substitute#1=#2=
- {\if\ifempty{#2}{\csname#1@text\endcsname}%
- \else\if\EqualString{#2}{uppercase}%
- \uppercase\xp\xp\xp{\csname#1@text\endcsname}%
- \else \lowercase\xp\xp\xp{\csname#1@text\endcsname}%
- \fi
- \fi}%why did this say \noesc\csname\string#1@text... ?
-
-{\noeol
-\othercr
-\gdef\variant{\bgroup\othercr \@variant}
-\gdef\@variant:#1=#2^^M#3\variantstop{
- \csarg\gdef{#1}{\par\bgroup #3 \csname#2\endcsname}
- \csarg\xdef{#1stop}{\CSname{#2stop}\egroup}
- \egroup}
-}
-
-% Value
-% this is analogous to \Distance (in file text)
-%
-\def\Value:#1=#2
- {\edef\cs@e{\if\UndefinedCS{#1}\noexpand\new@count
- \else \noexpand\set@value \fi
- {#1}%
- \if\UndefinedCS{#2}{#2}%
- \else \CSname{#2}\fi}
- \cs@e}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Tests
-%
-% Test user command
-%
-\def\DefineTest:#1
- {\Tmessage[def]{Defining test: #1}
- \csarg\newif{if#1}
- \csarg\def{#1}:##1 {\csname #1##1\endcsname}}
-
-% Test generic option
-%
-% option test:Foo tests if \ifFoo is defined
-%
-% if not, \let\ifFoo=\iffalse, and
-% \StyleDefinitionStop performs a test
-% and warns if still undefined
-%
-% \let\hang@fi\@empty globally
-% \def\hang@fi{\@add@toks{\fi}} is defined locally
-% ==> check on unclosed test options.
-%
-\@GenericOption{test}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {otherwise}{\hang@else}
- {stop}{\hang@fi \e@group}
- {default}{\b@group
- \if\UndefinedCS{if#1}
- \check@existence{if#1}
- \edef\cs@e{\global\let\CSname{if#1}\CSname{iffalse}}
- \cs@e
- \fi
- \hang@fi@define
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{if#1}}}\cs@e
- }
- \endswitch}
-
-% The body of these macros has to be kept outside of conditionals
-%
-\def\hang@else{\@add@toks{\else}}
-\def\hang@fi@define{\def\hang@fi{\@add@toks{\fi}}}
-\add@generic@default{\let\hang@fi\@empty}
-\add@generic@stop@default
- {\ifx\hang@fi\@empty\else
- \Emessage{There are tests open in \@name}\fi}
-
-% voorgegeven tests uit TOOLS
-\newif\ifVoortgang
-\def\Voortgang:#1 {\csname Voortgang#1\endcsname}
-\DefineTest:Diagnose
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/26 ifcustom@label and attendant handling
-% 92/12/05 \@label@key \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-document.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-document.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e643cfcab0..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-document.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-document.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%% D O C U M E N T S T R U C T U R E %%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\DefineTest:LocalReferences
-\NewTrace:doc
-
-% Start
-% open external files and execute default commands
-%
-\newif\if@started
-\def\Start{\@startedyes \the\start@commands
- \ifBasicIndentIsSet\else
- \Distance:basicindent=parindent \fi
- \set@level@indent}
-\def\StartCommand#1{\adds@start@command{#1}}
-
-% End
-% 1/ close any open groups and give warnings
-% 2/ \vfil\eject the last page
-% 3/ \immediate\close the .auxs file
-% 4/ load the .aux for writing the external files
-% and testing changed references
-%
-\let\@end=\end
-\def\Stop{\Close@all@groups
- \the\stop@commands
- \vfil \penalty\slotpenalty
- \ifnum\unknown@refs>\z@
- \message{-- There \ifnum\unknown@refs=\@ne was an \else
- were \number\unknown@refs\@space\fi
- unresolved reference\ifnum\unknown@refs>\@ne s\fi.}\fi
- \ifnum\duplicate@labels>\z@
- \message{-- There \ifnum\duplicate@labels=\@ne was an\else
- were \number\duplicate@labels\@space\fi
- duplicate label\ifnum\duplicate@labels>\@ne s\fi.}\fi
- \immediate@close@aux@file{aux}
- \ifWriteExtern \final@load@aux \fi
- \@end}
-\def\StopCommand#1{\adds@stop@command{#1}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% input other files
-\newwrite\aux@file \newwrite\incaux@file
-\let\ifWriteaux\iftrue
-\def\aux@name{aux} \def\aux@extension{aux}
-\newif\if@auxopen \newif\if@incauxopen
-
-% the following line is in output.tex
-%\add@mark@item{first@page}
-
-% Input files are in a group,
-% they also set the IsFirstPage test
-\def\InputFile:#1 {\begingroup \def\input@name{#1}
- \Tmessage[doc]{Input File: #1}
- \refresh@mark@item{first@page}{yes}
- \refresh@mark@item{first@page}{no}
- \ifLocalReferences
- \get@aux@file{#1}{incaux}{aux}\fi
- \input@file{#1}%
- \immediate@close@aux@file{incaux}
- \Close@all@groups
- \def\test@input@name{#1}\ifx\input@name\test@input@name\else
- \Wmessage{Input `#1' overbalanced}\fi
- \endgroup}
-\def\xInputFile:#1 {\input@file{#1}}
-\def\input@file#1{\input #1 \vfil\penalty\slotpenalty\par}
-
-\let\input@name=\@empty
-\let\test@input@name=\@empty
-
-% Input of Lollipop files
-%
-\def\InputLollipop:#1 {\makeatletter\input#1\relax\makeatother}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% External Communication
-
-% List of files
-% not including the .aux file
-%
-\newtoks\ext@files@list \ext@files@list={}
-
-% I don't want to remember my own naming conventions.
-%
-\def\file@ext@name#1{#1@extension}
-\def\cs@file@ext@name#1{\csname#1@extension\endcsname}
-
-% Define External File
-% #1 is name known to style definition,
-% #2#3#4 is three-letter file extension in
-% file system
-%
-% correspondence: \#1@extension = #2#3#4, \#2#3#4@name = #1
-%
-% user test \Write#1 to prevent overwriting
-% internal test \if@#2#3#4open
-% \newwrite\#2#3#4@file
-%
-\def\DefineExternalFile:#1=#2#3#4#5
- {\Tmessage[doc]{Define external file `#1' (ext=#2#3#4)}
- \csarg\newwrite{#2#3#4@file}
- \append@to@list{ext@files@list}{\\#2#3#4; }
- \csarg\newtoks{#1@local@defs}%constructed in \ExternalItem
- \csarg\gdef{\file@ext@name{#1}}{#2#3#4}
- \csarg\gdef{#2#3#4@name}{#1}
- \DefineTest:{Write#1}
- \global\csname Write#1yes\endcsname
- \csarg\newif{if@#2#3#4open}
- }
-
-%%%% Load
-
-% Initial load of the auxiliary file
-%
-\def\initial@load@aux{%\begingroup%why this group?
- \disable@external@write@command
- \Tmessage[doc]{Load initial aux file}
- \get@aux@file{\jobname}{aux}{aux}
- %\endgroup
- \ifWriteExtern
- \open@ext@file@for@output{\jobname}{aux}{aux}
- \fi}
-% A test to determine all-or-nothing writing of .aux file.
-% below there is a redefinition for bibTeX
-\DefineTest:WriteExtern \WriteExtern:yes
-\ifini{\add@start@command{\initial@load@aux}}
-
-% Load of external file
-%
-\def\LoadExternalFile:#1
- {\if\UndefinedCS{\file@ext@name{#1}}
- \Wmessage{LoadExternalFile: unknown external file `#1'}
- \else \begingroup
- \Tmessage[doc]{Loading external file: #1}
- \WriteExtern:no %prevent trouble with undefined entries
- \csarg\the{#1@local@defs}
- \get@aux@file{\jobname}{\cs@file@ext@name{#1}}
- {\cs@file@ext@name{#1}}
- \endgroup
- \fi}
-
-% Basic load
-%
-\def\get@aux@file#1#2#3{
- \csarg\openin{#2@file} #1.#3
- \csarg\ifeof{#2@file}
- \message{No aux file `\csname#2@name\endcsname'}
- \else \csarg\closein{#2@file}
- \Tmessage[ref]{Inputting aux file <#2>: <#1.#3>}
- \Tmessage[ext]{Inputting aux file <#2>: <#1.#3>}
- \makeatletter \input #1.#3 \makeatother
- \fi}
-
-% Open for output:
-% initially used for the .aux file
-% at the final load of the .aux file used to generate .toc
-% et cetera
-%
-\def\open@ext@file@for@output#1#2#3{
- \csname ifWrite\csname #2@name\endcsname\endcsname
- \immediate\openout\csname#2@file\endcsname=#1.#3
- \global\csname @#2openyes\endcsname
- \immediate\write\csname#2@file\endcsname{\relax}
- \Tmessage[doc]{File '#2' (#3) open for output}
- \Tmessage[ext]{File '#2' (#3) open for output}
- \else
- \global\csname @#2openno\endcsname
- \Tmessage[doc]{File '#2' (#3) not open for output}
- \Tmessage[ext]{File '#2' (#3) not open for output}
- \fi}
-\def\open@external@files@for@output{
- \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
- \def\\##1;{##1}\Tmessage[doc]{External files: \the\ext@files@list}
- \def\\##1;{\open@ext@file@for@output{\jobname}{##1}{##1}}
- \the\ext@files@list}
-
-\newif\iflabels@changed
-\def\final@load@aux{\labels@changedno
- \def\refer@label##1##2##3{\test@refer@label{##1}{##2}{##3}}
- \open@external@files@for@output
- \install@external@write@command
- \Tmessage[doc]{Load aux for label testing and ext file generation}
- \Tmessage[ext]{Load aux for label testing and ext file generation}
- \makeatletter \input \jobname.aux
- \end@write@extern
- \iflabels@changed \Wmessage{Labels have changed. Rerun!} \fi
- \makeatother}
-\def\end@write@extern{
- \def\\##1;{\immediate@close@aux@file{##1}}
- \the\ext@files@list}
-\def\close@aux@file #1{\csname if@#1open\endcsname
- \write\csname#1@file\endcsname{\relax}
- \closeout\csname#1@file\endcsname
- \Tmessage[doc]{File '#1' closed}\fi}
-\def\immediate@close@aux@file#1{\csname if@#1open\endcsname
- \immediate\write\csname#1@file\endcsname{\relax}
- \immediate\closeout\csname#1@file\endcsname
- \Tmessage[doc]{File '#1' immediately closed}\fi}
-
-
-% Generate the extern call in the style definition
-% this one is part of 'external:<file name>'
-%
-\def\generate@extern#1{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@add@toks{\nxp\@extern
- {\CSname{\file@ext@name{#1}}}
- {\@name}
- {\ifhas@counter \CSname{\@name Counter}\fi}
-%\counter@@repr{\@name}
-%{\nxp\the\counter@@name{\@name}}\fi}%
- }}\cs@e}
-
-% call:
-% \@extern{extension}{object}{counter}\the\title@toks\e@extern
-% to aux:
-% \write@to@external{extension}{object}{counter}{page}{tekst}\ew@extern
-% to .extension file:
-% \object{counter}{page}tekst\par
-% where \object is locally defined in the 'extension' file.
-%
-\def\ToExternalFile:#1=#2
- {\edef\cs@e{\nxp\x@extern{\cs@file@ext@name{#1}}}%
- \cs@e{anon}{}{\\{#2}\\{}}{\\{}\\{}\\{}}\e@extern}
-\def\@extern{\ifWriteExtern
- \xp\x@extern \else \xp\skip@extern \fi}
-\def\skip@extern#1#2#3\e@extern
- {\Tmessage[ext]{Skipped `#2' for `#1'}}
-\newtoks\ext@text@toks
-\newtoks\ext@labl@toks
-\newtoks\ext@page@toks
-\begingroup\noeol\catcode`\?\catcode`\%\catcode`\%=12
-\gdef\x@extern#1#2#3#4#5\e@extern
- {\begingroup\normalesc
- \def\label[##1]{}
- \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
- \def\cprotect{\xp\string}
- \Tmessage[ext]{Write to aux `#2' for `\csname#1@name\endcsname'}
- \edef\cs@e{\write\aux@file{\string\write@to@external
- {#1}{#2}{#3}}}\cs@e
- \write\aux@file{
- {\counter@@repr{Page}{\csarg\number{\counter@name{Page}}}}%}
- \aux@write@external{#4}{#5}
- \write\aux@file{\string\ew@extern}
- \endgroup}
-\normaleol\endgroup
-
-% string a word, delimited by a space,
-% first see whether it is a group, recognized by the fact
-% that there is another space in it.
-\def\string@um@up#1 {\string@space@group#1 \>\@bean}
-\def\string@space@group#1 #2#3\@bean
- {\ifx#2\> \string@word#1\@roy
- \else \string{\string@um@up#1 #2#3 \string}%
- \fi \@space\string@um@up}
-% a word is delimited by \@roy; if the word is \> then this
-% is the last word, and we should remove
-% a trailing \@roy plus the \@space\string@um@up tokens after the call,
-% but also parts of the conditional after the call have to be removed:
-% \expandafter \take@three \expandafter \@roy \else .. \fi \@space\string@..
-%
-% sick. very sick.
-%
-\def\string@word#1{\ifx#1\>\xp\expandafter\xp\take@three\xp\expandafter
- \else \ifx#1\@roy
- \else \string#1\ifcat\nxp#1\relax\@space\fi
- \xp\xp\xp\string@word
- \fi \fi}
-
-% an attempt to string up a title.
-% this covers for the case where there are groups,
-% but it is still quite wrong if \else or so is in the title
-%
-\NewDummy{@roy}\NewDummy{@bean}\NewDummy{@rope}\NewDummy{@bear}
-\NewDummy{@Rope}
-% Enable/Disable communication to external files
-% former during initial load of .aux file,
-% latter during final load of .aux file
-%
-\def\disable@external@write@command
- {\def\write@to@external##1\ew@extern{}}
-\disable@external@write@command %do this initially just to be sure
-\def\install@external@write@command %grouping ok?
- {\def\write@to@external##1##2##3##4##5\ew@extern
- {\csname if@##1open\endcsname
- \Tmessage[ext]{Write `##2'
- to `\csname##1@name\endcsname'}
- \ext@labl@toks{##3}
- \ext@page@toks{##4}
- \ext@text@toks{##5}
- \immediate\write\csname##1@file\endcsname
- {\CSname{##2}{\the\ext@labl@toks}%
- {\the\ext@page@toks}\the\ext@text@toks
- \string\par}
- \else
- \Tmessage[ext]{Skipped `##2'
- for `\csname##1@name\endcsname'}
- \fi}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%% BibTeX interface
-% we interface ourselves to the BtxMac macros
-% of Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik, version 0.99h
-
-% prevent btxmac from rewriting *our* auxfile
-% if btxmac has not been loaded this is just \relax
-\adds@start@command{\csn @auxfiledonetrue\ecs}
-
-% alternate name for the aux write stream
-\adds@start@command{\let\@auxfile\aux@file}
-
-% disable / alter Btxmac definitions
-\def\bbl@hook{\default@everypar}
-\adds@start@command{\let\bblhook\bbl@hook}
-
-% switch off btxmac if need be
-\xp\def\xp\WriteExternno\xp
- {\WriteExternno \let\noauxfile\@space}
-
-% if you want to read an aux file but not load btxmac:
-\let\bibstyle\take@one \let\bibdata\take@one
-\let\citation\take@one \let\nocite\take@one
-% similarly the source:
-\let\bibliography\take@one \let\bibliographystyle\take@one
-
-% user defined bibliography
-\def\DefineBBL{\let\bbl@hook\BBL@hook \DefineList:BBL }
-\def\BBL@hook
- {\def\begin##1##2{\default@everypar\BBL}\def\end##1{\>}%
- %intercept \begin{thebibliography}{width}
- \def\bibitem{\ifNextChar[%]
- \bbl@print@item\bbl@item}
- \def\biblabelprint##1{}
- }
-\def\bbl@item#1{\item[#1]}
-\def\bbl@print@item[#1]#2{\item<#1>[#2]}
-
-% refer to a bib item
-\def\bibref[#1]{\cite{#1}}%{[\ref[#1]]\nocite{#1}}
-
-\def\one@bib@citation#1\@@{% this is what \bib@citation will become
- \if@notfirstcitation
- \printbetweencitations
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter \ifx \csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname \relax
- \if@citewarning
- \message{\@linenumber Undefined citation `#1'.}%
- \fi
- % Give it a dummy definition:
- \expandafter\gdef\csname\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{%
- {\tt \nobreak\hskip0pt#1\nobreak\hskip0pt}}%
- \fi
- \@printlabel{#1}%
- \@notfirstcitationtrue
-}
-\def\@c@l#1{@empty}
-\adds@start@command{\let\@onecitation\one@bib@citation
- \let\@citelabel\@c@l}
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/18 \Start extended with start@commands and \basicindent
-% 92/11/20 \StopCommand added
-% 92/11/21 groups removed from initial loading aux (twice)
-% 92/11/26 BibTeX interface \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-float.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-float.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f493748f9..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-float.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-floats.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-% these macros handle inserts for the Lollipop format
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Floating insertions %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\@GenericConstruct{Insertion}
-
-\NewTrace:ins
-
-\@InsertionOption{location}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {top} {}
- {bot} {}
- {mid} {}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Unknown qualifier: <location:#1>}}
- \endswitch}
-\newif\ifsplit@insert
-\add@Insertion@default{\split@insertno}
-\@InsertionOption{split}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {no} {\split@insertno}
- {default} {\split@insertyes}
- \endswitch}
-
-\def\@DefineInsertion{
- \csarg\newinsert{\@name @ins}
- \csarg\edef{\@name}{\insert\CSname{\@name @ins}
- \ifsplit@insert\else\vbox\fi % make this a box if no split allowed
- \bgroup \the\before@coms
- }
- \@DefineStopCommand{\the\after@coms \egroup}
- }
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fontdefs.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fontdefs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d10a3d411..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fontdefs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-fontdefs.tex copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%\noeol
-% good (?) old Computer Modern
-\DefineTypeface{ComputerModern}{cm}%
- {roman:r; slant:sl; italic:ti; mitalic:mi; bold:bx; typewriter:tt;
- default:r;}%
- {<6:5; <7:6; <8:7; <9:8; <10:9; <11:10; <12:10 \sc@led\magstephalf;
- <14:10 \sc@led\magstep1; <16:10 \sc@led\magstep2;
- <20:10 \sc@led\magstep3; >19:10 \sc@led\magstep4;
- default:10;}%
- [\ifStyle:italic \ifnum\Fsize<7 ti7\fi\fi
- \ifStyle:typewriter \ifnum\Fsize<8 tt8\fi\fi]
-\DefineTypeface{ComputerSans}{cmss}%
- {roman:; italic:i; mitalic:i; bold:bx; demiboldcondensed:dc;
- default:;}%
- {<9:8; <10:9; <11:10; <12:10 \sc@led\magstephalf;
- <14:10 \sc@led\magstep1; <16:10 \sc@led\magstep2;
- <20:10 \sc@led\magstep3; >19:10 \sc@led\magstep4;
- default:10;}%
- [\ifStyle:bold \ifnum\Fsize<10 bx10\fi\fi]
-
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/04/13 Removed \DefineTypeface definitions for fonts
-% not in TeXLive \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fonts.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fonts.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b9a72c19f..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-fonts.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-fonts.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%% Font selection macros %%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%%%%
-%%%% Text Fonts
-%%%%
-
-\NewTrace:font
-
-% User commands to change the three parameters
-
-% \Typeface:FACE
-% \F@name <-- FACE
-%
-\def\Typeface:#1
- {\if\UndefinedCS{#1@code}\Wmessage{Undefined typeface: `#1'}\fi
- \def\F@name{#1}}
-\let\TypeFace\Typeface
-
-% \Pointsize:NN
-% \Fsize <-- NN
-% compute script/sscript sizes
-% if necessary install math fonts
-%
-\def\PointSize:#1 {\tempcounta=\@ww{#1}%
- \edef\Fsize{\the\tempcounta}%this line is used in \set@mathfont
- \xp\@setsizes\xp{\Fsize}%
- \xp\pointsize@baselineskip\xp{\Fsize}}
-\let\Pointsize=\PointSize
-
-% \Style:STYLE
-% \F@style <-- STYLE
-% load actual font
-% put font in \textfont0
-% install value of \@space
-%
-\def\Style:#1 {\def\F@style{#1}%
- \ifmmode\SetFamily\else\SetFont\fi}
-\def\ifStyle:#1 {\xp\if\xp\EqualStringX\xp{\F@style}{#1}}
-
-% and together this makes:
-%
-\def\current@font{\F@name\F@style\romannumeral\Fsize}
-
-
-% abbreviations for common styles
-%
-\def\tty{\Style:typewriter }
-\def\rm{\Style:roman }\def\bf{\Style:bold }\def\it{\Style:italic }
-\def\sl{\Style:italic }
-
-% Command for actual loading is also user command.
-% If this is in a style definition, fill the math families.
-%
-\def\SetFont{\maybe@load@font
- \if@started\else\store@main@font\fi
- \ifx\cs@a\relax %error condition if load not succeeded
- \else \csname\cs@a\endcsname
- \@@space=.5em\relax
- \fi}
-\def\maybe@load@font{\edef\cs@a{\current@font}%
- \if\UndefinedCS{\cs@a}\load@font\fi}
-\def\load@font{\def@f@ext@name
- \Tmessage[font]{Loading font (text): \cs@a=`\f@ext@name'}%
- \edef\cs@e{\global\font\CSname{\cs@a}=\f@ext@name\relax}\cs@e
- }
-\def\def@f@ext@name
- {\edef\f@ext@name{\ext@combo}%
- \edef\f@ext@name{\ext@name
- \ifx\f@ext@name\@empty \ext@style\ext@size
- \else \f@ext@name \fi}}
-
-\def\face@tag{\F@name @code}
-\def\cs@face@tag{\csname\face@tag\endcsname}
-
-% Find relative sizes of the current size
-% and install math fonts
-%
-\def\@ps@rls#1{ps@rls\romannumeral#1}
-\def\PointSizeScriptSizes:#1=#2,#3,#4
- {\csarg\def{\@ps@rls#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
-\def\@setsizes#1{\if\UndefinedCS{\@ps@rls{#1}}\tempcounta#1\relax
- \tempcountb\tempcounta \multiply\tempcountb7 \divide\tempcountb10
- \tempcountc\tempcounta \divide\tempcountc2
- \edef\@@setsizes
- {{\the\tempcounta}{\the\tempcountb}{\the\tempcountc}}%
- \else
- \edef\@@setsizes{\csname\@ps@rls{#1}\endcsname}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\@setsize\@@setsizes}
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:0=0,0,0
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:1=1,1,1
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:2=2,2,2
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:3=2,3,3
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:4=4,4,4
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:5=5,5,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:6=6,5,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:7=7,6,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:8=8,6,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:9=9,7,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:10=10,7,5
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:11=11,8,6
-\PointSizeScriptSizes:12=12,9,7
-
-% Fill in a math font family corresponding to the
-% surrounding size
-\def\SetFamily{\ifface@size@changed\begingroup
-%\tracingmacros=2 \tracingcommands\tracingmacros
- \edef\tmp@sizes{\csname\@ps@rls{\Fsize}\endcsname}
- \edef\Fsize{\xp\first@of@three\tmp@sizes}\maybe@load@font
- \edef\cs@e{\global\textfont
- \CSname{\F@style @fam}\CSname{\cs@a}}\cs@e
- \edef\Fsize{\xp\second@of@three\tmp@sizes}\maybe@load@font
- \edef\cs@e{\global\scriptfont
- \CSname{\F@style @fam}\CSname{\cs@a}}\cs@e
- \edef\Fsize{\xp\third@of@three\tmp@sizes}\maybe@load@font
- \edef\cs@e{\global\scriptscriptfont
- \CSname{\F@style @fam}\CSname{\cs@a}}\cs@e
- \endgroup\fi
- \csarg\fam{\F@style @fam}}
-\newfam\roman@fam \def\roman@face@size{{foo}{bar}}
-\newfam\italic@fam \def\italic@face@size{{foo}{bar}}
-\newfam\bold@fam \def\bold@face@size{{foo}{bar}}
-\newfam\tty@fam \def\tty@face@size{{foo}{bar}}
-\def\ifface@size@changed{\iftrue}
-\def\temporarily@out@of@order
- {\edef\cs@a{\csn\F@style @face@size\ecs}
- \if\EqualString{\F@name}{\xp\take@former\cs@a}
- \if\EqualString{\Fsize}{\xp\take@latter\cs@a}
- \csn iffalse\xp\xp\xp\ecs
- \else \Tmessage[font]{Loading family <\F@style>}
- \csarg\edef{\F@style @face@size}%
- {{\F@name}{\Fsize}}
- \csn iftrue\xp\xp\xp\ecs\fi
- \else \Tmessage[font]{Loading family <\F@style>}
- \csarg\edef{\F@style @face@size}%
- {{\F@name}{\Fsize}}
- \csn iftrue\xp\ecs \fi}
-
-% Define relative sizes,
-% and install math fonts,
-% loading if necessary
-%
-\def\@setsize#1#2#3{%
- \def\normal{\def\Fsize{#1}\SetFont}\relax
- \def\script{\def\Fsize{#2}\SetFont}\relax
- \def\scriptscript{\def\Fsize{#3}\SetFont}\relax
- \def\style@sizes{#1,#2,#3 }}
-\newif\ifloading@math
-\def\math@setsize#1,#2,#3 {%
- \SaveFont \loading@mathyes
- \set@mathfont{#1}\textfont
- \set@mathfont{#2}\scriptfont
- \set@mathfont{#3}\scriptscriptfont
- \RestoreFont \loading@mathno
- }
-
-% these lines are in 'text.tex'
-%\everymath{\the\every@everymath}
-%\everydisplay{\the\every@everymath}
-%\every@everymath{\high@fam\count18\relax \xp\math@setsize\style@sizes}
-
-% Strut: .8\baselineskip+.2\baselineskip
-% note: struts should be locally defined!
-%
-\def\make@strut{\tempdima=.8\baselineskip \tempdimb=.2\baselineskip
- \edef\strut{\vrule height \the\tempdima width \z@
- depth \the\tempdimb \relax}}
-
-% Main Font
-% is the font that's current at the end of the style definition
-% this is switched to in the output routine (head/footline!)
-% and the user can use it too.
-% this does not take properly care of baselineskip and strut.
-% nor math fonts, come to think of it.
-%
-\def\store@main@font
- {\edef\MainFace{\def\nxp\F@name{\F@name}}
- \SaveFont \let\MainFont\RestoreFont}
-\let\MainFont\relax %cs is used in output@setup, which may be called
- %from lollipop.tex
-
-% Save and restore fonts
-%
-\def\SaveFont
- {\edef\RestoreFont{\def\nxp\F@name{\F@name}%
- \def\nxp\Fsize{\Fsize}%
- \def\nxp\F@style{\F@style}%
- \nxp\SetFont
- \baselineskip=\the\baselineskip\relax
- }
- }
-\def\RestoreFont{\Wmessage{No `Savefont' has been given}}
-
-% Defined Fonts
-% rather limited, because not upscalable.
-%
-\def\DefineFont:#1=#2,#3,#4 {\begingroup
- \Typeface:#2 \PointSize:#3 \Style:#4
- \edef\cs@e{\global\let\CSname{#1}=\CSname{\current@font}}\cs@e
- \endgroup}
-
-
-% Increase / decrease point size
-%
-\def\PointSizeLarger{\if\NextChar[%]
- \ps@plus{\ps@plus[1]}}
-\def\PointSizeSmaller{\if\NextChar[%]
- \ps@minus{\ps@minus[1]}}
-\def\ps@plus[#1]{\let\save@Fsize\Fsize
- \tempcounta\Fsize\relax \advance\tempcounta#1\relax
- \edef\Fsize{\the\tempcounta}\SetFont
- \let\Fsize\save@Fsize}
-\def\ps@minus[{\ps@plus[-%]
- }%]
-
-% Baselineskip
-%
-\def\BaselineSkip:#1 {\baselineskip\@ww{#1}\make@strut}
-\def\@ps@bls#1{ps@bls\romannumeral#1}
-\def\@@ps@bls#1{\tempcounta#1\relax\baselineskip\tempcounta pt
- \baselineskip\bls@ps@ratio\baselineskip\relax}
-\def\BaselineSkipPointSizeRatio:#1 {\def\bls@ps@ratio{#1}}
-\BaselineSkipPointSizeRatio:1.2
-\def\PointSizeBaselineSkip:#1
- {\edef\cs@e{\nxp\pointsize@baselineskip{\w@w{#1}}}\cs@e}%nxp?
-\def\pointsize@baselineskip#1{%also used in \PointSize
- \if\UndefinedCS{\@ps@bls{#1}}\@@ps@bls{#1}%
- \else \baselineskip\csname \@ps@bls{#1}\endcsname \fi
- \make@strut}
-\def\SetPointSizeBaselineSkip:#1=#2
- {\edef\cs@e{\w@w{#1}}%
- \csarg\edef{\@ps@bls\cs@e}{\w@w{#2}}}
-
-\def\exblssizes#1{\ifcase#1\z@ \or \z@ \or \z@ \or \z@ \or \z@
- \or 6.1pt %5
- \or 7.3pt %6
- \or 8.5pt %7
- \or 9.7pt %8
- \or 11pt %9
- \or 12pt %10
- \or 13pt %11
- \or 14.5pt %12
- \or 15.6pt %13
- \or 16.8pt %14
- \or 18pt %15
- \or 19.2pt %16
- \or 20.4pt %17
- \or 21.6pt %18
- \or 22.8pt %19
- \or 24pt %20
- \else \ifnum#1=24 28pt \else
- \ifnum#1=30 36pt \else
- \ifnum#1=32 38pt \else
- \ifnum#1=48 56pt \else
- \z@ \Emessage{Unknown pointsize: #1}\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip}
-
-%%%% Math Fonts
-% Math fonts are loaded through the \everymath and \everydisplay.
-% This means that they are undefined outside math.
-% Therefore, any load during the style definition is global.
-%
-% Symbol and extension fonts don't change with type
-% Control sequences \m@.. are \let to 0 or 1 to indicate that
-% math at a certain size has been loaded
-
-% The ten point extension font is special because it is used
-% for all smaller sizes
-\font\exx=cmex10
-
-% Size to external name conversion for math fonts
-\def\mi@size#1{\ifcase#1 \or \or \or \or \or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or
- 9\or 10\or 10 \sc@led \magstephalf \or 10 \sc@led \magstep1\or
- \or 10 \sc@led \magstep2\or \or 10 \sc@led \magstep3\or
- \or 10 \sc@led \magstep3\or \or 10 \sc@led \magstep4\fi}
-\let\sy@size=\mi@size \let\cm@size=\mi@size
-\def\ex@size#1{\ifnum#1<10 10 \else\mi@size{#1}\fi}
-
-
-% For a size, test if it has been loaded yet, if not do;
-% then install as given style
-%
-\def\set@mathfont#1#2%% #1=size #2=\text/script/scriptscript style
- {\if\UndefinedCS{m@\romannumeral#1}\begingroup
- \Tmessage[font]{Loading math style \string#2 at #1pt}%\globaldefs\@ne
- \load@mathfammember{cm}{MathIT}{mi}{#1}\mi@size{'177}\relax
- \load@mathfammember{cm}{MathSY}{sy}{#1}\sy@size{'060}\relax
- \load@mathfammember{cm}{MathRM} {r}{#1}\cm@size{-1}\relax
- \ifnum#1>10 \load@mathfammember{cm}{MathEX}{ex}{#1}\ex@size{-1}\relax
- \else \global\csarg\let{MathEX\romannumeral#1}\exx
- \fi
- \global\csarg\let{m@\romannumeral#1}1\relax
- \endgroup\fi
- \if\UndefinedCS{\F@name VMI\romannumeral#1}\begingroup
- \def\Fsize{#1}\def\F@style{mitalic}%
- \load@mathfammember{\cs@face@tag}
- {\F@name VMI}{\ext@style}{#1}
- {\ext@size\take@one}{-1}\relax
- \endgroup\fi
- \def\Fsize{#1}\SetFont #20\the\font
- #21 \csname MathIT\romannumeral#1\endcsname
- #22 \csname MathSY\romannumeral#1\endcsname
- #23 \csname MathEX\romannumeral#1\endcsname
- #2\Kgriek \csname MathRM\romannumeral#1\endcsname
- #2\VMIfam \csname \F@name VMI\romannumeral#1\endcsname}
-\def\load@mathfammember
- #1#2#3#4#5#6%
- %% #1=root of external name #2=internal tag
- %% #3=external tag #4=size #5=size convertor #6=skew character
- {\Tmessage[font]{Loading font (math)
- \csname#2\romannumeral#4\endcsname=#1#3#5{#4}}%
- \global\xp\font\csname#2\romannumeral#4\endcsname=
- #1#3#5{#4}\relax
- \global\xp\skewchar\csname#2\romannumeral#4\endcsname=#6\relax
- }
-
-% Allocate a family for cmr, which has Greek capitals
-%
-\storecat"
-\ifini{\newfam\Kgriek}
-\mathchardef\Gamma="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 00
-\mathchardef\Delta="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 01
-\mathchardef\Theta="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 02
-\mathchardef\Lambda="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 03
-\mathchardef\Xi="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 04
-\mathchardef\Pi="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 05
-\mathchardef\Sigma="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 06
-\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 07
-\mathchardef\Phi="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 08
-\mathchardef\Psi="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 09
-\mathchardef\Omega="0\hexdigit\Kgriek 0A
-
-% Math italic variables have to be from the current typeface
-% maybe this should be switchable
-%
-\def\loop@redef@until#1{
-\loop \mathcode\tempcountb\tempcountc
- \advance\tempcountb\@ne
- \advance\tempcountc\@ne
- \ifnum\tempcountb>#1\relax\else \repeat}
-\ifini{
-\newfam\VMIfam
-\tempcounta=-"100 \advance\tempcounta"\hexdigit\VMIfam00
-\tempcountb=`a \tempcountc=\mathcode`a
-\advance\tempcountc\tempcounta
-\loop@redef@until{`z}
-\tempcountb=`A \tempcountc=\mathcode`A
-\advance\tempcountc\tempcounta
-\loop@redef@until{`Z}
-}
-
-\restorecat"
-\def\cal{\fam2}
-
-% Typewriter is a bit of a problem
-%
- \font\ttix=cmtt9
- \font\ttx=cmtt10 \font\ttxi=cmtt10 \sc@led \magstephalf
- \font\ttxii=cmtt10 \sc@led \magstep1
- \font\ttxiv=cmtt10 \sc@led \magstep2
- \font\ttxvii=cmtt10 \sc@led \magstep3
- \font\ttxx=cmtt10 \sc@led \magstep4
-
-\def\tt{\Typeface:ComputerModern \Style:typewriter }
-\def\terugstreep{{\tt \char`\\}}
-
-% Typeface Definition
-% \DefineTypeface{Naam}{rump}{style:exts}{size:exts}{combo:exts}
-% after this \Typeface:Naam can be used
-% the rump and the extension construct the external file names
-%
-\def\DefineTypeface#1#2#3#4{\csarg\def{#1@code}{#2}
- \csarg\def{#1@styles}{#3 }
- \csarg\def{#1@sizes}{#4 }
- \if\NextChar[%]
- {\DefineTypeface@combos{#1}}{\DefineTypeface@combos{#1}[]}}
-\def\DefineTypeface@combos#1[#2]{\csarg\def{#1@combos}{#2}}
-
-\def\style@selector{\mswitch \xp\if\xp\EqualStringX\xp{\F@style} in: }
-\def\a@style@selector#1{\mswitch \xp\if\xp\EqualStringX\xp{#1} in: }
-\def\size@selector{\fswitch {\ifnum\Fsize} in: }
-\def\a@size@selector#1{\fswitch {\ifnum#1} in: }
-
-\def\ext@combo{\csname\F@name @combos\endcsname}
-\def\ext@style{\xp\xp\xp\style@selector
- \csname\F@name @styles\endcsname\endswitch}
-\def\ext@size {\xp\xp\xp\size@selector
- \csname\F@name @sizes\endcsname\endswitch}
-\def\ext@name{\csname\F@name @code\endcsname}
-
-%\noeol
-\endinput
-
-% 2014/04/16 defined \PointSizeScriptSizes:12
-% 92/11/05 math family setting
-% 93/07/03 removed \bold, \italic etc because of change in tools
-% 93/07/24 F@size -> Fsize, fontdefs file split off \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-heading.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-heading.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 02f0a23596..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-heading.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-heading.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% H E A D I N G S %%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@GenericConstruct{Heading}
-
-\newif\if@headed
-\add@generic@default{\add@after@command{\@headedno}}
-\add@Heading@default{\add@after@command{\@headedyes}}
-
-\add@Heading@default{\def\@afterpenalty{\penalty\@M}
- \default@break@afterno}
-\add@Heading@default{\has@marksyes}
-
-\def\@DefineHeading{
- \@DefineStopCommand{\relax}
- \csarg\edef{\@name}%
- {\@gen@open % this contains: \let\CSname{\@name Title}\nxp\tmp@title
- \the\@main@options@list
- \@gen@close}
- }
-
-\@HeadingOption{TwoLines}{\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\add@after@command{\next@paragraph{\clubpenalty\M@
- \next@paragraph{\global\clubpenalty\default@clubpenalty}}}}
- {no} {\add@after@command{\clubpenalty\default@clubpenalty}}
- {default} {\edef\cs@e{\nxp\add@after@command{\nxp\next@paragraph
- {\clubpenalty\@w@w{#1}\relax\nxp\next@paragraph
- {\global\clubpenalty\default@clubpenalty}}}}
- \cs@e}
- \endswitch}
-
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-lists.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-lists.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 578610f2c6..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-lists.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-lists.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% L I S T S
-
-
-\@GenericConstruct{List}
-
-\newif\if@initem \@initemyes \newif\if@alitem
-\newbox\@labelbox
-
-\def\item{\Emessage{Item command outside list}}
-
-% Breakpoints around a list
-%
-% first redefine generic defaults:
-% try not to break before, maybe not after,
-%
-\add@List@default{\def\@beforepenalty{\penalty1000 }}
-\add@List@default{\def\@afterpenalty{\penalty200 }}
-
-% between items is okay
-%
-\add@List@default{\def\@betweenpenalty{\penalty-50 }}
-\@ListOption{breakbetween}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {no} {\def\@betweenpenalty{\penalty\@M}}
- {yes} {\def\@betweenpenalty{\CSname{\h@or@v fil}\penalty-\@M}}
- {0} {\def\@betweenpenalty{}}
- {default} {\edef\cs@e{\def\nxp\@betweenpenalty{\penalty\@w@w{#1}\relax}}
- \cs@e}
- \endswitch
- }
-
-\newtoks\indent@depth
-\add@List@default{\indent@depth={}}
-
-\noeol
-\def\@DefineList{
- \@DefineStopCommand{\nxp\xx@label \the\item@e@coms\@gen@close}
- \csarg\edef{\@name}{\@gen@open
- \ifitem@list \nxp\step@counter{itemlevel}\fi
- \ifenum@list \nxp\step@counter{enumlevel}
- \nxp\represent@counter{item}
- {\nxp\enum@repr{\counter@@name{enumlevel}}}\fi
- \ifleft@embedded@construct \previousindent\z@
- \else \nxp\PushIndentLevel
- \ifauto@indent \else \levelindent\the\indent@depth \fi
- \parindent\levelindent
- \fi
- \nxp\@alitemno
- \nxp\start@counter{item}%
- \the\item@b@coms
- \def\nxp\item@label{
- \nxp\ifdim\wd\@labelbox>\tempdima
- \ifitem@tab \advance\tempdima20pt\relax
- {\nxp\item@label}
- \else \iflabel@flow@right
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else\hskip-\previousindent\fi
- \box\@labelbox
- \else \nxp\llap{\box\@labelbox}\fi\fi
- \nxp\else \llap{\hbox to \tempdima
- {\ifleft@item\else\hfil\fi
- \box\@labelbox \ifleft@item\hfil\fi}}
- \nxp\fi}%
- \def\nxp\num@item
- {\setbox\@labelbox=\hbox{\the\item@coms}
- \tempdima\previousindent
- \nxp\item@label %\nxp\Indent:no
- \the\item@a@coms \nxp\xx@label}
- \def\nxp\item
- {\ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else \nxp\if@alitem\@par%\CSname{@itembreek}%
- \nxp\hold@parskip \nxp\fi \fi
- \nxp\if\nxp\TestCounter:item >0 \@betweenpenalty \nxp\fi
- \CSname{@\h@or@v white}{\white@between}
- \nxp\@initemno \nxp\@alitemyes \nxp\noindent
- \nxp\step@counter{item}\relax
- \iflabel@defined\else\nxp\define@reference{item}\fi
- \CSname{\@name @item}}
- }
- \csarg\edef{\@name @item}{
- \iflist@has@description \nxp\desc@item
- \else \nxp\num@item\fi}
- \@Labelize{\@name @item}
- }
-\normaleol
-
-% Inside a list Foo \item is defined as
-%
-% \item = all sorts of skips and switches
-% step item counter, define reference
-% \Foo@item
-%
-% \Foo@item[opt.lab.] = \desc@item or \num@item
-%
-% \desc@item =
-% { \aftergroup\num@item \@description}
-%
-% \num@item = \item@label \item@a@coms \xx@label
-%
-
-% Item
-% start with start/left/right
-% indicating alignment, start = left
-%
-\newif\ifleft@item \newif\ifitem@tab
-\add@List@default{\left@itemyes \item@tabno}
-\newtoks\item@coms % content of the item label
-\newtoks\item@b@coms % start of the list?
-\newtoks\item@a@coms % immediately after the item
-\newtoks\item@e@coms % after the whole list
-\add@List@default{\item@coms{}\item@b@coms{}\item@a@coms{}
- \item@e@coms{}\def\@current@options@list{item@b@coms}}
-\@ListOption{item}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {stop} {\@add@toks{\egroup}\e@group
- \def\@current@options@list{item@a@coms}}
- {tabstop} {\item@tabyes
- \@add@toks{\egroup}\e@group
- \def\@current@options@list{item@a@coms}}
- {left} {\global\left@itemyes
- \b@group\def\@current@options@list{item@coms}%
- \@add@toks{\bgroup}}
- {start}{\global\left@itemyes
- \b@group\def\@current@options@list{item@coms}%
- \@add@toks{\bgroup}}
- {right}{\global\left@itemno
- \b@group\def\@current@options@list{item@coms}%
- \@add@toks{\bgroup}}
- {default} {\Emessage{Unknown option #1 for List, item}}
- \endswitch}
-
-% Label overflow
-%
-\newif\iflabel@flow@right
-\add@List@default{\label@flow@rightyes}
-\@ListOption{labeloverflow}{
- \if\EqualString{#1}{left}\label@flow@rightno
- \else\label@flow@rightyes\fi}
-
-% Description
-% the line after \item gets picked up,
-% and becomes available as `description'
-%
-\newif\iflist@has@description
-\add@List@default{\list@has@descriptionno}
-\@ListOption{description}{
- \global\list@has@descriptionyes \@add@toks{\description@text}}
-{\noeol
- \othercr
-\gdef\@description{\bgroup\othercr \@@description}
-\gdef\@@description#1^^M
- {\gdef\description@text{#1}%
- \egroup % balance the \bgroup in \@description
- % which kept the \othercr local
- \egroup % balance the \bgroup in \desc@item
- % which enabled the \aftergroup\num@item
- }
-}
-\def\desc@item{\bgroup
- \aftergroup\num@item
- \@description}
-
-% White between items
-%
-\add@List@default{\def\white@between{0pt}}
-\@ListOption{whitebetween}{\def\white@between{#1}}
-% \edef\white@between{\@w@w{#1}}}
-
-% Indentation
-% is automatic (default) and level dependent
-% or explicit
-%
-\newif\ifauto@indent
-\add@List@default{\auto@indentyes}
-\@ListOption{indentation}{
- \if\EqualString{#1}{automatic}\auto@indentyes
- \else\auto@indentno
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\indent@depth={\@w@w{#1}}}\cs@e
- \fi}
-
-% Tail of the list:
-% everything after the keyword 'text' is tail
-%
-\@ListOption{text}{\at@breakpointyes
- \def\@current@options@list{item@e@coms}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% List Nesting Counters
-%
-
-% Item sign
-% gives the default, level dependent marker
-%
-\new@@counter{itemlevel} \set@counter{itemlevel}0
-\newif\ifitem@list
-\add@List@default{\item@listno}
-\@ListOption{itemsign}{
- \global\item@listyes
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks
- {\nxp\ifcustom@label\nxp\the\current@label
- \nxp\else\nxp\item@sign\counter@@name{itemlevel}%
- \nxp\fi}}
- \cs@e}
-\def\@item@sign#1{itemsign\romannumeral#1}
-\def\item@sign#1{\if\UndefinedCS{\@item@sign{#1}}\@@item@sign{#1}%
- \else \csname \@item@sign{#1}\endcsname \fi}
-\def\@@item@sign#1{\ifcase#1\relax\or
- $\bullet$\or $\circ$ \or --\else $\cdot$\fi}
-\def\SetItemSign:#1=#2{\csarg\edef{\@item@sign{#1}}%
- {\cswitch \ifx#2 in:
- b $\bullet$;
- c $\circ$;
- d $\diamond$;
- m ---;
- n --;
- . $\cdot$;
- default $\cdot$;
- \endswitch}}
-
-% Item Counter
-%
-% Allocate a bare bones counter
-\new@@counter{item}\represent@counter{item}1
-\newtoks\item@RL \item@RL{}
-
-% Keep track of enumerate list level
-%
-\new@@counter{enumlevel} \set@counter{enumlevel}0
-\newif\ifenum@list
-\add@List@default{\enum@listno}
-\@ListOption{itemCounter}{
- \global\enum@listyes
- \@add@toks{\pad@clear\ifcustom@label\the\current@label
- \else\itemCounter\fi}
- }
-\def\@enum@repr#1{enumrepr\romannumeral#1}
-\def\enum@repr#1{\if\UndefinedCS{\@enum@repr{#1}}\@@enum@repr{#1}%
- \else \csname \@enum@repr{#1}\endcsname \fi}
-\def\@@enum@repr#1{\ifcase#1\relax\or
- 1\or A\or I\or a\or i\else 1\fi}
-\def\SetItemCounterRepresentation:#1=#2{\csarg\edef{\@enum@repr{#1}}{#2}}
-
-%
-\def\@itembreek{\if@initem\par\fi}
-
-% Clear items for Widest.
-% this is rather susceptible for improvement.
-%
-\def\ClearFor:#1
- {\def\widest@pad{#1}}
-\def\widest@pad{\m@ne}
-\def\pad@clear{\ifnum\widest@pad=\m@ne\else
- \tempcounta\widest@pad
- \advance\tempcounta-\LogTen{\cs@counter@name{item}}\relax
- \hphantom{\ifcase\tempcounta \or 9\or 99 \or 999 \or 9999 \else 99999\fi
- }%
- \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Stripped Lists
-%
-% for use in external files
-%
-
-\@GenericConstruct{ExternalItem}%stripped list
-
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\extra@args\tw@}
-
-\noeol
-\def\@DefineExternalItem{
- \@DefineStopCommand{\@gen@close}
- \ifx\pre@fix\@empty \Wmessage{No file for external item: \@name}\fi
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\append@to@list
- {\pre@fix @local@defs}
- {\nxp\if\nxp\UndefinedCS{\@command}
- \nxp\Wmessage{Item `\@name' not defined for `\pre@fix'}
- \nxp\else
- \let\CSname{\@name}\CSname{\@command}
- \nxp\fi}}
- \cs@e
- \csarg\edef{\@command}##1##2{
- \def\CSname{\@name Label}{##1}
- \@gen@open\def\nxp\Page{##2}
- \nxp\PushIndentLevel \let\nxp\nl\relax
- \the\item@b@coms
- \def\nxp\item{\ifleft@embedded@construct\else\noindent\fi
- \setbox\@labelbox=\hbox{\the\item@coms}
- \nxp\ifdim\wd\@labelbox>\previousindent
- \iflabel@flow@right \hskip-\previousindent\box\@labelbox
- \else \nxp\llap{\box\@labelbox}\fi
- \nxp\else \llap{\hbox to \previousindent
- {\ifleft@item\else\hfil\fi
- \box\@labelbox \ifleft@item\hfil\fi}}
- \nxp\fi}%
- \ifexternal@item@has@item\nxp\item\the\item@a@coms\fi
- \ifright@embedded@construct\else\@par\fi
- \iflong@external\else\nxp\>\fi
- }
- }
-\normaleol
-
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\@whitebefore\z@toks}
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\@whiteafter\z@toks}
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\let\Page\@space
- \csarg\let{\@name Label}\@space}
-
-% Specify for what external file this is meant
-%
-\@ExternalItemOption{file}{
- \if\UndefinedCS{\file@ext@name{#1}}
- \Emessage{File <#1> has not been defined yet}\fi
- \def\pre@fix{#1}}
-
-\newif\iflong@external
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\long@externalno}
-\@ExternalItemOption{long}{
- \csname long@external#1\endcsname}
-
-% Commands before and after
-% option 'title' is dummy
-%
-%\@ExternalItemOption{title}{}
-% dangerous: better rely on automatic titelization
-
-% Item
-% start with start/left/right
-% indicating alignment, start = left
-%
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\left@itemyes}
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\item@coms{}\item@b@coms{}\item@e@coms{}
- \item@a@coms{}\def\@current@options@list{item@b@coms}}
-\newif\ifexternal@item@has@item
-\adds@ExternalItem@default{\external@item@has@itemno}
-\def\ExternalItem@item{\external@item@has@itemyes
- \List@item}
-
-% Label overflow
-%
-\add@ExternalItem@default{\label@flow@rightyes}
-\let\ExternalItem@labeloverflow\List@labeloverflow
-
-\endinput
-
-% 92/11/26 itemsign / itemCounter changed to handle custom@label
-% 93/01/03 item call in ExternalItem made conditional \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-output.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-output.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 57b0ef8332..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-output.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,744 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-output.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% O U T P U T %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\@GenericConstruct{PageGrid}
-
-\newif\if@pagegrid@installed
-\ifini{\next@paragraph
- {\if@pagegrid@installed \else
- \Wmessage{No page grid installed}\fi
- }}
-\NewTrace:out
-\add@PageGrid@default{\text@constructno}
-\add@PageGrid@default{\has@marksyes}
-
-\newtoks\user@overrides
-\def\add@user@override#1{\append@to@list{user@overrides}{#1}}
-
-\newif\if@nubalanceren
-\newinsert\botins
-
-%%%% Page counting
-%
-% \count0 is the paper counter:
-% is increased for every \shipout in the output routine
-% \count1 is the page counter:
-% you can do with it whatever you like.
-
-% This appears to the users as if \NewCounter:Page had been done.
-% We do it by hand because the number has to be 1.
-%
-\countdef\sheet@counter=0
-\csarg\countdef{\counter@name{Page}}=1
-\edef\PageValue{\counter@@name{Page}}
-\CounterRepresentation:Page=1
-\newtoks\Page@RL %trudge trudge!
-\SetCounter:Page=1
-
-%%%% Tests
-%
-\DefineTest:IsRightPage
-\DefineTest:IsLeftPage
-\DefineTest:IsFirstPage
-\DefineTest:IsLastPage
-\DefineTest:FlushBottom
-
-%% anonieme cs'en zijn in gebruik bij opbouw en gebruik %%
-% \tempdima : / klad; gebruikt voor hoofdmeting; daarna in \text@column
-% \tempdimc : / klad; gebruikt voor voetmeting
-% \cs@a : in gebruik door \haalitems
-
-\def\slotpenalty{-10001}
-
-\def\@pseudoif#1#2{\tempcounta\escapechar \noesc
- \edef\cs@e{\let\CSname{if@\string#1}\CSname{if\string#2}}\cs@e
- \escapechar\tempcounta}
-\@pseudoif\IsFirstPage\true \@pseudoif\IsLastPage\true
-\@pseudoif\IsRightPage\true
-\@pseudoif\IsLeftPage\false
-
-\def\leftright@setup
- {\csarg\ifodd{\counter@name{Page}}\relax
- \IsRightPage:yes \IsLeftPage:no
- \else \IsRightPage:no \IsLeftPage:yes
- \fi}
-\def\firstpage@setup{\def\cs@a{yes}
- \edef\cs@b{\xp\get@placed\xp{\firstmark}{first@page}}
- \ifx\cs@a\cs@b \IsFirstPage:yes \else \IsFirstPage:no \fi}
-\def\lastpage@setup
- {\ifnum\outputpenalty=\slotpenalty\relax
- \Tmessage[out]{Last page}\IsLastPage:yes
- \else \IsLastPage:no
- \fi}
-\def\output@setup{\let\par\@par
- \parindent\z@ \leftskip\z@ \rightskip\z@ \lineskip\z@
- \default@everypar \MainFont
- \leftright@setup \firstpage@setup \lastpage@setup
- \@colnum\@ne \output@set@page@width
- \Tmessage[out]{Incoming text: (\the\ht\@cclv+\the\dp\@cclv) x
- \the\wd\@cclv}
- }
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Head, Foot, Body
-%
-% Separate boxes are allocated for the page
-% head, body, and foot.
-% Head and foot contain static material, the
-% body contains the text. The body can be empty.
-%
-\newbox\page@head@box \newtoks\page@head@toks
-\page@head@toks{}
-\add@PageGrid@default
- {\page@head@toks={\setbox\page@head@box=\vbox\bgroup}}
-\newdimen\head@height
-\def\measure@head{\head@height=\ht\page@head@box
- \advance\head@height\dp\page@head@box
- \Tmessage[out]{Head measurement: \the\head@height}}
-
-\newbox\page@foot@box \newtoks\page@foot@toks
-\page@foot@toks{}
-\add@PageGrid@default{\page@foot@toks=
- {\setbox\page@foot@box=\vbox\bgroup}}
-\newdimen\foot@height
-\def\measure@foot{\foot@height=\ht\page@foot@box
- \advance\foot@height\dp\page@foot@box
- \Tmessage[out]{Foot measurement: \the\foot@height}}
-
-\def\goal@height@trace
- {\tempdimb\text@height
- \multiply\tempdimb\ifnum\user@n@cols=\m@ne\n@cols\else\user@n@cols\fi
- \Tmessage[out]{Aim for text height: \the\text@height\@space
- \ifnum\user@n@cols>\m@ne (\the\user@n@cols\@space columns;
- total height: \the\tempdimb)
- \else\ifnum\n@cols>\@ne (\the\n@cols\@space columns;
- total height: \the\tempdimb)
- \fi\fi}}
-
-\def\report@body@measurement{
- \Tmessage[out]{Body measurement:
- (\the\ht\page@body@box+\the\dp\page@body@box)
- x\the\wd\page@body@box}
- \ifvoid\topins\else
- \Tmessage[out]{Top inserts: \the\ht\topins+\the\dp\topins}\fi
- \ifvoid\botins\else
- \Tmessage[out]{Foot inserts: \the\ht\footins+\the\dp\footins}\fi
- }
-
-\newbox\page@body@box \newtoks\page@body@toks
-\page@body@toks{}
-\add@PageGrid@default
- {\page@body@toks={\setbox\page@body@box=\vbox\bgroup}}
-
-\def\finish@part@routines
- {\append@to@list{page@head@toks}{\egroup\measure@head}
- \append@to@list{page@foot@toks}{\egroup\measure@foot}
- \append@to@list{page@body@toks}{\egroup}}
-
-\newbox\WholePage
-\def\make@page{
- \setbox\WholePage=\vbox
- {\box\page@head@box
- \ifabut@head\nointerlineskip\fi
- \ifabut@foot\tempdima\dp\page@body@box\fi
- \box\page@body@box
- \ifabut@foot\ifvoid\page@foot@box\else
- \kern-\tempdima\relax\nointerlineskip\fi\fi
- \box\page@foot@box}%\showbox\WholePage
- }
-
-% \vsize has two possibilities:
-% 1/ it is calculated dynamically by subtracting
-% body and foot height from the total page height.
-% If \vsize is different from \ht255, the page
-% is thrown back.
-% 2/ it is set and the page has whatever size results.
-%
-\newif\iftext@fits
-\def\see@if@text@fits
- {{\multiply\text@height\n@cols
- \tempdima\text@height
- \advance\tempdima-\vsize
- \ifdim\tempdima<\z@ \tempdima=-\tempdima \fi
- \ifdim\tempdima<.1pt\relax
- \global\text@fitsyes
- \Tmessage[out]{Page accepted.}
- \else \global\text@fitsno
- \Tmessage[out]{Text does not fit. (vsize=\the\vsize)}
- \global\vsize=\text@height
- \fi}}
-
-% Multicolumn stuff
-%
-% every PageGrid macro installs \n@cols, but the user
-% can specify a different number with \NumberOfColumns:x
-% This sets \user@n@cols which is usually -1
-%
-\newcount\n@cols \n@cols\@ne
-\newcount\@colnum
-\newcount\user@n@cols \user@n@cols\m@ne
-\Distance:GutterWidth=1cm
-\def\NumberOfColumns:#1
- {\user@n@cols=\w@w{#1}\relax
- \Tmessage[out]{Switch to \the\user@n@cols\@space columns}
- \hsize\page@width
- \tempdima\GutterWidth \multiply\tempdima\user@n@cols
- \advance\tempdima-\GutterWidth
- \advance\hsize-\tempdima \divide\hsize\user@n@cols
- \Tmessage[out]{New hsize: \the\hsize}}
-\add@user@override{\ifnum\user@n@cols=\m@ne\else
- \csarg\let{\output@routine @body}\trivial@body
- \n@cols\user@n@cols
- \Tmessage[out]{User override: \the\n@cols\@space columns.}%
- \fi}
-
-\def\trivial@body{\Tmessage[out]{Trivial multicolumn (\the\n@cols) setup}
- \@colnum\@ne \splittopskip\topskip
- \setbox\page@body@box\hbox{\text@column}
- \@colnum\tw@
- \ifnum\n@cols>\@ne
- \loop \setbox\page@body@box\hbox{\unhbox\page@body@box
- \kern\GutterWidth \text@column}
- \advance\@colnum\@ne
- \ifnum\@colnum>\n@cols\else\repeat
- \fi}
-\def\real@text@column{\begingroup\vbadness\@M
- \setbox\z@
- \ifnum\n@cols=\@ne
- \vbox to \vsize{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
- \ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins \fi
- \unvbox\@cclv % open up \box255
- \ifvoid\footins\else % footnote info is present
- \vskip\skip\footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\footins \fi}%
- \Tmessage[out]{Column: \the\ht\z@+\the\dp\z@}%
- \else
- \vsplit\@cclv to \text@height
- \Tmessage[out]{Column \the\@colnum: \the\ht\z@+\the\dp\z@}%
- \fi \ifnum\badness=\@M\Wmessage{Underfull textcolumn}\fi
- \box\z@ \endgroup}
-
-\def\CurrentShipout{\shipout\box\WholePage}
-\let\OriginalShipout\CurrentShipout
-\newif\ifCountSheets \CountSheetsyes
-\def\finish@off@page{\Tmessage[out]{Whole page:
- \the\ht\WholePage+\the\dp\WholePage}
- {\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
- \def\cprotect{\expandafter\string}
- \normalesc
- \ifsink@pages
- \message{Page sunk [\the\sheet@counter.\csarg\the
- {\counter@name{Page}}]}
- \deadcycles\z@
- \else \CurrentShipout
- \ifCountSheets\global\advance\sheet@counter\@ne\fi
- \fi
- }
- \global\step@counter{Page}
- }
-\def\shipout@and@unbox@remainder{
- \iftext@fits \make@page \finish@off@page \fi
- \ifvoid\@cclv \Tmessage[out]{Shipped out whole page}
- \else \Tmessage[out]{Part of page not shipped: \the\ht\@cclv}
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=\@M\else\penalty\outputpenalty\fi
- \fi
- \iftext@fits \ifother@grid\install@next@page@grid
- \else\Tmessage[out]{Same grid once again.}\fi
- \fi}
-
-\newif\ifsink@pages
-\sink@pagesno
-\let\NoPages\sink@pagesyes \let\PagesOut\sink@pagesno
-
-% this is a mess. clear up please.
-\newtoks\page@options
-\def\options@to@pagepart
- {\append@toks@cs@to@list{page@\page@part @toks}\page@options
- \page@options={}}
-\add@PageGrid@default{\csarg\newtoks{\@name @routine}
- \def\@current@options@list{page@options}
- \def\page@part{head}\page@options{}
- }
-
-\def\install@output@routine#1{{\globaldefs\@ne
- \output=\xp{\csname#1@routine\endcsname}%
- \def\output@routine{#1}%
- \Tmessage[out]{Install output: #1 ---}%
- \@pagegrid@installedyes
- \csname#1@install@parameters\endcsname
- }}
-
-\newdimen\text@height
-
-% During the load of this file we build up a list of
-% defaults and test. These are then turned into PageGrid@default
-% at the end of this file.
-\newtoks\otr@settings \newtoks\otr@conditions
-\def\add@otr@setting#1{\append@to@list{otr@settings}{#1}}
-\def\del@otr@setting#1{\del@tok@from@list{otr@settings}#1}
-\def\add@otr@condition#1{\append@to@list{otr@conditions}{#1}}
-\def\set@otr@stuff{\def\cs@e##1{
- \edef\cs@f{\nxp\adds@PageGrid@default{\global##1={\the##1}}}
- \cs@f}
- \cs@e\otr@settings \cs@e\otr@conditions}
-%\showthe\otr@settings \showthe\otr@conditions
-%\showthe\PageGrid@defaults}
-
-\def\@DefinePageGrid{\options@to@pagepart \finish@part@routines
- \csarg\edef{\@name @install@parameters}{%
- \vsize\the\height@toks\relax \set@topskip
- \multiply\vsize
- \nxp\ifnum\user@n@cols>\@ne\user@n@cols\relax
- \nxp\else\the\n@cols\relax\nxp\fi
- \hsize\the\width@toks\relax
- \def\CSname{\@name @page@width}%
- {\the\width@toks\relax}%
- \nxp\Tmessage[out]{Initial hsize: \nxp\the\hsize}%
- \ifwidth@of@text
- \else \nxp\hsize@from@page@width
- \ifnum\the\n@cols>1
- \divide\hsize\the\n@cols\relax\fi
- \fi
- \nxp\Tmessage[out]{Installed hsize: \nxp\the\hsize}%
- }
- \csarg\edef{\@name @otr@parameters}{%
- \the\otr@settings
- \xp\@empty\the\otr@conditions
- \CSname{height@of@text\ifheight@of@text yes\else no\fi}%
- \text@height\the\height@toks\relax
- \CSname{width@of@text\ifwidth@of@text yes\else no\fi}%
- \n@cols\the\n@cols\relax}
- \csarg\edef{\@name @head@foot}{\the\page@head@toks
- \the\page@foot@toks
- \ifheight@of@text\else
- \advance\text@height-\head@height
- \advance\text@height-\foot@height
- \fi}
- \csarg\edef{\@command @body}{\the\page@body@toks}
- \csarg\edef{\@command}{%
- \nxp\EjectPage
- \nxp\install@output@routine{\@name}%
- %\global\hsize= \ifseen@text \CSname{\@name @text@width}%
- % \else \CSname{\next@page@grid @text@width}%
- % \fi
- \outer@start@commands \after@indent
- }
- \csarg\edef{\@name @routine}{
- \nxp\Tmessage[out]{======== Output routine: \@name\@space ==========}
- \nxp\output@setup
- \CSname{\@name @otr@parameters}
- \nxp\the\user@overrides
- \CSname{\@name @head@foot}
- \nxp\goal@height@trace
- \ifnum\n@cols=\z@ %% no text, trivial case.
- \setbox\page@body@box\voidb@x
- \nxp\text@fitsyes
- \else \nxp\ifragged@bottom\nxp\text@fitsyes
- \nxp\else\nxp\see@if@text@fits\nxp\fi
- \nxp\iftext@fits
- \let\nxp\text@column\nxp\real@text@column
- \tempcounta\hbadness\hbadness\@M\CSname{\@name @body}
- \nxp\ifnum\badness>\tempcounta
- \nxp\Wmessage{Underfull page body}\nxp\fi
- \hbadness\tempcounta\nxp\report@body@measurement
- \nxp\fi
- \fi
- \nxp\shipout@and@unbox@remainder
- \nxp\Tmessage[out]{==========}%
- }
- \xp\install@output@routine\xp{\@name}
- }
-
-% not operative yet.
-\new@dimen{user@page@height}{\m@ne sp}
-\new@dimen{user@text@height}{\m@ne sp}
-\def\Height:#1=#2
- {\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {Page} {\user@page@height\w@w{#2}}
- {Text} {\user@text@height\w@w{#2}}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Unknown option: `Height:#1=#2'}}
- \endswitch}
-
-%-- height of page/text
-%
-% the \ifheight@of@text conditional is also used
-% during run time.
-%
-\newif\ifheight@of@text
-\newtoks\height@toks \newdimen\page@height
-\add@PageGrid@default{\height@of@textyes\height@toks{20cm}}
-\add@PageGrid@default{\let\text@lines\relax}
-\@PageGridOption{height}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {page} {\height@of@textno}
- {text} {\height@of@textyes}
- {lines} {\height@of@textyes
- \edef\cs@e{\def\nxp\text@lines{\@w@w{#2}}}\cs@e}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier: `height:#1=#2'}}
- \endswitch
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\height@toks={\@w@w{#2}}}\cs@e
- }
-% Make sure that the \Height command is not used!
-\@PageGridNOOP{Height}
-
-%%%%
-%
-% Width handling
-%
-\newif\ifwidth@of@text
-\newtoks\width@toks \newdimen\page@width
-\@PageGridOption{width}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {page} {\width@of@textno}
- {text} {\width@of@textyes}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier: `width:#1=#2'}}
- \endswitch
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\width@toks={\@w@w{#2}}}\cs@e
- }
-
-% Make sure that the \Width command is not used!
-\@PageGridNOOP{Width}
-
-% At installation of the output routine, calculate the hsize
-% if the page width is given.
-%
-\def\hsize@from@page@width
- {\def\text@column{\hskip\z@\relax}%
- \everyhbox{}\everyvbox{}%
- \let\maybe@to@page@width\relax
- \the\page@body@toks
-%\ifdim\wd\page@body@box>0pt \showthe\page@body@toks \fi
- \Tmessage[out]{Width page body minus text: \the\wd\page@body@box}%
- \global\advance\hsize-\wd\page@body@box}
-
-% At the start of the output routine, calculate the page width
-% from the hsize (which may have been tinkered with), or set to
-% routine-specific page width (which may also have been changed).
-%
-\def\output@set@page@width
- {\ifwidth@of@text
- \edef\text@column{\hskip\the\wd\@cclv\relax\hskip\z@\relax}%
- \let\maybe@to@page@width\relax
- \csn\output@routine @body\ecs
- \page@width\wd\page@body@box
- \Tmessage[out]{Deduced page width: \the\page@width}
- \else \def\maybe@to@page@width{ to \page@width}
- \page@width\csn\output@routine @page@width\ecs\relax
- \fi}
-
-%%%% Topskip
-% initially the outer topskip is picked up, unless
-% the option 'topskip' is given.
-%
-\add@PageGrid@default
- {\edef\set@topskip
- {\topskip\the\topskip\relax\splittopskip\topskip}}
-\@PageGridOption{topskip}{
- \edef\cs@e
- {\def\nxp\set@topskip{\topskip\@w@w{#1}\relax
- \splittopskip\topskip}}
- \cs@e
- }
-% ragged bottom the way it's done in plain TeX.
-\newif\ifragged@bottom
-\add@otr@setting{\ragged@bottomno}
-\@PageGridOption{raggedbottom}{
- \del@otr@setting{\ragged@bottomno}
- \add@otr@setting{\ragged@bottomyes}
- \if\IsEmptyList{#1}\@add@toks{\var@topskip{60pt}}
- \else\edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\nxp\var@topskip{\@w@w{#1}}}}
- \cs@e
- \fi}
-\def\var@topskip#1{\tempdima\topskip\tempskipa\z@ plus #1\relax
- \topskip\tempdima \advance\topskip\tempskipa
- \splittopskip\topskip}
-
-%-- textband
-\newif\ifin@textband \add@PageGrid@default{\in@textbandno}
-\@PageGridOption{textband}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {start} {\start@textband}
- {stop} {\stop@textband}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier `textband:#1'}}
- \endswitch}
-\newdimen\text@width
-\def\start@textband
- {\options@to@pagepart
- \b@group[textband]\@hmodeyes\in@textbandyes
- \@add@toks{\hbox \maybe@to@page@width\bgroup}
- }
-\def\stop@textband
- {\@add@toks{\egroup} \e@group[textband]
- \ifseen@text \before@textno
- \def\page@part{body} \options@to@pagepart
- \def\page@part{foot}
- \fi}
-
-%-- band
-\newif\ifabut@foot \newif\ifabut@head
-\add@otr@setting{\abut@footno \abut@headno}
-\@PageGridOption{band}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {start} {\@add@toks{\hbox to \page@width\bgroup}
- \b@group[band]\@hmodeyes
- \def\block@closing{\@add@toks{\hfil\egroup}
- \e@group[band]}}
- {invisible} {\@add@toks{\setbox\tempboxa
- \hbox to \page@width\bgroup}
- \b@group[band]\@hmodeyes
- \def\block@closing{\@add@toks{\hfil\egroup}
- \ifbefore@text
- \@add@toks{\vtop to\z@{\kern\z@\box\tempboxa\vss}
- \nointerlineskip}
- \del@otr@setting{\abut@headno}
- \add@otr@setting{\abut@headyes}
- %\global\abut@headyes
- \else \@add@toks{\nointerlineskip
- \vbox to\z@{\vss\box\tempboxa}}
- \del@otr@setting{\abut@footno}
- \add@otr@setting{\abut@footyes}
- %\global\abut@footyes
- \fi\e@group[band]}}
- {stop} {\block@closing}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier `band:#1'}}
- \endswitch}
-
-
-%-- next page grid
-\newif\ifother@grid
-\add@PageGrid@default{\other@gridno}
-\add@otr@setting{\other@gridno}
-\add@otr@condition{\ifother@grid
- \def\nxp\install@next@page@grid
- {\nxp\install@output@routine{\next@page@grid}}%
- \fi}
-\@PageGridOption{NextPageGrid}{\other@gridyes
- \del@otr@setting{\other@gridno}
- \add@otr@setting{\other@gridyes}
- \def\next@page@grid{#1}
- }
-
-%-- text
-\add@PageGrid@default{\n@cols\z@}
-\newif\ifbefore@text
-\newif\ifseen@text %this one is also used by 'external'
-\add@PageGrid@default{\before@textyes \seen@textno}
-\@PageGridOption{text}{\global\seen@textyes
- \ifin@textband\else\Emessage{'text' has to be in 'textband'}\fi
- \global\advance\n@cols\@ne
- \@add@toks{\text@column}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% user commands
-
-\def\leegbladinvoegen{\@g@stapteller{Page}}
-\def\EjectPage{\vfil\eject}
-\def\ToRecto{\csarg\ifodd{\counter@name{Page}}\else\step@counter{Page}\fi}
-\def\ToVerso{\csarg\ifodd{\counter@name{Page}}\step@counter{Page}\fi}
-
-% less useful user command (mostly for formatting the manual :-)
-%
-\newbox\saved@page@box \newdimen\saved@hsize \newcount\saved@pageno
-\newtoks\saved@mark@items
-\def\SuspendOutput{\xdef\saved@output@routine{\output@routine}%
- \let\saved@shipout\CurrentShipout
- \global\saved@hsize\hsize \global\saved@mark@items\mark@items
- \global\saved@pageno\cs@counter@name{Page}%
- \output{\global\setbox\saved@page@box\box\@cclv
- \Tmessage[out]{Suspend output @\the\saved@pageno;
- saved (\the\ht\saved@page@box+\the\dp\saved@page@box)
- x \the\wd\saved@page@box}%
- \global\output{\Emessage{You should not call output now!}%
- \OriginalShipout\box\@cclv}}%
- \eject
- }
-\def\ResumeOutput
- {\xp\install@output@routine\xp{\saved@output@routine}%
- \let\CurrentShipout\saved@shipout
- \global\hsize\saved@hsize \global\mark@items\saved@mark@items
- \global\cs@counter@name{Page}\saved@pageno
- \unvbox\saved@page@box
- \Tmessage[out]{Resume output}%
- }
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Marks
-%%%%
-\NewTrace:mark
-\def\FirstPlaced:#1
- {\Tmessage[mark]{First Placed #1 from \firstmark}%
- \xp\get@placed\xp{\firstmark}{#1}}
-\def\PreviousPlaced:#1
- {\Tmessage[mark]{Previous Placed #1 from \topmark}%
- \xp\get@placed\xp{\topmark}{#1}}
-\def\LastPlaced:#1
- {\Tmessage[mark]{Last Placed #1 from \botmark}%
- \xp\get@placed\xp{\botmark}{#1}}
-\def\get@placed#1#2{%
- \get@@placed{#2}#1{SM}{}$}% SM: StopMarker
-\def\get@@placed#1#2#3{\if\EqualStringX{#2}{SM}\xp\take@to@dollar
- \else\if\EqualStringX{#1}{#2}%
- \maybe@uppercase{#3}\xp\xp\xp\take@to@dollar
- \else\xp\xp\xp\get@@placed\fi
- \fi{#1}}
-\ifini{\newtoks\mark@items}
- % \newtoks\mark@toks % is this one used?
-
-\newif\ifhas@marks
-\add@generic@default{\has@marksno}
- % only yes in heading and output routine.
- % it seems that you can have page breaks at marks...
-\@GenericOption{nomarks}{\has@marksno}
-\def\add@mark@item#1{\csarg\newtoks{mark@toks@#1}%
- \Tmessage[mark]{Adding mark item #1}%
- \global\mark@items\xp{\the\mark@items{#1}}}
-\def\refresh@mark@item#1#2{\csarg\global{mark@toks@#1}{#2}}
-\def\get@mark@items#1{\if\EqualStringX{#1}{SM}%
- \else{#1}{\csarg\the{mark@toks@#1}}\xp\get@mark@items
- \fi}
-\def\place@mark{\mark{\xp\get@mark@items\the\mark@items{SM}}}
-
-% this one should be defined in document.tex
-\add@mark@item{first@page}
-
-% Page wide rule
-
-\@PageGridOption{pagerule}{
- \@add@toks{\hrule width\page@width\relax\nobreak}}
-
-% Set default otr@settings and otr@conditions
-\set@otr@stuff
-
-\endinput
-
-92/10/24 raggedbottom in progress
-92/11/04 splittopskip made equal to topskip
-92/11/14 messed with otr@xyz token lists
-92/11/15 warning on underfull text column;
- ragged bottom still not working properly
-93/01/17 box \WholePage, new definition of \CurrentShipout
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Old Stuff; maybe useful, maybe not
-
-\newskip\@topS \newskip\@botS
-{\noeol
-\othercr
-\gdef\topillustratie{\bgroup\othercr \@topill}
-\gdef\@topill:#1=#2^^M{\edef\cs@e{\gdef\CSname{@topS#1}{#2}}
- \cs@e \global\advance\@topS #2\egroup}
-\gdef\botillustratie{\bgroup\othercr \@botill}
-\gdef\@botill:#1=#2^^M{\edef\cs@e{\gdef\CSname{@botS#1}{#2}}
- \cs@e \global\advance\@botS #2\egroup}}
-
-\def\@wisill{\global\@topS\z@ \global\@botS\z@
- \csarg\gdef{@topS1}{\z@}\csarg\gdef{@botS1}{\z@}
- \csarg\gdef{@topS2}{\z@}\csarg\gdef{@botS2}{\z@}
- \csarg\gdef{@topS3}{\z@}\csarg\gdef{@botS3}{\z@}
- }
-\@wisill
-
-\newtoks\@stramienlijst
-\def\invoerpad{}
-\def\opmaak: #1\par{\@stramienlijst={}
- \def\cs@a##1 {\eqstring{##1}{klaar}{}%
- {\append@to@list{@stramienlijst}{\@probeerstramien ##1;}
- \cs@a}}
- \cs@a #1klaar }%% let op de significante spaties!!
- %% en de spatie achter het laatste stramien komt van de ^^M
-\def\invoer: #1 {
- \def\@probeerstramien ##1;{\csn ##1\ecs
- \message{Ik probeer het met opmaak: ##1}
- \@installeertellers{##1}
- \input \invoerpad#1.tex
- \vfill\eject
- \@bewaartellers{##1}
- }
- \the\@stramienlijst}
-
-%% uitloop van vorige output routine
-% iftempf: als pagina geen uitloop gebruikt, direct eventuele
-% uitloop leeg gooien.
-% laatste pagina: tempboxa <- vbox{unvcopy255}
-% er wordt een pagina uitgeworpen:
-% - 255 is void: invoer is op, dus uitlopen
-% als dit de laatste pagina was
-% - 255 non-void: er is iets terug te werpen; dit was kennelijk niet
-% de laatste pagina, dus geen uitloop.
-
-\newbox\@uitloop \newbox\@tempuitloop \newif\ifisereenuitloop
- \Tmessage[out]{Aangetroffen uitloop: \the\ht\@uitloop+\the\dp\@uitloop}
-
-%-- uitloop
-% mag alleen in kop of voet voorkomen.
-\setbox\@tempuitloop=
- \vbox{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvcopy\topins\fi
- \unvcopy\@cclv\kern\z@}
-\setbox\@tempuitloop=\hbox{}
-\@PageGridOption{uitloop}{\tempfyes
- \@add@toks{\Tmessage[out]{Uitloop wordt verwerkt.}%
- \copy\@uitloop
- }}
-
- \iftempd
- \iftempc \Tmessage[out]{Eerste pagina, derhalve:}
- \@loopnietuit \else \@loopuit \fi
- \else \Tmessage[out]{Niet de laatste pagina, derhalve:}
- \@loopnietuit \fi
-
- \iftempf \else \nxp\@uitloopwegwerpen \fi %geheugenbesparing.
-
-\def\@loopuit{\global\isereenuitloopyes
- \global\setbox\@uitloop=\box\@tempuitloop
- \Tmessage[out]{Uitloop: \the\ht\@uitloop+\the\dp\@uitloop}}
-\def\@loopnietuit{\global\isereenuitloopno \@uitloopwegwerpen}
-\def\@uitloopwegwerpen{
- \Tmessage[out]{Uitloop weggegooid: \the\ht\@uitloop+\the\dp\@uitloop}
- \global\setbox\@uitloop=\hbox{}}
-
-%-- veld %% is deze nog nodig nu we 'tekstblok' generisch hebben?
-\@PageGridOption{veld}{
- \eqstring{#1}{stop}%
- {\@add@toks{\egroup}}%
- {\@add@toks{\vtop\bgroup\kern0cm}
- \eqstring{#1}{uitvullen}{}%
- {\@add@toks{\hsize=\w@w{#1}}
- \iftempc\advance\text@width-\w@w{#1}\fi}
- }}
-%-- parallel Nog eens goed over nadenken.
-\@PageGridOption{parallel}{
- \eqstring{#1}{stop}%
- {\@add@toks{\vfil\egroup\egroup}}%
- {\@add@toks{\vtop\bgroup\kern0cm
- \vbox to \vsize\bgroup}% dit is fout.
- \eqstring{#1}{uitvullen}{}%
- {\iftempc\advance\text@width-\w@w{#1}\relax\fi
- \@add@toks{\hsize=\w@w{#1}}}
- }}
-%-- kolommenbalanceren
-% heeft alleen zin voor meerkoloms uitvoer,
-% werkt alleen op laatste pagina
-\@PageGridOption{kolommenbalanceren}{
- \eqstring{#1}{}{\tempgyes}{\csn tempg#1\ecs}}
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/04/14 Added \footnoterule to \real@text@column \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-plain.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-plain.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 96a3ed703d..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-plain.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1249 +0,0 @@
-% This is lollipop-plain.tex, the version of plain.tex adapted to the
-% Lollipop format of Victor Eijkhout and Vafa Khalighi.
-% copyright 1991/92 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-\catcode`\{=1 % left brace is begin-group character
-\catcode`\}=2 % right brace is end-group character
-\catcode`\$=3 % dollar sign is math shift
-\catcode`\&=4 % ampersand is alignment tab
-\catcode`\#=6 % hash mark is macro parameter character
-\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^K=7 % circumflex and uparrow are for superscripts
-\catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\^^A=8 % underline and downarrow are for subscripts
-\catcode`\^^I=10 % ascii tab is a blank space
-\chardef\active=13 \catcode`\~=\active % tilde is active
-\chardef\ignored=9 \chardef\other=12
-\catcode`\^^L=\active \outer\def^^L{\par} % ascii form-feed is "\outer\par"
-
-% We had to define the \catcodes right away, before the message line,
-% since \message uses the { and } characters.
-% When INITEX (the TeX initializer) starts up,
-% it has defined the following \catcode values:
-% \catcode`\^^@=9 % ascii null is ignored
-% \catcode`\^^M=5 % ascii return is end-line
-% \catcode`\\=0 % backslash is TeX escape character
-% \catcode`\%=14 % percent sign is comment character
-% \catcode`\ =10 % ascii space is blank space
-% \catcode`\^^?=15 % ascii delete is invalid
-% \catcode`\A=11 ... \catcode`\Z=11 % uppercase letters
-% \catcode`\a=11 ... \catcode`\z=11 % lowercase letters
-% all others are type 12 (other)
-
-% INITEX sets up \mathcode x=x, for x=0..127, except that
-% \mathcode x=x+"7100, for x = `A to `Z and `a to `z;
-% \mathcode x=x+"7000, for x = `0 to `9.
-% The following changes define internal codes as recommended
-% in Appendix C of The TeXbook:
-\mathcode`\^^@="2201 % \cdot
-\mathcode`\^^A="3223 % \downarrow
-\mathcode`\^^B="010B % \alpha
-\mathcode`\^^C="010C % \beta
-\mathcode`\^^D="225E % \land
-\mathcode`\^^E="023A % \lnot
-\mathcode`\^^F="3232 % \in
-\mathcode`\^^G="0119 % \pi
-\mathcode`\^^H="0115 % \lambda
-\mathcode`\^^I="010D % \gamma
-\mathcode`\^^J="010E % \delta
-\mathcode`\^^K="3222 % \uparrow
-\mathcode`\^^L="2206 % \pm
-\mathcode`\^^M="2208 % \oplus
-\mathcode`\^^N="0231 % \infty
-\mathcode`\^^O="0140 % \partial
-\mathcode`\^^P="321A % \subset
-\mathcode`\^^Q="321B % \supset
-\mathcode`\^^R="225C % \cap
-\mathcode`\^^S="225B % \cup
-\mathcode`\^^T="0238 % \forall
-\mathcode`\^^U="0239 % \exists
-\mathcode`\^^V="220A % \otimes
-\mathcode`\^^W="3224 % \leftrightarrow
-\mathcode`\^^X="3220 % \leftarrow
-\mathcode`\^^Y="3221 % \rightarrow
-\mathcode`\^^Z="8000 % \ne
-\mathcode`\^^[="2205 % \diamond
-\mathcode`\^^\="3214 % \le
-\mathcode`\^^]="3215 % \ge
-\mathcode`\^^^="3211 % \equiv
-\mathcode`\^^_="225F % \lor
-\mathcode`\ ="8000 % \space
-\mathcode`\!="5021
-\mathcode`\'="8000 % ^\prime
-\mathcode`\(="4028
-\mathcode`\)="5029
-\mathcode`\*="2203 % \ast
-\mathcode`\+="202B
-\mathcode`\,="613B
-\mathcode`\-="2200
-\mathcode`\.="013A
-\mathcode`\/="013D
-\mathcode`\:="303A
-\mathcode`\;="603B
-\mathcode`\<="313C
-\mathcode`\=="303D
-\mathcode`\>="313E
-\mathcode`\?="503F
-\mathcode`\[="405B
-\mathcode`\\="026E % \backslash
-\mathcode`\]="505D
-\mathcode`\_="8000 % \_
-\mathcode`\{="4266
-\mathcode`\|="026A
-\mathcode`\}="5267
-\mathcode`\^^?="1273 % \smallint
-
-% INITEX sets \uccode`x=`X and \uccode `X=`X for all letters x,
-% and \lccode`x=`x, \lccode`X=`x; all other values are zero.
-% No changes to those tables are needed in plain TeX format.
-
-% INITEX sets \sfcode x=1000 for all x, except that \sfcode`X=999
-% for uppercase letters. The following changes are needed:
-\sfcode`\)=0 \sfcode`\'=0 \sfcode`\]=0
-% The \nonfrenchspacing macro will make further changes to \sfcode values.
-
-% Finally, INITEX sets all \delcode values to -1, except \delcode`.=0
-\delcode`\(="028300
-\delcode`\)="029301
-\delcode`\[="05B302
-\delcode`\]="05D303
-\delcode`\<="26830A
-\delcode`\>="26930B
-\delcode`\/="02F30E
-\delcode`\|="26A30C
-\delcode`\\="26E30F
-% N.B. { and } should NOT get delcodes; otherwise parameter grouping fails!
-
-% To make the plain macros more efficient in time and space,
-% several constant values are declared here as control sequences.
-% If they were changed, anything could happen; so they are private symbols.
-\chardef\@ne=1
-\chardef\tw@=2
-\chardef\thr@@=3
-\chardef\sixt@@n=16
-\chardef\@cclv=255
-\mathchardef\@cclvi=256
-\mathchardef\@m=1000
-\mathchardef\@M=10000
-\mathchardef\@MM=20000
-
-% Allocation of registers
-
-% Here are macros for the automatic allocation of \count, \box, \dimen,
-% \skip, \muskip, and \toks registers, as well as \read and \write
-% stream numbers, \fam codes, \language codes, and \insert numbers.
-
-% When a register is used only temporarily, it need not be allocated;
-% grouping can be used, making the value previously in the register return
-% after the close of the group. The main use of these macros is for
-% registers that are defined by one macro and used by others, possibly at
-% different nesting levels. All such registers should be defined through
-% these macros; otherwise conflicts may occur, especially when two or more
-% macro packages are being used at once.
-
-% The following counters are reserved:
-% 0 to 9 page numbering
-% 10 count allocation
-% 11 dimen allocation
-% 12 skip allocation
-% 13 muskip allocation
-% 14 box allocation
-% 15 toks allocation
-% 16 read file allocation
-% 17 write file allocation
-% 18 math family allocation
-% 19 language allocation
-% 20 insert allocation
-% 21 the most recently allocated number
-% 22 constant -1
-% New counters are allocated starting with 23, 24, etc. Other registers are
-% allocated starting with 10. This leaves 0 through 9 for the user to play
-% with safely, except that counts 0 to 9 are considered to be the page and
-% subpage numbers (since they are displayed during output). In this scheme,
-% \count 10 always contains the number of the highest-numbered counter that
-% has been allocated, \count 14 the highest-numbered box, etc.
-% Inserts are given numbers 254, 253, etc., since they require a \count,
-% \dimen, \skip, and \box all with the same number; \count 20 contains the
-% lowest-numbered insert that has been allocated. Of course, \box255 is
-% reserved for \output; \count255, \dimen255, and \skip255 can be used freely.
-
-% It is recommended that macro designers always use
-% \global assignments with respect to registers numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, and
-% always non-\global assignments with respect to registers 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 255.
-% This will prevent ``save stack buildup'' that might otherwise occur.
-
-\count10=22 % allocates \count registers 23, 24, ...
-\count11=9 % allocates \dimen registers 10, 11, ...
-\count12=9 % allocates \skip registers 10, 11, ...
-\count13=9 % allocates \muskip registers 10, 11, ...
-\count14=9 % allocates \box registers 10, 11, ...
-\count15=9 % allocates \toks registers 10, 11, ...
-\count16=-1 % allocates input streams 0, 1, ...
-\count17=-1 % allocates output streams 0, 1, ...
-\count18=3 % allocates math families 4, 5, ...
-\count19=0 % allocates \language codes 1, 2, ...
-\count20=255 % allocates insertions 254, 253, ...
-\countdef\insc@unt=20 % the insertion counter
-\countdef\allocationnumber=21 % the most recent allocation
-\countdef\m@ne=22 \m@ne=-1 % a handy constant
-\def\wlog{\immediate\write\m@ne} % write on log file (only)
-
-% Here are abbreviations for the names of scratch registers
-% that don't need to be allocated.
-
-\countdef\count@=255
-\dimendef\dimen@=0
-\dimendef\dimen@i=1 % global only
-\dimendef\dimen@ii=2
-\skipdef\skip@=0
-\toksdef\toks@=0
-
-% Now, we define \newcount, \newbox, etc. so that you can say \newcount\foo
-% and \foo will be defined (with \countdef) to be the next counter.
-% To find out which counter \foo is, you can look at \allocationnumber.
-% Since there's no \boxdef command, \chardef is used to define a \newbox,
-% \newinsert, \newfam, and so on.
-
-% Be able to save the allocation state. Write streams are
-% excepted from this.
-\def\SaveAlloc{\xdef\RestoreAlloc
- {\begingroup\globaldefs=1
- \count10=\the\count10 \count11=\the\count11 \count12=\the\count12
- \count13=\the\count13 \count14=\the\count14 \count15=\the\count15
- \count16=\the\count16 %\count17=\the\count17
- \count18=\the\count18
- \endgroup}}
-%LP no longer outer; switch off trace in these macros
-\def\@@newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\def\@@newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\def\@@newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-\def\@@newmuskip{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi}
-\def\@@newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\let\newtoks\relax
-\let\@@newtoks=\relax % we do this to allow plain.tex to be read in twice
-\def\@@newhelp#1#2{\newtoks#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}}
-\def\@@newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi}
-\def\@@newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\@@newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\@@newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\@@newlanguage{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
-
-\def\newcount#1{\@TM@s\@@newcount#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newdimen#1{\@TM@s\@@newdimen#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newskip#1{\@TM@s\@@newskip#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newmuskip#1{\@TM@s\@@newmuskip#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newbox#1{\@TM@s\@@newbox#1\@TM@r}
-\let\newtoks=\relax % we do this to allow plain.tex to be read in twice
-\def\newhelp#1#2{\@TM@s\@@newhelp#1{#2}\@TM@r}
-\def\newtoks#1{\@TM@s\@@newtoks#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newread#1{\@TM@s\@@newread#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newwrite#1{\@TM@s\@@newwrite#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newfam#1{\@TM@s\@@newfam#1\@TM@r}
-\def\newlanguage#1{\@TM@s\@@newlanguage#1\@TM@r}
-\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1by\@ne
- \ch@ck#1#4#2% make sure there's still room
- \allocationnumber=\count1#1%
- \global#3#5=\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}}
-\def\newinsert#1{\global\advance\insc@unt by\m@ne
- \ch@ck0\insc@unt\count
- \ch@ck1\insc@unt\dimen
- \ch@ck2\insc@unt\skip
- \ch@ck4\insc@unt\box
- \allocationnumber=\insc@unt
- \global\chardef#1=\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#1=\string\insert\the\allocationnumber}}
-\def\ch@ck#1#2#3{\ifnum\count1#1<#2%
- \else\errmessage{No room for a new #3}\fi}
-
-%% trace
-{\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
- \def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\newcount\@TM@c \newcount\@TC@c
-\newdimen\z@ \global\z@=0pt}
-\def\@TM@s{\@TC@c\tracingcommands \tracingcommands\z@
- \@TM@c\tracingmacros \tracingmacros\z@
- \relax}
-\def\@TM@r{\tracingmacros\@TM@c \tracingcommands\@TC@c}
-\let\x@TM@s\@TM@s \let\x@TM@r\@TM@r
-
-% Here are some examples of allocation.
-\newdimen\maxdimen \maxdimen=16383.99999pt % the largest legal <dimen>
-\newskip\hideskip \hideskip=-1000pt plus 1fill % negative but can grow
-\newskip\centering \centering=0pt plus 1000pt minus 1000pt
-\newdimen\p@ \p@=1pt % this saves macro space and time
-%V \newdimen\z@ \z@=0pt % defined above
-\newskip\z@skip \z@skip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt
-\newbox\voidb@x % permanently void box register
-
-% And here's a different sort of allocation:
-% For example, \newif\iffoo creates \footrue, \foofalse to go with \iffoo.
-\def\newif#1{%\@TM@s
- \count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \xdef\@if#1{yes}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \xdef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \xdef\@if#1{no}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \xdef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \global\@if#1{no}% the condition starts out false
- \escapechar\count@
-% \@TM@r
-}
-\def\@if#1#2{\csname\expandafter\if@\string#1#2\endcsname}
-{\uccode`1=`i \uccode`2=`f \uppercase{\gdef\if@12{}}} % `if' is required
-
-
-% Assign initial values to TeX's parameters
-
-% All of TeX's numeric parameters are listed here,
-% but the code is commented out if no special value needs to be set.
-% INITEX makes all parameters zero except where noted.
-
-\pretolerance=100
-\tolerance=200 % INITEX sets this to 10000
-\hbadness=1000
-\vbadness=1000
-\linepenalty=10
-\hyphenpenalty=50
-\exhyphenpenalty=50
-\binoppenalty=700
-\relpenalty=500
-\clubpenalty=150
-\widowpenalty=150
-\displaywidowpenalty=50
-\brokenpenalty=100
-\predisplaypenalty=10000
-% \postdisplaypenalty=0
-% \interlinepenalty=0
-% \floatingpenalty=0, set during \insert
-% \outputpenalty=0, set before TeX enters \output
-\doublehyphendemerits=10000
-\finalhyphendemerits=5000
-\adjdemerits=10000
-% \looseness=0, cleared by TeX after each paragraph
-% \pausing=0
-% \holdinginserts=0
-% \tracingonline=0
-% \tracingmacros=0
-% \tracingstats=0
-% \tracingparagraphs=0
-% \tracingpages=0
-% \tracingoutput=0
-\tracinglostchars=1
-% \tracingcommands=0
-% \tracingrestores=0
-% \language=0
-\uchyph=1
-% \lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 set below
-% \globaldefs=0
-% \maxdeadcycles=25 % INITEX does this
-% \hangafter=1 % INITEX does this, also TeX after each paragraph
-% \fam=0
-% \mag=1000 % INITEX does this
-% \escapechar=`\\ % INITEX does this
-\defaulthyphenchar=`\-
-\defaultskewchar=-1
-% \endlinechar=`\^^M % INITEX does this
-\newlinechar=-1
-\delimiterfactor=901
-% \time=now % TeX does this at beginning of job
-% \day=now % TeX does this at beginning of job
-% \month=now % TeX does this at beginning of job
-% \year=now % TeX does this at beginning of job
-\showboxbreadth=5
-\showboxdepth=3
-\errorcontextlines=5
-
-\hfuzz=0.1pt
-\vfuzz=0.1pt
-\overfullrule=5pt
-\hsize=6.5in
-\vsize=8.9in
-\maxdepth=4pt
-\splitmaxdepth=\maxdimen
-\boxmaxdepth=\maxdimen
-% \lineskiplimit=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines
-\delimitershortfall=5pt
-\nulldelimiterspace=1.2pt
-\scriptspace=0.5pt
-% \mathsurround=0pt
-% \predisplaysize=0pt, set before TeX enters $$
-% \displaywidth=0pt, set before TeX enters $$
-% \displayindent=0pt, set before TeX enters $$
-\parindent=20pt
-% \hangindent=0pt, zeroed by TeX after each paragraph
-% \hoffset=0pt
-% \voffset=0pt
-
-% \baselineskip=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines
-% \lineskip=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines
-\parskip=0pt plus 1pt
-\abovedisplayskip=12pt plus 3pt minus 9pt
-\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt
-\belowdisplayskip=12pt plus 3pt minus 9pt
-\belowdisplayshortskip=7pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
-% \leftskip=0pt
-% \rightskip=0pt
-\topskip=10pt
-\splittopskip=10pt
-% \tabskip=0pt
-% \spaceskip=0pt
-% \xspaceskip=0pt
-\parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-
-\thinmuskip=3mu
-\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 4mu
-\thickmuskip=5mu plus 5mu
-
-% We also define special registers that function like parameters:
-\newskip\smallskipamount \smallskipamount=3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
-\newskip\medskipamount \medskipamount=6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-\newskip\bigskipamount \bigskipamount=12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt
-\newskip\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselineskip=12pt
-\newskip\normallineskip \normallineskip=1pt
-\newdimen\normallineskiplimit \normallineskiplimit=0pt
-\newdimen\jot \jot=3pt
-\newcount\interdisplaylinepenalty \interdisplaylinepenalty=100
-\newcount\interfootnotelinepenalty \interfootnotelinepenalty=100
-
-% Definitions for preloaded fonts
-
-\def\magstephalf{1095 }
-\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or 2074\or 2488\fi\relax}
-
-% Fonts assigned to \preloaded are not part of "plain TeX",
-% but they are preloaded so that other format packages can use them.
-% For example, if another set of macros says "\font\ninerm=cmr9",
-% TeX will not have to reload the font metric information for cmr9.
-
-%\font\tenrm=cmr10 % roman text
-%\font\preloaded=cmr9
-%\font\preloaded=cmr8
-%\font\sevenrm=cmr7
-%\font\preloaded=cmr6
-%\font\fiverm=cmr5
-
-%\font\teni=cmmi10 % math italic %LP in lollipop-fonts.tex
-%\font\preloaded=cmmi9
-%\font\preloaded=cmmi8
-%\font\seveni=cmmi7
-%\font\preloaded=cmmi6
-%\font\fivei=cmmi5
-
-%\font\tensy=cmsy10 % math symbols %LP in lollipop-fonts.tex
-%\font\preloaded=cmsy9
-%\font\preloaded=cmsy8
-%\font\sevensy=cmsy7
-%\font\preloaded=cmsy6
-%\font\fivesy=cmsy5
-
-\font\tenex=cmex10 % math extension (This seems to be necessary here)
-
-%\font\preloaded=cmss10 % sans serif
-%\font\preloaded=cmssq8
-
-%\font\preloaded=cmssi10 % sans serif italic
-%\font\preloaded=cmssqi8
-
-%%\font\tenbf=cmbx10 % boldface extended
-%\font\preloaded=cmbx9
-%\font\preloaded=cmbx8
-%%\font\sevenbf=cmbx7
-%\font\preloaded=cmbx6
-%%\font\fivebf=cmbx5
-
-\font\tentt=cmtt10 % typewriter
-%\font\preloaded=cmtt9
-%\font\preloaded=cmtt8
-
-%\font\preloaded=cmsltt10 % slanted typewriter
-
-%%\font\tensl=cmsl10 % slanted roman
-%\font\preloaded=cmsl9
-%\font\preloaded=cmsl8
-
-%%\font\tenit=cmti10 % text italic
-%\font\preloaded=cmti9
-%\font\preloaded=cmti8
-%\font\preloaded=cmti7
-
-
-\let\preloaded=\undefined % preloaded fonts must be declared anew later.
-
-%LP \skewchar moved to lollipop-fonts.tex
-%\skewchar\teni='177 \skewchar\seveni='177 \skewchar\fivei='177
-%\skewchar\tensy='60 \skewchar\sevensy='60 \skewchar\fivesy='60
-
-% Macros for setting ordinary text
-
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode`\.\@m \sfcode`\?\@m \sfcode`\!\@m
- \sfcode`\:\@m \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m}
-\def\nonfrenchspacing{\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000%
- \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 }
-
-
-% VK define \normalbaselines
-\def\normalbaselines{\lineskip\normallineskip
- \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip \lineskiplimit\normallineskiplimit}
-
-\def\^^M{\ } % control <return> = control <space>
-\def\^^I{\ } % same for <tab>
-
-\def\lq{`} \def\rq{'}
-\def\lbrack{[} \def\rbrack{]}
-
-\let\endgraf=\par \let\endline=\cr
-
-%LP In case we redefine \par, here is the original
-\let\@par=\par
-
-\def\space{ }
-\def\empty{}
-\def\null{\hbox{}}
-
-\let\bgroup={ \let\egroup=}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Catcode alterations
-
-%%%% Dospecials
-%
-% (not counting ascii null, tab, linefeed, formfeed, return, delete)
-% Each symbol in the list is preceded by \do, which can be defined
-% if you want to do something to every item in the list.
-%
-% " added wrt plain definition
-%
-\def\dospecials{\@TM@s\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~\do\"\@TM@r}
-
-% handy abbrevs
-%
-\def\makeother#1{\catcode`#1\other}
-\def\othercr{\makeother\^^M\relax}
-\def\normalcr{\catcode`\^^M=5\relax}
-\def\activecr{\catcode`\^^M\active}
-\def\noeol{\endlinechar\m@ne}\def\normaleol{\endlinechar`\^^M\relax}
-\def\noesc{\escapechar\m@ne}\def\normalesc{\escapechar`\\\relax}
-
-% obeylines
-%
-% In \obeylines, we say `\let^^M=\par' instead of `\def^^M{\par}'
-% since this allows, for example, `\let\par=\cr \obeylines \halign{...'
-%
-% addition for empty lines
-%
-{\activecr % these lines must end with %
- \gdef\obeylines{\activecr \def^^M{\@par\leavevmode\hbox{}}}%
- \global\let^^M\@par} % this is in case ^^M appears in a \write
-
-% obeyspaces
-%
-% plain: {\obeyspaces\global\let =\space}
-% extended for initial spaces on a line
-%
-{\catcode`\ \active
-\gdef\obeyspaces{\catcode`\ \active\let =\@ospace}}
-\def\@ospace{\leavevmode{} }
-
-%LP minimal improvement over the original \loop macro
-\long\def\loop#1\repeat{\long\def\body{#1}\iterate}
-\def\iterate{\let\loopnext\relax \body \let\loopnext\iterate \fi
- \loopnext}
-\let\repeat=\fi % this makes \loop...\if...\repeat skippable
-
-\def\thinspace{\kern .16667em }
-\def\negthinspace{\kern-.16667em }
-\def\enspace{\kern.5em }
-
-\def\enskip{\hskip.5em\relax}
-\def\quad{\hskip1em\relax}
-\def\qquad{\hskip2em\relax}
-
-\def\smallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
-\def\medskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
-\def\bigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
-
-\def\nointerlineskip{\prevdepth-1000\p@}
-\def\offinterlineskip{\baselineskip-1000\p@
- \lineskip\z@ \lineskiplimit\maxdimen}
-
-\def\topglue{\nointerlineskip\vglue-\topskip\vglue} % for top of page
-\def\vglue{\afterassignment\vgl@\skip@=}
-\def\vgl@{\par \dimen@\prevdepth \hrule height\z@
- \nobreak\vskip\skip@ \prevdepth\dimen@}
-\def\hglue{\afterassignment\hgl@\skip@=}
-\def\hgl@{\leavevmode \count@\spacefactor \vrule width\z@
- \nobreak\hskip\skip@ \spacefactor\count@}
-
-\def~{\penalty\@M \ } % tie
-\def\slash{/\penalty\exhyphenpenalty} % a `/' that acts like a `-'
-
-\def\break{\penalty-\@M}
-\def\nobreak{\penalty \@M}
-\def\allowbreak{\penalty \z@}
-
-\def\filbreak{\par\vfil\penalty-200\vfilneg}
-\def\goodbreak{\par\penalty-500 }
-\def\eject{\par\break}
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty-\@MM}
-
-\def\removelastskip{\ifdim\lastskip=\z@\else\vskip-\lastskip\fi}
-\def\smallbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi}
-
-\def\line{\hbox to\hsize}
-\def\leftline#1{\line{#1\hss}}
-\def\rightline#1{\line{\hss#1}}
-\def\centerline#1{\line{\hss#1\hss}}
-
-\def\rlap#1{\hbox to\z@{#1\hss}}
-\def\llap#1{\hbox to\z@{\hss#1}}
-
-\def\m@th{\mathsurround\z@}
-\def\underbar#1{$\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\dp\z@\z@
- \m@th \underline{\box\z@}$}
-
-\newbox\strutbox
-\setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@}
-\def\strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi}
-
-\def\hidewidth{\hskip\hideskip} % for alignment entries that can stick out
-\def\ialign{\everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\halign} % initialized \halign
-\newcount\mscount
-\def\multispan#1{\omit \mscount#1\relax
- \loop\ifnum\mscount>\@ne \sp@n\repeat}
-\def\sp@n{\span\omit\advance\mscount\m@ne}
-
-%LP We keep the old tabbing macros
-\newif\ifus@ \newif\if@cr
-\newbox\tabs \newbox\tabsyet \newbox\tabsdone
-
-\def\cleartabs{\global\setbox\tabsyet\null \setbox\tabs\null}
-\def\settabs{\setbox\tabs\null \futurelet\next\sett@b}
-\let\+=\relax % in case this file is being read in twice
-\def\sett@b{\ifx\next\+\def\nxt{\afterassignment\s@tt@b\let\nxt}%
- \else\let\nxt\s@tcols\fi \let\next\relax \nxt}
-\def\s@tt@b{\let\nxt\relax \us@false\m@ketabbox}
-\def\tabalign{\us@true\m@ketabbox} % non-\outer version of \+
-\outer\def\+{\tabalign}
-\def\s@tcols#1\columns{\count@#1\dimen@\hsize
- \loop\ifnum\count@>\z@ \@nother \repeat}
-\def\@nother{\dimen@ii\dimen@ \divide\dimen@ii\count@
- \setbox\tabs\hbox{\hbox to\dimen@ii{}\unhbox\tabs}%
- \advance\dimen@-\dimen@ii \advance\count@\m@ne}
-
-\def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup
- \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs
- \global\setbox\tabsdone\null
- \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup
- \ifus@\unvbox\z@\lastbox\fi\endgroup
- \setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}%
- \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse
- \ialign\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr}
-
-\def\t@bbox{\setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup}
-\def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup % now \box\z@ holds the column
- \else\hss\egroup \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet
- \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% now \box\@ne holds its size
- \ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}%
- \else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi
- \global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi
- \box\z@}
-
-\chardef\%=`\%
-\chardef\&=`\&
-\chardef\#=`\#
-\chardef\$=`\$
-\chardef\ss="19
-\chardef\ae="1A
-\chardef\oe="1B
-\chardef\o="1C
-\chardef\AE="1D
-\chardef\OE="1E
-\chardef\O="1F
-\chardef\i="10 \chardef\j="11 % dotless letters
-\def\aa{\accent23a}
-\def\l{\char32l}
-\def\L{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{L}\hbox to\wd0{\hss\char32L}}
-
-\def\leavevmode{\unhbox\voidb@x} % begins a paragraph, if necessary
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}}
-\def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{!}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex%
- \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A}
-
-\def\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\leavevmode
- \hbox{$\m@th \mathchar"#1#2#3$}}
-\def\dag{\mathhexbox279}
-\def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A}
-\def\S{\mathhexbox278}
-\def\P{\mathhexbox27B}
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-
-\def\oalign#1{\leavevmode\vtop{\baselineskip\z@skip \lineskip.25ex%
- \ialign{##\crcr#1\crcr}}} % put characters over each other
-\def\o@lign{\lineskiplimit\z@ \oalign}
-\def\ooalign{\lineskiplimit-\maxdimen \oalign}
-{\catcode`p=12 \catcode`t=12 \gdef\\#1pt{#1}} \let\getf@ctor=\\
-\def\sh@ft#1{\dimen@#1\kern\expandafter\getf@ctor\the\fontdimen1\font
- \dimen@} % kern by #1 times the current slant
-\def\d#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{-1ex}.\hidewidth}}}
-\def\b#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{-3ex}%
- \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}}}
-\def\c#1{{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 #1%
- \else\ooalign{\unhbox\z@\crcr\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth}\fi}}
-\def\copyright{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{c}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}}
-
-\def\dots{\relax\ifmmode\ldots\else$\m@th\ldots\,$\fi}
-\def\TeX{\protect\@TeX}
-\def\@TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}
-
-\def\`#1{{\accent18 #1}}
-\def\'#1{{\accent19 #1}}
-\def\v#1{{\accent20 #1}} \let\^^_=\v
-\def\u#1{{\accent21 #1}} \let\^^S=\u
-\def\=#1{{\accent22 #1}}
-\def\^#1{{\accent94 #1}} \let\^^D=\^
-\def\.#1{{\accent95 #1}}
-\def\H#1{{\accent"7D #1}}
-\def\~#1{{\accent"7E #1}}
-\def\"#1{{\accent"7F #1}}
-\def\t#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\the\textfont1\accent"7F\next#1}}
-
-\def\hrulefill{\leaders\hrule\hfill}
-\def\dotfill{\cleaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hfill}
-\def\rightarrowfill{$\m@th\smash-\mkern-7mu%
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\smash-\mkern-2mu$}\hfill
- \mkern-7mu\mathord\rightarrow$}
-\def\leftarrowfill{$\m@th\mathord\leftarrow\mkern-7mu%
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\smash-\mkern-2mu$}\hfill
- \mkern-7mu\smash-$}
-\mathchardef\braceld="37A \mathchardef\bracerd="37B
-\mathchardef\bracelu="37C \mathchardef\braceru="37D
-\def\downbracefill{$\m@th \setbox\z@\hbox{$\braceld$}%
- \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\braceru
- \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\bracerd$}
-\def\upbracefill{$\m@th \setbox\z@\hbox{$\braceld$}%
- \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\bracerd
- \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\braceru$}
-
-%\outer\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end}
-
-% Macros for math setting
-
-\let\sp=^ \let\sb=_
-\def\,{\mskip\thinmuskip}
-\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
-\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
-\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
-\def\*{\discretionary{\thinspace\the\textfont2\char2}{}{}}
-{\catcode`\'=\active \gdef'{^\bgroup\prim@s}}
-\def\prim@s{\prime\futurelet\next\pr@m@s}
-\def\pr@m@s{\ifx'\next\let\nxt\pr@@@s \else\ifx^\next\let\nxt\pr@@@t
- \else\let\nxt\egroup\fi\fi \nxt}
-\def\pr@@@s#1{\prim@s} \def\pr@@@t#1#2{#2\egroup}
-{\catcode`\^^Z=\active \gdef^^Z{\not=}} % ^^Z is like \ne in math
-{\catcode`\_=\active \global\let_=\_} % _ in math is either subscript or \_
-
-\mathchardef\alpha="010B
-\mathchardef\beta="010C
-\mathchardef\gamma="010D
-\mathchardef\delta="010E
-\mathchardef\epsilon="010F
-\mathchardef\zeta="0110
-\mathchardef\eta="0111
-\mathchardef\theta="0112
-\mathchardef\iota="0113
-\mathchardef\kappa="0114
-\mathchardef\lambda="0115
-\mathchardef\mu="0116
-\mathchardef\nu="0117
-\mathchardef\xi="0118
-\mathchardef\pi="0119
-\mathchardef\rho="011A
-\mathchardef\sigma="011B
-\mathchardef\tau="011C
-\mathchardef\upsilon="011D
-\mathchardef\phi="011E
-\mathchardef\chi="011F
-\mathchardef\psi="0120
-\mathchardef\omega="0121
-\mathchardef\varepsilon="0122
-\mathchardef\vartheta="0123
-\mathchardef\varpi="0124
-\mathchardef\varrho="0125
-\mathchardef\varsigma="0126
-\mathchardef\varphi="0127
-\mathchardef\Gamma="7000
-\mathchardef\Delta="7001
-\mathchardef\Theta="7002
-\mathchardef\Lambda="7003
-\mathchardef\Xi="7004
-\mathchardef\Pi="7005
-\mathchardef\Sigma="7006
-\mathchardef\Upsilon="7007
-\mathchardef\Phi="7008
-\mathchardef\Psi="7009
-\mathchardef\Omega="700A
-
-\mathchardef\aleph="0240
-\def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}}
-\mathchardef\imath="017B
-\mathchardef\jmath="017C
-\mathchardef\ell="0160
-\mathchardef\wp="017D
-\mathchardef\Re="023C
-\mathchardef\Im="023D
-\mathchardef\partial="0140
-\mathchardef\infty="0231
-\mathchardef\prime="0230
-\mathchardef\emptyset="023B
-\mathchardef\nabla="0272
-\def\surd{{\mathchar"1270}}
-\mathchardef\top="023E
-\mathchardef\bot="023F
-\def\angle{{\vbox{\ialign{$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr
- \not\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
- \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr}}}}
-\mathchardef\triangle="0234
-\mathchardef\forall="0238
-\mathchardef\exists="0239
-\mathchardef\neg="023A \let\lnot=\neg
-\mathchardef\flat="015B
-\mathchardef\natural="015C
-\mathchardef\sharp="015D
-\mathchardef\clubsuit="027C
-\mathchardef\diamondsuit="027D
-\mathchardef\heartsuit="027E
-\mathchardef\spadesuit="027F
-
-\mathchardef\coprod="1360
-\mathchardef\bigvee="1357
-\mathchardef\bigwedge="1356
-\mathchardef\biguplus="1355
-\mathchardef\bigcap="1354
-\mathchardef\bigcup="1353
-\mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits}
-\mathchardef\prod="1351
-\mathchardef\sum="1350
-\mathchardef\bigotimes="134E
-\mathchardef\bigoplus="134C
-\mathchardef\bigodot="134A
-\mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits}
-\mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346
-\mathchardef\smallint="1273
-
-\mathchardef\triangleleft="212F
-\mathchardef\triangleright="212E
-\mathchardef\bigtriangleup="2234
-\mathchardef\bigtriangledown="2235
-\mathchardef\wedge="225E \let\land=\wedge
-\mathchardef\vee="225F \let\lor=\vee
-\mathchardef\cap="225C
-\mathchardef\cup="225B
-\mathchardef\ddagger="227A
-\mathchardef\dagger="2279
-\mathchardef\sqcap="2275
-\mathchardef\sqcup="2274
-\mathchardef\uplus="225D
-\mathchardef\amalg="2271
-\mathchardef\diamond="2205
-\mathchardef\bullet="220F
-\mathchardef\wr="226F
-\mathchardef\div="2204
-\mathchardef\odot="220C
-\mathchardef\oslash="220B
-\mathchardef\otimes="220A
-\mathchardef\ominus="2209
-\mathchardef\oplus="2208
-\mathchardef\mp="2207
-\mathchardef\pm="2206
-\mathchardef\circ="220E
-\mathchardef\bigcirc="220D
-\mathchardef\setminus="226E % for set difference A\setminus B
-\mathchardef\cdot="2201
-\mathchardef\ast="2203
-\mathchardef\times="2202
-\mathchardef\star="213F
-
-\mathchardef\propto="322F
-\mathchardef\sqsubseteq="3276
-\mathchardef\sqsupseteq="3277
-\mathchardef\parallel="326B
-\mathchardef\mid="326A
-\mathchardef\dashv="3261
-\mathchardef\vdash="3260
-\mathchardef\nearrow="3225
-\mathchardef\searrow="3226
-\mathchardef\nwarrow="322D
-\mathchardef\swarrow="322E
-\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="322C
-\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3228
-\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3229
-\def\neq{\not=} \let\ne=\neq
-\mathchardef\leq="3214 \let\le=\leq
-\mathchardef\geq="3215 \let\ge=\geq
-\mathchardef\succ="321F
-\mathchardef\prec="321E
-\mathchardef\approx="3219
-\mathchardef\succeq="3217
-\mathchardef\preceq="3216
-\mathchardef\supset="321B
-\mathchardef\subset="321A
-\mathchardef\supseteq="3213
-\mathchardef\subseteq="3212
-\mathchardef\in="3232
-\mathchardef\ni="3233 \let\owns=\ni
-\mathchardef\gg="321D
-\mathchardef\ll="321C
-\mathchardef\not="3236
-\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3224
-\mathchardef\leftarrow="3220 \let\gets=\leftarrow
-\mathchardef\rightarrow="3221 \let\to=\rightarrow
-\mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow}
-\mathchardef\sim="3218
-\mathchardef\simeq="3227
-\mathchardef\perp="323F
-\mathchardef\equiv="3211
-\mathchardef\asymp="3210
-\mathchardef\smile="315E
-\mathchardef\frown="315F
-\mathchardef\leftharpoonup="3128
-\mathchardef\leftharpoondown="3129
-\mathchardef\rightharpoonup="312A
-\mathchardef\rightharpoondown="312B
-
-\def\joinrel{\mathrel{\mkern-3mu}}
-\def\relbar{\mathrel{\smash-}} % \smash, because - has the same height as +
-\def\Relbar{\mathrel=}
-\mathchardef\lhook="312C \def\hookrightarrow{\lhook\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\mathchardef\rhook="312D \def\hookleftarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\rhook}
-\def\bowtie{\mathrel\triangleright\joinrel\mathrel\triangleleft}
-\def\models{\mathrel|\joinrel=}
-\def\Longrightarrow{\Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-\def\longrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\longleftarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\relbar}
-\def\Longleftarrow{\Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar}
-\def\longmapsto{\mapstochar\longrightarrow}
-\def\longleftrightarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\Longleftrightarrow{\Leftarrow\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-\def\iff{\;\Longleftrightarrow\;}
-
-\mathchardef\ldotp="613A % ldot as a punctuation mark
-\mathchardef\cdotp="6201 % cdot as a punctuation mark
-\mathchardef\colon="603A % colon as a punctuation mark
-\def\ldots{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
-\def\cdots{\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
-\def\vdots{\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@
- \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}
-\def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7\p@\vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu
- \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}
-
-\def\acute{\mathaccent"7013 }
-\def\grave{\mathaccent"7012 }
-\def\ddot{\mathaccent"707F }
-\def\tilde{\mathaccent"707E }
-\def\bar{\mathaccent"7016 }
-\def\breve{\mathaccent"7015 }
-\def\check{\mathaccent"7014 }
-\def\hat{\mathaccent"705E }
-\def\vec{\mathaccent"017E }
-\def\dot{\mathaccent"705F }
-\def\widetilde{\mathaccent"0365 }
-\def\widehat{\mathaccent"0362 }
-\def\overrightarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr
- \rightarrowfill\crcr\noalign{\kern-\p@\nointerlineskip}
- $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}
-\def\overleftarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr
- \leftarrowfill\crcr\noalign{\kern-\p@\nointerlineskip}
- $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}
-\def\overbrace#1{\mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
- \downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
- $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}
-\def\underbrace#1{\mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr
- $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
- \upbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits}
-\def\skew#1#2#3{{\muskip\z@#1mu\divide\muskip\z@\tw@ \mkern\muskip\z@
- #2{\mkern-\muskip\z@{#3}\mkern\muskip\z@}\mkern-\muskip\z@}{}}
-
-\def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } % top from (, bottom from )
-\def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 } % top from ), bottom from (
-\def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } % extensible ( with sharper tips
-\def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B } % extensible ) with sharper tips
-\def\arrowvert{\delimiter"26A33C } % arrow without arrowheads
-\def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"26B33D } % double arrow without arrowheads
-\def\bracevert{\delimiter"77C33E } % the vertical bar that extends braces
-\def\Vert{\delimiter"26B30D } \let\|=\Vert
-\def\vert{\delimiter"26A30C }
-\def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 }
-\def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 }
-\def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F }
-\def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E }
-\def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F }
-\def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 }
-\def\backslash{\delimiter"26E30F } % for double coset G\backslash H
-\def\rangle{\delimiter"526930B }
-\def\langle{\delimiter"426830A }
-\def\rbrace{\delimiter"5267309 } \let\}=\rbrace
-\def\lbrace{\delimiter"4266308 } \let\{=\lbrace
-\def\rceil{\delimiter"5265307 }
-\def\lceil{\delimiter"4264306 }
-\def\rfloor{\delimiter"5263305 }
-\def\lfloor{\delimiter"4262304 }
-
-\def\bigl{\mathopen\big}
-\def\bigm{\mathrel\big}
-\def\bigr{\mathclose\big}
-\def\Bigl{\mathopen\Big}
-\def\Bigm{\mathrel\Big}
-\def\Bigr{\mathclose\Big}
-\def\biggl{\mathopen\bigg}
-\def\biggm{\mathrel\bigg}
-\def\biggr{\mathclose\bigg}
-\def\Biggl{\mathopen\Bigg}
-\def\Biggm{\mathrel\Bigg}
-\def\Biggr{\mathclose\Bigg}
-\def\big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\Big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to11.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to14.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\Bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to17.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\n@space{\nulldelimiterspace\z@ \m@th}
-
-\def\choose{\atopwithdelims()}
-\def\brack{\atopwithdelims[]}
-\def\brace{\atopwithdelims\{\}}
-
-\def\sqrt{\radical"270370 }
-
-\def\mathpalette#1#2{\mathchoice{#1\displaystyle{#2}}%
- {#1\textstyle{#2}}{#1\scriptstyle{#2}}{#1\scriptscriptstyle{#2}}}
-\newbox\rootbox
-\def\root#1\of{\setbox\rootbox
- \hbox{$\m@th\scriptscriptstyle{#1}$}\mathpalette\r@@t}
-\def\r@@t#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1\sqrt{#2}$}\dimen@\ht\z@
- \advance\dimen@-\dp\z@
- \mkern5mu\raise.6\dimen@\copy\rootbox \mkern-10mu\box\z@}
-\newif\ifv@ \newif\ifh@
-%% LP
-\let\v@true=\v@yes \let\v@false=\v@no
-\let\h@true=\h@yes \let\h@false=\h@no
-\def\vphantom{\v@true\h@false\ph@nt}
-\def\hphantom{\v@false\h@true\ph@nt}
-\def\phantom{\v@true\h@true\ph@nt}
-\def\ph@nt{\ifmmode\def\next{\mathpalette\mathph@nt}%
- \else\let\next\makeph@nt\fi\next}
-\def\makeph@nt#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\finph@nt}
-\def\mathph@nt#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finph@nt}
-\def\finph@nt{\setbox\tw@\null
- \ifv@ \ht\tw@\ht\z@ \dp\tw@\dp\z@\fi
- \ifh@ \wd\tw@\wd\z@\fi \box\tw@}
-\def\mathstrut{\vphantom(}
-\def\smash{\relax % \relax, in case this comes first in \halign
- \ifmmode\def\next{\mathpalette\mathsm@sh}\else\let\next\makesm@sh
- \fi\next}
-\def\makesm@sh#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\finsm@sh}
-\def\mathsm@sh#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finsm@sh}
-\def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \dp\z@\z@ \box\z@}
-
-\def\cong{\mathrel{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim}} % congruence sign
-\def\@vereq#1#2{\lower.5\p@\vbox{\lineskiplimit\maxdimen\lineskip-.5\p@
- \ialign{$\m@th#1\hfil##\hfil$\crcr#2\crcr=\crcr}}}
-\def\notin{\mathrel{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in}}
-\def\c@ncel#1#2{\m@th\ooalign{$\hfil#1\mkern1mu/\hfil$\crcr$#1#2$}}
-\def\rightleftharpoons{\mathrel{\mathpalette\rlh@{}}}
-\def\rlh@#1{\vcenter{\m@th\hbox{\ooalign{\raise2pt
- \hbox{$#1\rightharpoonup$}\crcr
- $#1\leftharpoondown$}}}}
-\def\buildrel#1\over#2{\mathrel{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits^{#1}}}
-\def\doteq{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=}
-
-\def\log{\mathop{\rm log}\nolimits}
-\def\lg{\mathop{\rm lg}\nolimits}
-\def\ln{\mathop{\rm ln}\nolimits}
-\def\lim{\mathop{\rm lim}}
-\def\limsup{\mathop{\rm lim\,sup}}
-\def\liminf{\mathop{\rm lim\,inf}}
-\def\sin{\mathop{\rm sin}\nolimits}
-\def\arcsin{\mathop{\rm arcsin}\nolimits}
-\def\sinh{\mathop{\rm sinh}\nolimits}
-\def\cos{\mathop{\rm cos}\nolimits}
-\def\arccos{\mathop{\rm arccos}\nolimits}
-\def\cosh{\mathop{\rm cosh}\nolimits}
-\def\tan{\mathop{\rm tan}\nolimits}
-\def\arctan{\mathop{\rm arctan}\nolimits}
-\def\tanh{\mathop{\rm tanh}\nolimits}
-\def\cot{\mathop{\rm cot}\nolimits}
-\def\coth{\mathop{\rm coth}\nolimits}
-\def\sec{\mathop{\rm sec}\nolimits}
-\def\csc{\mathop{\rm csc}\nolimits}
-\def\max{\mathop{\rm max}}
-\def\min{\mathop{\rm min}}
-\def\sup{\mathop{\rm sup}}
-\def\inf{\mathop{\rm inf}}
-\def\arg{\mathop{\rm arg}\nolimits}
-\def\ker{\mathop{\rm ker}\nolimits}
-\def\dim{\mathop{\rm dim}\nolimits}
-\def\hom{\mathop{\rm hom}\nolimits}
-\def\det{\mathop{\rm det}}
-\def\exp{\mathop{\rm exp}\nolimits}
-\def\Pr{\mathop{\rm Pr}}
-\def\gcd{\mathop{\rm gcd}}
-\def\deg{\mathop{\rm deg}\nolimits}
-
-\def\bmod{\nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip\mkern5mu
- \mathbin{\rm mod}\penalty900\mkern5mu\nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip}
-\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\rm mod}\,\,#1)}
-
-\def\cases#1{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th
- \ialign{$##\hfil$&\quad##\hfil\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}
-\def\matrix#1{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th
- \ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr
- \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}
- #1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,}
-\def\pmatrix#1{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
-\newdimen\p@renwd
-\setbox0=\hbox{\tenex B} \p@renwd=\wd0 % width of the big left (
-\def\bordermatrix#1{\begingroup \m@th
- \setbox\z@\vbox{\def\cr{\crcr\noalign{\kern2\p@\global\let\cr\endline}}%
- \ialign{$##$\hfil\kern2\p@\kern\p@renwd&\thinspace\hfil$##$\hfil
- &&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr
- \omit\strut\hfil\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}%
- #1\crcr\omit\strut\cr}}%
- \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvcopy\z@\global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}%
- \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}%
- \setbox\tw@\hbox{$\kern\wd\@ne\kern-\p@renwd\left(\kern-\wd\@ne
- \global\setbox\@ne\vbox{\box\@ne\kern2\p@}%
- \vcenter{\kern-\ht\@ne\unvbox\z@\kern-\baselineskip}\,\right)$}%
- \null\;\vbox{\kern\ht\@ne\box\tw@}\endgroup}
-
-\def\openup{\afterassignment\@penup\dimen@=}
-\def\@penup{\advance\lineskip\dimen@
- \advance\baselineskip\dimen@
- \advance\lineskiplimit\dimen@}
-\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th
- \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
- \crcr#1\crcr}}\,}
-\newif\ifdt@p
-\let\dt@ptrue=\dt@pyes \let\dt@pfalse=\dt@pno %%LP
-\def\displ@y{\global\dt@ptrue\openup\jot\m@th
- \everycr{\noalign{\ifdt@p \global\dt@pfalse \ifdim\prevdepth>-1000\p@
- \vskip-\lineskiplimit \vskip\normallineskiplimit \fi
- \else \penalty\interdisplaylinepenalty \fi}}}
-\def\@lign{\tabskip\z@skip\everycr{}} % restore inside \displ@y
-\def\displaylines#1{\displ@y \tabskip\z@skip
- \halign{\hbox to\displaywidth{$\@lign\hfil\displaystyle##\hfil$}\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\centering
- &\llap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\centering
- &\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\displaywidth\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-
-% Definitions related to output
-
-%LP Voorlopig even laten staat voor een default output routine
-
-\countdef\pageno=0 \pageno=1 % first page is number 1
-
-\def\textindent#1{\indent\llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces}
-\newinsert\footins
-\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty % parameter #2 (the text) is read later
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
- #1\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
- \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
-\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
-\def\footstrut{\vbox to\splittopskip{}}
-\skip\footins=\bigskipamount % space added when footnote is present
-\count\footins=1000 % footnote magnification factor (1 to 1)
-\dimen\footins=8in % maximum footnotes per page
-
-\newinsert\topins
-\newif\ifp@ge \newif\if@mid
-\let\p@getrue=\p@geyes \let\p@gefalse=\p@geno
-\let\@midtrue=\@midyes \let\@midfalse=\@midno
-\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\@ins}
-\def\midinsert{\@midtrue\@ins}
-\def\pageinsert{\@midfalse\p@getrue\@ins}
-\skip\topins=\z@skip % no space added when a topinsert is present
-\count\topins=1000 % magnification factor (1 to 1)
-\dimen\topins=\maxdimen % no limit per page
-\def\@ins{\par\begingroup\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup} % start a \vbox
-\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox
- \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@ \advance\dimen@12\p@
- \advance\dimen@\pagetotal \advance\dimen@-\pageshrink
- \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi
- \if@mid \bigskip\box\z@\bigbreak
- \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion
- \splittopskip\z@skip
- \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@
- \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero
- \else \box\z@\nobreak\bigskip\fi}\fi\endgroup}
-
-
-\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
- \hrule width 2truein \kern 2.6\p@} % the \hrule is .4pt high
-
-% Hyphenation, miscellaneous macros, and initial values for standard layout
-
-\lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 % disallow x- or -xx breaks
-\input hyphen
-
-\def\magnification{\afterassignment\m@g\count@}
-\def\m@g{\mag\count@
- \hsize6.5truein\vsize8.9truein\dimen\footins8truein}
-
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands\tw@\tracingstats\tw@
- \tracingpages\@ne\tracingoutput\@ne\tracinglostchars\@ne
- \tracingmacros\tw@\tracingparagraphs\@ne\tracingrestores\@ne
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen\errorstopmode}
-\def\tracingall{\tracingonline\@ne\loggingall}
-
-\font\tenrm=cmr10 % aw hell.
-\def\showhyphens#1{\setbox0\vbox{\parfillskip\z@skip\hsize\maxdimen\tenrm
- \pretolerance\m@ne\tolerance\m@ne\hbadness0\showboxdepth0\ #1}}
-
-
-\normalbaselines
-
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/04/16 Fixed the error caused by \newhelp
-% 2014/04/11 brought up to date with plain.tex for 3.141592653
-% 92/11/03 brought up to date with plain.tex for 3.0 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-text.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-text.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index d90c0a16b8..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-text.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-text.tex copyright 1992 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%% Text Blocks
-
-\@GenericConstruct{TextBlock}
-
-% commands can be before and after text
-% store in two token lists
-% switch from one to other by option 'text'
-% this may also be used by ParagraphShape
-%
-\add@TextBlock@default{
- \def\@current@options@list{before@coms}
- \def\switch@lists{\at@breakpointyes
- \def\@current@options@list{after@coms}}
- }
-\@TextBlockOption{text}{\switch@lists}
-
-\def\@DefineTextBlock{
- \csarg\edef{\@name}{\@gen@open
- \the\before@coms
- }
- \@DefineStopCommand{\the\after@coms \@gen@close}
- }
-
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%% A L I N E A V O R M E N
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% via \everypar:
-% \everypar={\@everyeverypar { ...locaal spul...
-% \def\par{... \@par\egroup}
-\@GenericConstruct{ParagraphShape}
-
-%%%%!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-% not functioning.
-% note: \@defaulteverypar is installed now
-% as a start@command!
-
-%% anonieme namen
-% \iftempa : moet dit inspringen
-% \iftempb : speciale behandeling staart?
-
-\def\@ParagraphShapeverstekwaardes{
- \tempano \tempbno
- \temptoksb={} \temptoksc={}
- \def\cs@d{b}\def\@current@options@list{temptoks\cs@d}
- }
-\def\@DefineParagraphShape{
- \csarg{\edef}{\@name}{%
- \CSname{AltijdInspringen\iftempa yes\else no\fi}%
- \nxp\everypar={\nxp\@everyeverypar
- \iftempb \bgroup \fi
- \the\temptoksb
- \iftempb \parfillskip\z@
- \else \if@erislinkswit \parfillskip\z@ \fi\fi
- \relax
- \iftempb \def\nxp\par{\nxp\unskip\nxp\nobreak\the\temptoksc
- \hbox{}\nxp\@par\egroup}\fi
- }} }
-
-\@ParagraphShapeNOOP{verticaal}
-
-%-- inspringen
-\@ParagraphShapeOption{inspringen}{
- \if\EqualString{#1}{no}\else\tempayes\fi}
-
-%-- tekst
-\@ParagraphShapeOption{tekst}{\tempbyes\def\cs@d{c}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% U T I L I T I E S
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Space, white space
-%
-% unit space \@@space is set by switching font style
-%
-\newdimen\@@space \@@space=.5em
-\def\Spaces:#1 {\hskip#1\@@space}
-
-% handig voor bibliografieen
-\def\lax{\tolerance\@m \hfuzz\p@}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% White space
-%
-\NewTrace:skip
-
-\def\hwhite:#1 {\@hwhite{#1}}
-\def\@hwhite#1{\ifhmode\unskip\fi\relax
- \if\EqualString{#1}{fillup}\hfill\else\hskip\@ww{#1}\relax\fi}
-
-% Vertical
-% subtle: argument should be placed even if
-% size is equal: stretch may be different,
-% probably more. (cf \par\vwit{0pt plus 1fil} )
-%
-\def\vwhite:#1 {\@vwhite{#1}}
-\@GenericOption{vwhite}{\protect@breakpoint
- \@add@toks{\@vwhite{#1}}\at@breakpointno}
-\def\@vwhite#1{\tempskipa=\@ww{#1}\relax \tempskipb\lastskip
- \Tmessage[skip]{Considering vskip \the\tempskipa}%
- \ifvmode \ifdim\tempskipb>\tempskipa
- \Tmessage[skip]{Ignored. (lastskip=\the\tempskipb)}%
- \else \Tmessage[skip]{Backvspacing \the\tempskipb}%
- \vskip-\tempskipb
- \Tmessage[skip]{Vskip \the\tempskipa}%
- \vskip\tempskipa \fi
- \else \if\EqualString{#1}{fillup}\hfill
- \else\vskip\tempskipa \fi
- \fi}
-
-% advance skip by literal or name of control sequence
-\def\advance@skip#1#2{\advance#1\@ww{#2}\relax}
-
-% only backspace the previous;
-% in this case prevent creating a breakpoint
-% if there was no glue
-%
-\def\v@buffer#1{\tempskipa=\@ww{#1}\relax \tempskipb\lastskip
- \Tmessage[skip]{Clearing for vskip \the\tempskipa}%
- \ifvmode \ifdim\tempskipb>\tempskipa
- \else \ifdim\tempskipb=\z@
- \else \vskip-\tempskipb\relax
- \Tmessage[skip]{Backspaced}\fi
- \fi \fi}
-\def\unhskip{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
-\def\leavehmode{\unvbox\voidb@x}
-\def\novbreak{\leavehmode\nobreak}
-
-\def\white:#1 {\@white{#1}}
-\@GenericOption{white}{\protect@breakpoint
- \@add@toks{\@white{#1}}\at@breakpointyes}
-\def\@white#1{\ifhmode\@hwhite{#1}\else
- \ifvmode\@vwhite{#1}\fi\fi}
-\def\fillup{\@white{0pt plus1fill}}
-
-\def\@@distance#1{\csarg\newskip{#1}}
-\def\Distance:#1=#2
- {\if\UndefinedCS{#1}\@@distance{#1}\fi
- \edef\cs@e{\global\noexpand\set@value{#1}%
- \if\UndefinedCS{#2}{#2}%
- \else \CSname{#2}\fi}
- \cs@e}
-\def\AdaptiveDistance:#1=#2 {\Distance:#1=#2
- \adds@stop@command
- {\ifWriteExtern\immediate\write\aux@file
- {\string\Distance:#1={\xp\the\csn#1\ecs}}\fi
- }}
-
-\Distance:filler={0pt plus 1fil}
-\parindent=30pt
-\parskip=0pt
-\parfillskip=0cm plus 1 fil
-\baselineskip=12pt
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Rules
-\@GenericOption{rule}{
- \if\EqualString{#1}{h}\protect@breakpoint
- \@add@toks{\hrule#2\relax}
- \at@breakpointyes
- \else\if\EqualString{#1}{v}\@add@toks{\vrule#2\relax}
- \else\Wmessage{Strange option: <rule:#1=#2>}
- \fi \fi}
-\@GenericOption{hrule}{\protect@breakpoint
- \@add@toks{\hrule}\at@breakpointyes}
-\@GenericOption{vrule}{\@add@toks{\vrule}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Indentation Control
-% default value for all paragraphs set by AlwaysIndent
-% this one is set by by the user,
-% or by 'indentinside' option of paragraph shapes
-%
-\DefineTest:AlwaysIndent
-\AlwaysIndent:yes
-
-% override by Indent
-% can be set by the user,
-% or by start/end of text constructs
-%
-\DefineTest:Indent %forceer/onderdruk inspringen
-
-% Remove indentation
-% this is executed by \every@everypar
-%
-\def\controlled@indentation
- {\ifAlwaysIndent
- \ifIndent \else \remove@indent \Indent:yes \fi
- \else \ifIndent \Indent:no \else \remove@indent \fi
- \fi}
-\def\remove@indent{{\setbox0=\lastbox}}
-
-\def\noindentation{\AlwaysIndentno \Indentno}
-
-% Indentation control in Universal Block
-% control sequences \first@indent \inside@indent \after@indent
-% are called (in \edef context) in general open/close macros
-% for universal environments
-
-% Indent after this block
-% \global because the block may be in a further group
-%
-\add@generic@default{\def\after@indent{\global\nxp\Indent:no }}
-\@GenericOption{indentafter}{
- \def\after@indent{\global\nxp\Indent:#1 }}
-
-% Indent in this block
-\add@generic@default{\def\inside@indent{}}
-\@GenericOption{indentinside}{
- \def\inside@indent{\nxp\AlwaysIndent:#1 }}
-
-% Indent first in this block
-\add@generic@default{\def\first@indent{\nxp\Indent:no }}
-\@GenericOption{indentfirst}{
- \def\first@indent{\nxp\Indent:#1 }}
-
-%%%% Level dependent indentation
-%
-\NewTrace:indent
-
-% Lots of commands and parameters
-%
-% \levelindent is the indentation that will be taken
-% on the current level, jumping to the next
-%
-\newdimen\levelindent
-
-% \previousindent is the indentation that got us to this level
-% list item labels have to outdent over this amount
-%
-\newdimen\previousindent \previousindent\z@
-
-% indentlevel counter: used to generate automatic indentation,
-% for instance \levelindentvi for level vi
-%
-\new@@counter{indentlevel}
-\set@counter{indentlevel}1
-
-% \set@level@indent : set \levelindent to automatically
-% generated indentation; if \levelindentiii is defined take it,
-% otherwise use \@@level@indent{3}, which uses fraction
-% of a \basicindent
-%
-\def\set@level@indent{\levelindent=
- \level@indent{\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}}}
-\def\level@indent
- #1{\if\UndefinedCS{\@level@indent{#1}}\@@level@indent{#1}%
- \else \csname \@level@indent{#1}\endcsname \fi}
-\def\@level@indent#1{levelindent\romannumeral#1}
-\def\@@level@indent#1{\ifcase#1\z@\or
- \basicindent \or .75\basicindent \else .5\basicindent \fi}
-
-\DefineTest:BasicIndentIsSet
-% the following lines appear as the last command in \Start,
-% so that the user can tinker with \parindent
-% through adaptive distances or in the style
-%\ifBasicIndentIsSet\else\Distance:basicindent=parindent\fi
-%\set@level@indent
-
-% \SetLevelIndent : set exact amount of indentation for
-% specific level
-%
-\def\LevelIndent:#1=#2 {\csarg\edef{\@level@indent{#1}}{\@ww{#2}}}
-
-% Push/Pop indentlevels
-%
-\def\PushLeftIndentLevel
- {\Tmessage[indent]{Old left indent: \the\leftskip}%
- \advance\leftskip\levelindent
- \previousindent=\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}\set@level@indent
- \Tmessage[indent]{New left indent: \the\leftskip,
- at level \the\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}}%
- }
-
-\let\PushIndentLevel\PushLeftIndentLevel % for backwards compatibility
-
-% Popping an indent level requires two pops: one for the \levelindent
-% and one for the \previousindent. This last one then has to be
-% pushed again.
-%
-\def\PopLeftIndentLevel
- {\ifnum\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}=\@ne
- \Emessage{Pop left indent level attempted at outer level}
- \else \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent \previousindent\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent\advance\leftskip-\levelindent
- \fi}
-
-\let\PopIndentLevel\PopLeftIndentLevel % for backwards compatibility
-
-\def\PushRightIndentLevel
- {\Tmessage[indent]{Old right indent: \the\rightskip}%
- \advance\rightskip\levelindent
- \previousindent=\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}\set@level@indent
- \Tmessage[indent]{New right indent: \the\rightskip,
- at level \the\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}}%
- }
-
-\def\PopRightIndentLevel
- {\ifnum\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}=\@ne
- \Emessage{Pop right indent level attempted at outer level}
- \else \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent \previousindent\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent\advance\rightskip-\levelindent
- \fi}
-
-\def\PushLeftRightIndentLevels
- {\Tmessage[indent]{Old left indent: \the\leftskip}%
- \Tmessage[indent]{Old right indent: \the\rightskip}%
- \advance\leftskip\levelindent
- \advance\rightskip\levelindent
- \previousindent=\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}\set@level@indent
- \Tmessage[indent]{New left indent: \the\leftskip,
- at level \the\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}}%
- \Tmessage[indent]{New right indent: \the\rightskip,
- at level \the\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}}%
- }
-
-\def\PopLeftRightIndentLevels
- {\ifnum\cs@counter@name{indentlevel}=\@ne
- \Emessage{Pop left and right indents level attempted at outer level}
- \else \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \back@step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent \previousindent\levelindent
- \step@counter{indentlevel}%
- \set@level@indent\advance\rightskip-\levelindent
- \advance\leftskip-\levelindent
- \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Paragraph Skip control
-% parskip is stored and set to zero at the start and end
-% of environments
-\newskip\@restoreparskip
-
-% it is recorded if a parskip has been stored
-%
-\newif\if@parskipsaved \@parskipsavedno
-
-% Do no parskip
-% used at start of environment
-%
-\def\hold@parskip
- {\@restoreparskip\parskip \parskip\z@ \@parskipsavedyes}
-
-% Hold off parskip
-% used at end of environment
-%
-\def\dono@parskip{\if@parskipsaved \else \hold@parskip \fi}
-
-% Reestablish the parskip
-% this is executed in \every@everypar
-%
-\def\controlled@parskip
- {\if@parskipsaved \@parskipsavedno
- \parskip\@restoreparskip
- \fi}
-
-\def\noparskip{\parskip\z@ \@restoreparskip\z@}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Every Paragraph
-% \everypar is supposed to contain \every@everypar
-% as its first element.
-%
-\newtoks\EveryParagraph
-\def\every@everypar{\controlled@indentation \controlled@parskip
- \one@shot@coms \@headedno}
-\def\default@everypar{\everypar={\every@everypar\the\EveryParagraph}}
-\add@start@command{\default@everypar}
-\everypar{\Emessage{You forgot to give the \nxp\Start\@space command.}}
-
-% Execute once
-%
-\newtoks\one@shot@toks
-\def\one@shot@coms{\temptoksa\one@shot@toks
- \global\one@shot@toks={}\the\temptoksa\temptoksa{}}
-\def\next@paragraph#1{\append@to@list{one@shot@toks}{#1}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Every Math
-% just like \everypar.
-%
-\newtoks\EveryMath
-\newtoks\EveryDisplay
-\newtoks\every@everymath \newcount\high@fam
-\every@everymath{\high@fam\count18\relax
- %\MainFace
- \xp\math@setsize\style@sizes}
-\everymath{\the\every@everymath\the\EveryMath}
-\everydisplay{\the\every@everymath\the\EveryDisplay}
-
-% Flush margins
-%
-\Distance:rightmarginstretch={0pt plus 6cm}
-\Distance:leftmarginstretch={0pt plus 6cm}
-\def\FlushLeft:#1 {\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\leftskip=1\leftskip}
- {default} {\leftskip=1\leftskip
- \advance\leftskip\leftmarginstretch}
- \endswitch \relax}
-\FlushLeft:yes
-\def\FlushRight:#1 {\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\rightskip=1\rightskip}
- {default} {\rightskip=1\rightskip
- \advance\rightskip\rightmarginstretch}
- \endswitch \relax}
-\FlushRight:yes
-
-
-% French Spacing
-%
-\def\FrenchSpacing:#1 {\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\frenchspacing}
- {no} {\nonfrenchspacing}
- \endswitch \relax}
-\FrenchSpacing:no
-
-%%%%%%% lijn
-% #1 : hoogte; #2 : lengte; #3 : elevatie
-% parameters kunnen van achter af aan weggelaten worden;
-% #4 is dummy, kan niet door de gebruiker gespecificeerd worden.
-% NNNNNNNNNBBBBBBBBBBBBB: #2 werkt nog niet!!!!!!!!!!!!
-\newtoks\@lijntoks
-\@lijntoks={}
-
-% Lijn. Hier moet ik nog eens naar kijken.
-\@GenericOption{lijn}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\lijnanalyse:#1:\@restarg::::;}\cs@e
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\nxp\leavevmode\the\@lijntoks}}
- \cs@e}
-
-\def\lijnanalyse:#1:#2:#3:#4;{\@lijntoks={}
- \eqstring{#1}{}{}{\achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{height #1 }}
- \eqstring{#2}{}{\vooraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\leaders\hrule depth 0cm }
- \achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\hfill}}%
- {\eqstring{#2}{uitvullen}%
- {\vooraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\leaders\hrule depth 0cm }
- \achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\hfill}}%
- {\achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{width \w@w{#2} }%
- \vooraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\vrule depth 0cm }}
-% \eqstring{#3}{}{}{\vooraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\raise #3\hbox\bgroup}
-% \achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\egroup}}
- }
- \achteraanlijst{@lijntoks}{\hbox{}} % \par doet \unskip!!!
- }
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% accenten
-\gdef\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@\relax}
-
-%{\catcode`\"=12 \gdef\hex{"}}
-
-%\catcode`\"=13
-%\def "#1{\ifx#1i\discretionary{-}{i}{{\accent'177 \i}}%
-\def\"#1{\ifx#1i\discretionary{-}{i}{{\accent'177 \i}}%
- \else\ifx#1-\allowhyphens-\penalty\z@\allowhyphens
- \else\ifx#1"\hskip\z@\relax
-% \else\ifx#1!\hex
- \else\ifx#1!"
- \else\ifx#1|\allowhyphens
- \else {\accent'177 #1}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% C A S E
-%%
-\def\UpperCase#1{\edef\cs@a{\uppercase{#1}}\cs@a}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%% L E T T E R S P A C I N G
-%%
-\def\LetterSpace
- {\ifnextchar[\@LetterSpace %] <- to fool emacs
- {\@LetterSpace[0ptplus1fil]}}
-\def\@LetterSpace[#1]#2{\def\@LS{\hskip#1\relax}%
- \edef\cs@e{#2}\xp\@@LS\cs@e&}
-\def\@@LS#1#2&{#1\if\IsEmptyList{#2}\xp\take@one\else\@LS\xp\@@LS\fi#2&}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Interdictions
-%%
-\def\NoHyphenation{\hyphenpenalty\@M \exhyphenpenalty\@M}
-\def\NoWidows{\widowpenalty\@M}
-\def\NoOrphans{\clubpenalty\@M}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% V E R B A T I M
-%%
-
-\def\setupverbatim{\let\do=\makeother \dospecials}
-
-%% inline verbatim
-\def\ver{\leavevmode\begingroup \setupverbatim \obeyspaces\tt \@ver}
-\def\@ver#1{\def\@@ver##1#1{##1\endgroup}\@@ver}
-
-%% display verbatim
-{\activecr %
- \gdef\vVer>{\setupverbatim \obeyspaces %
- \tt \parindent\z@ \noparskip \obeylines %
- \ifnextchar
- \@@Ver\@Ver}\noeol %
- \gdef\@Ver#1<Rev{#1\VerStop}%
- \gdef\@@Ver
- #1<Rev{#1\VerStop}}
-
-%% verbatim files
-\def\verbatimfile#1{\begingroup
- \setupverbatim \obeyspaces \parindent\z@ \noparskip \obeylines %
- \tt \input#1\relax
- \endgroup}
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/05/14 defined \FrenchSpacing
-% 2016/04/14 defined \PushLeftIndentLevel, \PopLeftIndentLevel,
-% \PushRightIndentLevel, \PopRightIndentLevel,
-% \PushLeftRightIndentLevels, and \PopLeftRightIndentLevels
-% commands. \PushIndentLevel is now a synonym for
-% \PushLeftIndentLevel and \PopIndentLevel is a synonym
-% for \PopLeftIndentLevel
-% 2014/04/13 defined \EveryParagraph, \EveryMath, and \EveryDisplay
-% 2014/04/12 changed "#1 cs to \"#1 cs to be compatible with plain;
-% also we can not make " active since it is used by xetex for font selection
-% 92/11/08 white options created;
-% breakpoint protection in white options
-% 92/11/18 AdaptiveDistance implemented
-% 92/11/20 \set@counter calls updated for \w@w use
-% 92/12/14 default flush right
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-tools.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-tools.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index f7b11454b5..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop-tools.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1509 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop-tools.tex copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%% anonymous control sequences
-\newif\iftempa \newif\iftempb \newif\iftempc \newif\iftempd
-
-\newdimen\tempdima \newdimen\tempdimb \newdimen\tempdimc
-
-\newskip\tempskipa \newskip\tempskipb \newskip\tempskipc
-
-\newcount\tempcounta \newcount\tempcountb \newcount\tempcountc
-
-\newbox\tempboxa \newbox\tempboxb \newbox\tempboxc \newbox\tempboxd
-
-\newtoks\temptoksa \newtoks\temptoksb \newtoks\temptoksc
-%\newtoks\temptoksd \newtoks\temptokse \newtoks\temptoksf
-
-%% auxiliaries
-\def\@meld#1{{\immediate\write16{\trace@prefix #1}}}
-\def\Dmessage#1{\ifDiagnose \@meld{#1}\fi}
-\def\Wmessage#1{\@meld{--- Warning: #1}}
-\def\Emessage#1{{\errorcontextlines\m@ne
- \errmessage{<><><><><><><><> #1 <><><><><><><><>}}}
-
-\showboxdepth=7 \showboxbreadth=20
-\newlinechar=`\^^J %nodig?
-
-\chardef\busje`\\
-\def\cs#1{{\tt\char\busje#1}}
-
-\let\xp\expandafter \let\nxp\noexpand
-\let\csn\csname \let\ecs\endcsname
-
-% Remove or select tokens
-% is used in several places
-%
-\long\def\id@#1{#1}
-\long\def\take@former#1#2{#1} \long\def\take@latter#1#2{#2}
-\long\def\take@one#1{} \long\def\take@two#1#2{}
-\long\def\take@three#1#2#3{}
-\long\def\keep@one#1{#1} \long\def\take@to@dollar#1${}
-\def\Xignorespaces#1{#1}
-
-{\noesc
-\xp\xp\xp\gdef\xp\xp\xp\meaning@take@zero
- \xp\string\csn macro:\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\ecs
- \xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp#\xp\xp\xp1\xp\string\csn->\ecs{}
-}\def\real@meaning{\xp\meaning@take@zero\meaning}
-
-\def\first@of@three#1#2#3{#1}
-\def\second@of@three#1#2#3{#2}
-\def\third@of@three#1#2#3{#3}
-\def\first@two@of@three#1#2#3{{#1}{#2}}
-
-
-% Check if this file is being loaded from IniTeX, or
-% by \input'ting on top of an already existing format.
-% This is to avoid double definitions and major accidents.
-%
-\def\lollipop@name{Lollipop}
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\lollipop@name
- \let\ifini\take@one
- \let\ifnin\keep@one
- \message{! Loading Lollipop on top of format !}
-\else
- \let\ifini\keep@one %iniTeX run or on top of plain TeX
- \let\ifnin\take@one
- \everyjob{\let\ifini\take@one\let\ifnin\keep@one}
-\fi
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% forward definitions
-\def\new@@counter#1{\csarg\newcount{\counter@name{#1}}}
-\def\counter@name#1{#1@C}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Special characters
-
-% At sign
-%
-
-\def\makeatletter{\catcode`\@=11\relax}
-\def\makeatother{\catcode`\@=12\relax}
-
-% Catcode (re)storing
-%
-\def\storecat#1%
- {\noesc
- \csarg\edef{restorecat\string#1}%
- {\catcode`\string#1=
- \the\catcode\expandafter`\string#1}%
- \catcode\expandafter`\string#1=12\relax
- \normalesc}
-\def\restorecat#1%
- {\noesc
- \csname restorecat\string#1\endcsname
- \normalesc}
-
-% save writing.
-
-\def\@space{ }\def\@empty{} \newtoks\empty@toks \empty@toks{}
-\def\sc@led{scaled}
-\def\nl{\hfil\break}
-\def\IniTeX{Ini\TeX}
-\def\LaTeX{L\kern-.3em\raise.35ex\hbox{\script A}\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\def\AmsTeX{$\cal A_MS$-\TeX}
-%my old def
-%\def\LamsTeX{L\kern-.2em\raise.4ex\hbox
-% {$\scriptstyle\cal A$}\kern-.2em$\cal_M$\kern-.2em$\cal S\,$\TeX}
-%Spivak's old def
-%\def\LamSTeX{L\kern-.4em\raise.3ex\hbox{$\ssize\Cal A$}\kern-.25em
-% \lower.4ex\hbox{\eightsy M}\kern-.1em{$\Cal S$}-\TeX}
-\def\LamsTeX{L\kern-.4em\raise.3ex\hbox{\script$\cal A$}\kern-.25em
- \lower.4ex\hbox{\script$\cal M$}\kern-.1em{$\cal S$}-\TeX}
-
-\def\CorporateLogo{\TeX\kern-.15em \raise.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.25em
- ECHNIQUE}
-
-
-\hsize=15cm
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% T O O L S %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Construct a control sequence inside \edef
-%
-\def\CSname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Construct a control sequence out of #2, and give it to #1
-%
-\def\csarg#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-
-% Pick an escapecharacter
-% this presumes that its argument is a character.
-%
-\def\pickescape#1{\ifnum`#1=\escapechar\else#1\fi}
-
-% Equality of strings.
-% the fast approach: does not work in expansion-only environment.
-%
-\def\EqualString#1#2{00\fi\def\eqs@a{#1}\def\eqs@b{#2}%
- \ifx\eqs@a\eqs@b}
-
-% Test by expansion only
-%
-\def\EqualStringX#1#2{00\fi
- \csname if\@EqualStringX#1&$#2&$\endcsname}
-\def\@EqualStringX#1#2$#3#4${\ifx#1#3%
- \ifx#1&true\else\hop@ES\@EqualStringX#2$#4$\fi
- \else false\fi}
-\def\hop@ES#1\fi#2\fi{\fi\fi#1}
-
-% Lexicographic ordering
-% note the use of \def
-% also note the characters 0,127,255 that are used,
-% these are not supposed to appear in the strings
-%
-{\catcode0=12 \catcode255=12 \catcode127=12
-\gdef\StringBeforeNC#1#2{\00\fi
- \CharsBefore#1^^@^^?#2^^ff^^?}
-\gdef\CharsBeforeNC#1#2^^?#3#4^^?{%
- \ifcat#1\relax\def\next{\CharsBefore#2^^@^^?#3#4^^ff^^?}%
- \else\ifcat#3\relax\def\next{\CharsBefore#1#2^^@^^?#4^^ff^^?}%
- \else\ifnum\lccode`#1<\lccode`#3
- \def\next{\csname iftrue\endcsname}%
- \else\ifnum\lccode`#1>\lccode`#3
- \def\next{\csname iffalse\endcsname}%
- \else\def\next{\CharsBefore#2^^?#4^^?}%
- \fi \fi \fi \fi
- \next}
-\gdef\StringBefore#1#2{\00\fi
- \CharsBefore#1^^@^^?#2^^ff^^?}
-\gdef\CharsBefore#1#2^^?#3#4^^?{%
- \ifnum`#1<`#3
- \def\next{\csname iftrue\endcsname}%
- \else\ifnum`#1>`#3
- \def\next{\csname iffalse\endcsname}%
- \else\def\next{\CharsBefore#2^^?#4^^?}%
- \fi\fi
- \next}
-}
-
-
-% Null argument test
-%
-\def\ifempty#1{00\fi\xp\ifx\csname#1null\endcsname\null}
-\def\ifEmptyX#1{\xp\ifx\csname#1null\endcsname\null}
-%\def\ifEmpty#1{\def\cs@a{#1}\ifx\cs@a\empty}
-\def\IsEmptyList#1{00\fi\def\cs@a{#1}\ifx\cs@a\empty}
-
-% Next character test
-%
-\def\NextChar#1#2#3{00\fi
- \let\nxt@ch#1\def\nxt@a{#2}\def\nxt@b{#3}%
- \futurelet\nxt@c\@ifnxtc}
-\def\ifNextChar#1#2#3{%
- \let\nxt@ch#1\def\nxt@a{#2}\def\nxt@b{#3}%
- \futurelet\nxt@c\@ifnxtc}
-\let\ifnextchar\ifNextChar
-\def\@ifnxtc{\ifx\nxt@ch\nxt@c \expandafter\nxt@a
- \else \expandafter\nxt@b \fi}
-
-% Test for defined-ness of string as control sequence.
-% works inside \edef
-%
-%outdated: \def\ifnotdefined#1{\csarg\ifx{#1}\relax}
-\def\UndefinedCS#1{00\fi\csarg\ifx{#1}\relax}
-
-% Define uniquely defined dummy macros,
-% usually to serve as bumper blocks at the end of a list
-%
-\newcount\dummies
-\def\NewDummy#1{
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}\csarg\edef{#1}{dum\the\dummies}
- \advance\dummies\@ne
- \else
- \ifini{\Wmessage{Attempt at second definition of `#1'}}
- \fi}
-
-% string case statement
-% use: \switch \iftest{...} in:
-% item1 action1
-% ...
-% itemn actionn
-% default defaultaction [optional]
-% \endswitch
-% inspired by Jonathan Fine: Some Basic Control Macros
-% Tugboat 12 #4
-%
-\let\@fi\fi \let\endswitch\relax \NewDummy{default}
-\def\switch@exit #1 \@fi #2 \endswitch {\fi #1}
-\def\switch #1#2#3{\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1{#2}\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \switch {#1}
-}
-% this version puts the test object in {}
-\def\oswitch #1 in: #2 #3; {\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1{#2}\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \switch #1 in:
-}
-% this version assumes that the test object is just one character
-\def\cswitch #1 in: #2 #3; {\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1#2\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \cswitch #1 in:
-}
-% this version assumes that the test object can have an optional space
-\def\bswitch #1 in: #2 #3; {\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1#2 \switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \bswitch #1 in:
-}
-% this version can cope with significant spaces at the start of #3;
-% #2 is macro argument
-\def\mswitch #1 in: #2:#3; {\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1{#2}\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \mswitch #1 in:
-}
-% idem; #2 does not have to be enclosed in braces
-\def\fswitch #1 in: #2:#3; {\csarg\ifx{#2}\default\switch@exit #3 \@fi
- #1#2 \switch@exit #3 \@fi
- \fswitch #1 in:
-}
-
-% Routines for taking the value of a string:
-% if the string is defined as control sequence
-% take the value of that, otherwise take the string itself
-
-% String or value of control sequence
-%
-\def\w@w#1{\if\UndefinedCS{#1}#1\else \the\csname#1\endcsname\fi}
-
-% String or control sequence
-%
-\def\@ww#1{\if\UndefinedCS{#1}#1\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-
-% String or \noexpand-ed control sequence;
-% for use in \edef
-%
-\def\@w@w#1{\if\UndefinedCS{#1}#1\else
- \ifin@label\noexpand\protect\fi \CSname{#1}\fi}
-\newtoks\are@these@correct
-\def\t@w@w#1{%
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}#1%
- \ifdefining\append@to@list\are@these@correct{#1 }\fi
- \else
- \ifin@label\noexpand\protect\fi \CSname{#1}\fi}
-% see below what happens to \are@these@correct
-
-% Allocation
-%
-\def\new@count#1#2{\csarg\newcount{#1}\global\set@value{#1}{#2}}
-\def\new@skip#1#2{\csarg\newskip{#1}\global\set@value{#1}{#2}}
-\def\new@dimen#1#2{\csarg\newdimen{#1}\global\set@value{#1}{#2}}
-
-% Assignment of Values
-%
-\def\set@value#1#2{\csname#1\endcsname #2\relax}
-\def\increase@value#1#2{\advance\csname#1\endcsname #2\relax}
-\def\decrease@value#1#2{\advance\csname#1\endcsname -#2\relax}
-
-% Hex
-%
-\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#10\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or
- 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi}
-
-% Log 10
-%
-\def\LogTen#1{\switch{\ifnum#1<}
- {10 }{1} {100 }{2} {1000 }{3} {10000 }{4} {default}{5}
- \endswitch}
-
-% List Manipulation ................
-% this assumes that #1 is a list of tokens, #2 is the name of a list
-%
-% Names of lists (and of items to pop into) are given as strings;
-% not as control sequences.
-%
-\newtoks\toks@lista \newtoks\toks@listb
-% basic append/prepend macro
-\long\def\@append@to@cslist#1#2#3{\begingroup\toks@lista=#2{#3}%
- \global#1=\xp\xp\xp{\xp\the\xp#1\the\toks@lista}\endgroup}
-\long\def\@prepend@to@cslist#1#2#3{\begingroup\toks@lista=#2{#3}%
- \global#1=\xp\xp\xp{\xp\the\xp\toks@lista\the#1}\endgroup}
-\def\@append@to@list{\csarg\@append@to@cslist}
-% variations:
-\long\def\append@to@list#1#2{\@append@to@list{#1}{}{#2}}
-\def\append@list@to@list#1#2{%
- \@append@to@list{#1}{\xp\xp\xp}{\xp\the\csn#2\ecs}}
-\def\append@cslist@to@cslist#1#2{%
- \@append@to@cslist{#1}\xp{\the#2}}
-\def\append@toks@cs@to@list#1#2{\@append@to@list{#1}\xp{\the#2}}
-
-% A few list macros for the user
-\def\NewList:#1 {\csarg\newtoks{#1}\global\csn#1\ecs{}}
-\def\EmptyList:#1 {\global\csn#1\ecs{}}
-\long\def\AppendToList:#1=#2 {\@append@to@list{#1}{}{#2}}
-\def\TheList:#1 {\let\oldwbuskip\willbeunhskip \let\willbeunhskip\@empty
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}\message{List <#1> undefined}
- \else\csarg\the{#1}\fi
- \let\willbeunhskip\oldwbuskip}
-
-\def\del@tok@from@list#1#2{\begingroup
- \long\def\cs@liste##1#2##2\tok@SM
- {\toks@lista{##1}\toks@listb{##2}%
- \edef\cs@listb{\global\CSname{#1}=
- {\the\toks@lista\the\toks@listb}}%
- \cs@listb}%
- \edef\cs@lista{\nxp\cs@liste{}\xp\the\csn#1\ecs\nxp\tok@SM}%
- \cs@lista \endgroup}
-\def\in@front@of@list#1{\csarg{\let\xp\cs@lista}{#1}%
- \in@front@of@cslist\cs@lista}
-\long\def\in@front@of@cslist#1#2{\begingroup\toks@lista={#2}%
- \global#1=\xp\xp\xp{\xp\the\xp\toks@lista \the#1}%
- \endgroup}
-\long\def\local@in@front@of@list#1#2{\toks@lista={#2}%
- \csname#1\endcsname\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp\xp
- {\xp\xp\xp\the\xp\xp\xp\toks@lista
- \xp\the\csname#1\endcsname}%
- }
-\def\set@list#1{\csarg{\let\xp\cs@lista}{#1}%
- \set@cslist\cs@lista}
-\long\def\set@cslist#1#2{\begingroup\toks@lista={#2}%
- \global#1=\xp{\the\toks@lista}\endgroup}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Stack macros
-%
-% push in terms of prepending of lists
-\def\push@cs@onto@cs#1#2{\@prepend@to@cslist#1\xp{\xp\\\xp{\the#2}}}
-\def\push@onto#1{\csarg\push@onto@cs{#1}}
-\def\push@onto@cs#1#2{\@prepend@to@cslist#1{}{\\{#2}}}
-\def\local@push@onto#1#2{\let\\=\relax
- \local@in@front@of@list{#1}{\\{#2}}}
-% pop via auxiliary macro: #1 is result, #2 is stack
-% two cs arguments
-\def\pop@cs@into#1#2{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@@popinto\nxp#1\nxp#2\the#2\nxp\@@pop}\cs@e}
-% two string arguments
-\def\pop@into#1#2{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@@popinto\CSname{#1}\CSname{#2}\csarg\the{#2}\nxp\@@pop}\cs@e}
-\long\def\@@popinto#1#2\\#3#4\@@pop{#1{#3}#2{#4}}
-\def\copy@stacktop#1#2{%
- \edef\cs@e{\noexpand\@copy@stacktop
- {#1}\csarg\the{#2}\noexpand\@@pop}%
- \cs@e}
-\def\@copy@stacktop#1\\#2#3\@@pop{\csname#1\endcsname#2\relax}
-\newcount\stack@length \newtoks\empty@stack \empty@stack{\\{}}
-\def\length@of@stack#1{\csarg\length@of@csstack{#1}}
-\def\length@of@csstack#1{\def\\##1{\advance\stack@length\@ne}%
- \stack@length\m@ne \the#1}
-% turn a stack upside down
-\def\invert@csstack#1{\length@of@csstack{#1}%
- \tempcountb\z@ \temptoksa\empty@stack
- \loop\ifnum\tempcountb<\stack@length
- \pop@cs@into\temptoksb#1\advance\stack@length\m@ne
- \push@cs@onto@cs\temptoksa\temptoksb
-% \append@cslist@to@cslist\temptoksb\temptoksa% append a to b
-% \temptoksa\temptoksb
- \repeat% copy b to a
- #1\temptoksa \temptoksa\empty@toks}
-% invert a stack into a list
-\def\x@stack@to@list#1{\length@of@stack{#1}%
- \tempcountb\z@ \temptoksa\empty@toks
- \loop\ifnum\tempcountb<\stack@length
- \pop@into{temptoksb}{#1}\advance\stack@length\m@ne
- \append@list@to@list{temptoksb}{temptoksa}\repeat
- \csn#1\ecs\temptoksa \temptoksa\empty@toks}
-
-
-% Bookkeeping and Householding lists................
-% Generic Defaults
-% to be executed each time a definition starts
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\generic@defaults}
-\def\adds@generic@default#1{
- \append@to@list{generic@defaults}{#1}}
-\def\add@generic@default#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{generic@defaults}{#1}}}
-
-% Document Start Commands
-% to be executed by \Start
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\start@commands}
-\def\add@start@command#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{start@commands}{#1}}}
-\def\adds@start@command#1{%
- \append@to@list{start@commands}{#1}}
-
-% Document Stop Commands
-% to be executed by \Stop
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\stop@commands}
-\def\add@stop@command#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{stop@commands}{#1}}}
-\def\adds@stop@command#1{%
- \append@to@list{stop@commands}{#1}}
-
-% Style Start Commands
-% to be executed by \StyleDefinition
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\style@start@commands}
-\def\add@style@start@command#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{style@start@commands}{#1}}}
-
-% Style Stop Commands
-% to be executed by \StyleDefinitionStop
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\style@stop@commands}
-\def\add@style@stop@command#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{style@stop@commands}{#1}}}
-\add@style@stop@command{\style@stop@commands{}
- \style@start@commands{}}
-
-\def\check@existence#1{\Wmessage{Used \nxp\check@existence. Check}}
-% \add@style@stop@command{\if\UndefinedCS{#1}\Wmessage
-% {Some trouble involving #1; check definitions carefully!}\fi}
-
-%\add@style@start@command{\are@these@correct{}}
-%\add@style@stop@command{\if\IsEmptyList{\the\are@these@correct}\else
-% \Wmessage{Check if the following are literals: \the\are@these@correct}
-% \fi}
-
-% Tracing
-%
-% if trace@all=0 and \trace@foo is >0, every \Tmessage[foo] is written.
-% if \Trace:no, then all trace is disabled through \trace@all=-1
-% if \Trace:yes then all traces are written through \trace@all=1
-% by default: \trace@all=0
-%
-\def\Tmessage{\ifnum\trace@all>\m@ne\xp\t@message\else\xp\del@message\fi}
-\def\del@message[#1]#2{}\let\trace@prefix\@empty
-\def\t@message[#1]#2{%
- \ifnum\trace@all>\z@ \def\trace@prefix{[T]}\@meld{#2}%
- \else\csarg\ifnum{trace@#1}>\z@
- \def\trace@prefix{[T:#1]}\@meld{#2}\fi
- \fi\global\let\trace@prefix\@empty}
-
-\def\Trace:#1 {\switch{\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\trace@all\@ne\message{Switching ON all tracing}}
- {no} {\trace@all\m@ne\message{Switching OFF all tracing}}
- {default} {\if\UndefinedCS{trace@#1}\Wmessage{Strange trace: #1}\else
- \csname trace@#1\endcsname\@ne \trace@all\z@ \fi}
- \endswitch}
-\def\NewTrace:#1 {\new@count{trace@#1}\m@ne}
-\new@count{trace@all}\z@
-\NewTrace:gen % traces everything in this file
-\NewTrace:def % definitions of constructs etc
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Generic Constructs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% \@GenericConstruct{Foo} =
-% \newtoks\Foo@defaults
-% \Foo@defaults={}
-% \def\add@Foo@default#1{...}
-% \def\DefineFoo#1 =
-% \@FooDefaults % has to be defined explicitly
-% \the\Foo@defaults % constructed cumulatively
-% \@GenericDefaults % constructed cumulatively
-% \@GetOptions
-% \@DefineFoo % has to be defined explicitly
-% \def\@FooOption ... % same syntax as \@GenericOption
-%
-% Options are either generic (the ones below)
-% defined by \@GenericOption,
-% or specific for some construct,
-% defined by \@FooOption
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\@gencons}
-\newif\ifdefining@a@construct
-\def\@GenericConstruct#1{
- \ifini{\append@to@list{@gencons}{\\#1;}
- \csarg\newtoks{#1@defaults}
- \csn #1@defaults\ecs{}}
- \csarg\def{add@#1@default}##1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{#1@defaults}{##1}}}
- \csarg\def{adds@#1@default}##1{\append@to@list{#1@defaults}{##1}}
- \Install@Noops{#1}
- \csarg\def{Define#1}:##1 {\defining@a@constructyes
- \def\@name{##1}\def\@class{#1}
- \Tmessage[def]{Defining a #1: ##1}
- \the\generic@defaults
- \csarg\the{#1@defaults}
- \Get@Items}
- \csarg\def{@#1Option}##1{\csarg\def{#1@##1}####1####2}
- }
-\add@generic@default{\let\pre@fix\@empty}
-\def\@command{\ifx\pre@fix\@empty\else\pre@fix @\fi\@name}
-\def\stop@command@suffix{Stop}
-\def\stop@command{\@command\stop@command@suffix}
-\def\@DefineStopCommand{\csarg\edef{\stop@command}}
-
-%%%% Abbreviated Closing:
-% every group defines its own \default@stop@command;
-% on the outer level this is an error msg.
-% \> closes whatever is open, \>] closes everything that is open.
-\def\outer@stop@command{\Emessage{Vacuous group closing}}
-\let\default@stop@command\outer@stop@command
-\def\>{\default@stop@command%[fool the editor
- \ifNextChar]{\ifx\default@stop@command\outer@stop@command
- \xp\take@one
- \else \xp\>\fi}{}}
-\newif\if@implicitclose
-\add@generic@default{\@implicitcloseyes}
-% the next line replicated below
-%\@GenericOption{noimplicitclose}{\@implicitcloseno}
-\def\install@stop{\if@implicitclose
- \def\nxp\default@stop@command{\CSname{\stop@command}}%
- \else \let\nxp\default@stop@command\nxp\outer@stop@command
- \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Here is the main
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% I T E M A N A L Y S I S
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% loop
-%%%%
-
-% This macro is recursive, but with some detours.
-% first filter out empty arguments
-%
-\def\Get@Items#1 {\if\IsEmptyList{#1}\let\get@next@item\Get@Items
- \else\def\get@next@item{\@Get@Items#1 }\fi
- \get@next@item}
-
-% Check if the argument is `Stop', in which case you
-% have reached the end of a generic definition.
-% Otherwise filter the special case of a colon, and process an item
-%
-\NewDummy{Stop}
-\def\@Get@Items#1 {\let\get@next@item=\Get@Items
- \csarg\ifx{#1}\Stop
- \the\generic@stop@defaults
- \let\get@next@item=\relax
- \else \if\EqualString{#1}{:}\@add@toks{:}
- \else \Item@or@Macro#1::. \fi
- \fi \get@next@item}
-
-% Default actions to be executed when GetItems has finished
-%
-\def\add@generic@stop@default#1{\ifini
- {\append@to@list{generic@stop@defaults}{#1}}}
-\ifini{\newtoks\generic@stop@defaults}
-\add@generic@stop@default{\csname @Define\@class\endcsname}
-
-% Now check successive possibilities:
-% first it can be a macro.
-%
-\def\OptionsMacro:#1=#2Stop {\global\csarg\def{opt@mac@#1}{#2}}
-\def\split@at@is#1=#2=#3.{{#1}{#2}}
-\def\Item@or@Macro#1:#2:#3.{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {macro} {\if\UndefinedCS{opt@mac@#2}
- \Wmessage{Unknown macro: `#2'}
- \else \edef\get@next@item{\nxp\Get@Items \csn opt@mac@#2\ecs }
- \fi}
- {default} {\edef\cs@e{\nxp\Option@Item{#1}\split@at@is#2==.}
- \cs@e}
- \endswitch}
-
-% The option #1 is not a Lollipop style macro. It can be
-% - a specific option
-% - a generic option
-% - a character
-% - a defined control sequence
-%
-% Is it an option of some sort?
-%
-\def\Option@Item#1#2#3{
- \if\UndefinedCS{\@class @#1}
- \if\UndefinedCS{\gen@option@name{#1}}
- \Character@CS@Item{#1}{#2}{#3}
- \else \if\EqualString{#2}{title}
- \edef\cs@e{\CSname{\gen@option@name{#1}}\CSname{#3Title}}
- \cs@e
- \else \csn \gen@option@name{#1}\ecs{#2}{#3}
- \fi
- \Tmessage[gen]{Generic option `#1' for `\@class':
- `#2' = `#3'}
- \fi
- \else \if\EqualString{#2}{title}
- \edef\cs@e{\CSname{\@class @#1}\CSname{#3Title}}
- \cs@e
- \else \csn \@class @#1\ecs{#2}{#3}
- \fi
- \Tmessage[gen]{Specific option `#1' for `\@class': `#2'}
- \fi}
-
-% If it is not an option, is it a character or control sequence?
-%
-% Commands are either `\Command', `\Command:arg', `\Command:arg1=arg2'
-% See what arguments are nonempty in order to attach them;
-% in case 2 and 3 append space token.
-%
-\def\Character@CS@Item#1#2#3{
- \def\cs@b{#1}\def\cs@c##1##2<<<{\def\cs@c{##1}}\cs@c#1<<<
- \ifx\cs@b\cs@c \@add@toks{#1}
- \Tmessage[gen]{Single character `#1' for `\@class'}
- \else
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}
- \Wmessage{Unknown option for `\@class': `#1' in `\@name'.}
- \@add@toks{\csn#1\ecs}
- \else
- \cs@in@ref@protect{#1}%
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{#1}}}\cs@e
- \fi
- \if\IsEmptyList{#2}
- \else \if\IsEmptyList{#3}\@add@toks{:#2 }
- \else
- \if\EqualString{#2}{title}
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{:\CSname{#3Title} }}
- \cs@e
- \else \@add@toks{:#2={#3} }
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \Tmessage[gen]{Command `#1' (#2,#3)}
- \fi}
-
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%% G E N E R I C O P T I O N S
-%%%%
-%
-% All generic constructs get these options.
-% They are at liberty to redefine them.
-%
-\newtoks\@GenericOptions
-\def\gen@option@name#1{Option@#1}
-\def\@GenericOption#1{
- \append@to@list{@GenericOptions}{\\#1;}
- \csarg\def{\gen@option@name{#1}}##1##2}
-\def\Noop@Error#1#2{\Emessage{Option #2 is not allowed for class #1}}
-
-\def\Install@Noops#1{
- \csarg\def{@#1NOOP}##1{\csarg\def{#1@##1}{\Noop@Error{#1}{##1}}}
- }
-\newtoks\@main@options@list
-\newtoks\before@coms \newtoks\after@coms
-\add@generic@default
- {\def\@current@options@list{@main@options@list}%
- \@main@options@list{}
- \before@coms{} \after@coms{}}
-\long\def\@add@toks#1{\append@to@list{\@current@options@list}{#1}}
-\def\toks@add@toks#1{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\append@to@list
- {\nxp\@current@options@list}{\xp\the\csn#1\ecs}}
- \cs@e \let\cs@e\relax}
-\def\switch@to@options@list#1{\def\@current@options@list{#1}}
-\def\temp@options@list#1{
- \xdef\saved@options@list{\@current@options@list}
- \def\@current@options@list{#1}}
-\def\revert@options@list{
- \xdef\@current@options@list{\saved@options@list}
- \global\let\saved@options@list\@empty}
-
-\newtoks\z@toks \z@toks={0pt}
-
-% the next line should be higher,
-% but \@GenericOption wasn't defined yet there
-\@GenericOption{noimplicitclose}{\@implicitcloseno}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Universal textblock
-%
-% These macros will only be used inside an \edef.
-% They are meant for text blocks, but the \outer@start@commands
-% are also necessary for output routines, hence the test
-% if this is a text-like construct.
-%
-\newif\iftext@construct
-\add@generic@default{\text@constructyes}
-
-% Level of nesting
-%
-\newcount\nest@depth
-
-% Open command
-%
-\def\@gen@open{\outer@start@commands
- \begingroup \inner@start@commands}
-
-\def\outer@start@commands{%
- \iftext@construct
- \ifleft@embedded@construct \install@h@before@penalty
- \else \nxp\leavehmode \nxp\v@buffer{\the\@whitebefore}%
- % backspace previous white space while it's visible
- \nxp\if@headed\nxp\else\install@v@before@penalty
- \nxp\fi
- \fi \fi
- \ifhas@counter \nxp\StepCounter:\expandafter\@name\@space
- % This sets the \current@label by default
- \ifhas@marks
- \edef\nxp\cs@e{\nxp\nxp\nxp\refresh@mark@item
- {\@name Counter}{\CSname{\@name Counter}}}%
- \nxp\cs@e
- \fi
- \fi
- \iflabel@defined
- \global\current@label={\the\@labelcoms}\fi
- \ifhas@title \install@title@code
- % subtle: the title has to be installed after any page break
- % otherwise footlines may contain the wrong title.
- % also the title has to be global.
- \fi
- \ifhas@marks\nxp\ifnin{\nxp\place@mark}\fi
- %otherwise IniTeX'ing Lollipop will output a page
- \nxp\xx@label\the\extern@toks\penalty\@M
- % also subtle: if this white space would be higher, it would
- % be invisible because of marks et cetera.
- % insert nobreak after marks/writes to prevent page breaks.
- \iftext@construct
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else \nxp\@vwhite{\the\@whitebefore}\fi
- \fi
- }
-\def\inner@start@commands{%
- \nxp\Open@Group\CSname{\@class}\CSname{\@name}%
- \install@stop
- \ifleft@embedded@construct
- \else \nxp\hold@parskip
- \nxp\default@everypar
- \ifwhiteleft@defined
- \advance@skip\leftskip{\the\@whiteleft}\fi
- \ifwhiteright@defined
- \advance@skip\rightskip{\the\@whiteright}\fi
- \nxp\let\nxp\par=\nxp\@par %explain to me again why this is necessary...
- \inside@indent \first@indent
- \fi
- \advance\nest@depth\@ne
- }
-
-\def\@gen@close{\inner@end@commands \endgroup \outer@end@commands}
-\def\inner@end@commands{%
- \nxp\Close@Group\CSname{\@class}\CSname{\@name}%
- \the\late@extern@toks
- \ifright@embedded@construct \install@h@after@penalty
- \else \nxp\leavehmode \install@v@after@penalty
- \nxp\@vwhite{\the\@whiteafter}\fi
- }
-\def\outer@end@commands{%
- \the\after@toks
- \ifright@embedded@construct \nxp\@headedno
- \else \after@indent \nxp\dono@parskip
- \fi}
-\let\esp@hack\relax
-\def\bsp@hack{\let\esp@hack\relax
- \ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>\z@\let\esp@hack\ignorespaces\fi\fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Breaking
-
-% Constructs such as 'line' or 'rule' introduce breakpoints.
-% Here's how we deal with that. The \ifat@breakpoint test is set
-% by options such as 'line' or 'vwhite'. Similarly, these options
-% test for this condition and if necessary protect.
-% After 'text' in a text block the condition is set too.
-\newif\ifat@breakpoint
-\add@generic@default{\at@breakpointno}
-\def\protect@breakpoint{\ifat@breakpoint\@add@toks{\nobreak}\fi}
-
-% Break Before
-% user specifies yes/no, numeric value, or name of value
-% yes also does a fill
-% default: place zero penalty
-%
-\newif\ifdefault@break@before
-\adds@generic@default{\default@break@beforeyes}
-\@GenericOption{breakbefore}{\default@break@beforeno
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {no} {\def\@beforepenalty{\penalty\@M }}
- {yes} {\def\@beforepenalty{\CSname{\h@or@v fil}\penalty-\@M}}
- {0} {\def\@beforepenalty{}}
- {default}
- {\edef\cs@e{\def\nxp\@beforepenalty
- {\penalty\@w@w{#1}\relax}}
- \cs@e}
- \endswitch}
-\def\install@v@before@penalty
- {\ifdefault@break@before\penalty\z@
- \else\nxp\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@\@beforepenalty\nxp\fi
- \fi}
-\def\install@h@before@penalty
- {\ifdefault@break@before
- \else\nxp\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@\@beforepenalty\nxp\fi
- \fi}
-
-% Break After
-% same story
-%
-\newif\ifdefault@break@after
-\adds@generic@default{\default@break@afteryes}% Heading overrides
-\@GenericOption{breakafter}{\default@break@afterno
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {no} {\def\@afterpenalty{\penalty\@M }}
- {yes} {\def\@afterpenalty{\CSname{\h@or@v fil}\penalty-\@M}}
- {0} {\def\@afterpenalty{}}
- {default}
- {\edef\cs@e{\def\nxp\@afterpenalty
- {\penalty\@w@w{#1}\relax}}
- \cs@e}
- \endswitch}
-\def\install@v@after@penalty
- {\ifdefault@break@after\penalty\z@ \else\@afterpenalty \fi}
-\def\install@h@after@penalty
- {\ifdefault@break@after \else\@afterpenalty \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Surrounding White Space
-% WhiteBefore
-% amount is put in token list \@whitebefore,
-% the \@define... macro uses this to its own discretion
-% For the three text construct this happens in the general macros
-% In ExternalItem a different default is used
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\@whitebefore \newskip\whitebefore}
-\add@generic@default{\@whitebefore={whitebefore}}
-\whitebefore=6pt plus 6pt\relax
-\@GenericOption{whitebefore}{
-% \edef\cs@e{\@whitebefore={\@w@w{#1}}}\cs@e}
- \@whitebefore={#1}}
-
-% WhiteAfter
-% same story with \@whiteafter
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\@whiteafter \newskip\whiteafter}
-\add@generic@default{\@whiteafter={whiteafter}}
-\whiteafter=6pt\relax
-\@GenericOption{whiteafter}{
-% \edef\cs@e{\@whiteafter={\@w@w{#1}}}\cs@e}
- \@whiteafter={#1}}
-
-% WhiteLeft
-% same story with \@whiteleft
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\@whiteleft}
-\newif\ifwhiteleft@defined
-\add@generic@default{\@whiteleft\z@toks \whiteleft@definedno}
-\@GenericOption{whiteleft}{
-% \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@whiteleft={\@w@w{#1}}}\cs@e
- \@whiteleft={#1}
- \whiteleft@definedyes}
-
-% WhiteRight
-% same story with \@whiteright
-%
-\ifini{\newtoks\@whiteright}
-\newif\ifwhiteright@defined
-\add@generic@default{\@whiteright\z@toks \whiteright@definedno}
-\@GenericOption{whiteright}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@whiteright={\@w@w{#1}}}\cs@e
- \whiteright@definedyes}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Group Bookkeeping
-\def\@@nulklasse{????}\def\@@nulnaam{????}
-\let\@@groepklasse=\@@nulklasse \let\@Group@Name=\@@nulnaam
-
-% Grouping level during definition
-%
-\new@@counter{group}
-\add@generic@default{\start@counter{group}}
-\add@generic@stop@default{\if\TestCounter:group >0
- \Emessage{There are groups open in <\@name>}\fi}
-
-\add@generic@default{\def\current@def@group{>>OUTER LEVEL<<}}
-\def\b@group{\edef\@outer@options@list{\@current@options@list}
- \bgroup\step@counter{group}
- \ifnextchar[\def@def@group{}%]
- }
-\def\def@def@group[#1]{\def\current@def@group{#1}}
-\def\e@group{\ifnextchar[\test@def@group\egroup%]
- }
-\def\test@def@group[#1]{\def\current@test@group{#1}
- \ifx\current@def@group\current@test@group\egroup
- \else\Emessage{Closing `\current@def@group' with `\current@test@group'
- in \@class: \@name}
- \fi}
-
-
-% Grouping during execution
-%
-\def\@@testklasse{OUTER}\def\@@testnaam{OUTER}
-\def\@DEFgroepsluit{\nxp\Close@Group{\@class}{\@name}}
-\def\@groepERR#1#2{\Wmessage{Unexpected close of
- <\expandafter\string#1; expected: \expandafter\string#2.}}
-\newcount\group@open@lineno
-\def\Open@Group#1#2{\def\@@groepklasse{#1}\def\@Group@Name{#2}%
- \Tmessage[gen]{Open \string#1\@space \string#2 @ \the\inputlineno}
- \group@open@lineno\inputlineno}
-\def\Close@Group#1#2{\def\@@testklasse{#1}\def\@@testnaam{#2}%
- \ifx\@@testnaam\@Group@Name
- \Tmessage[gen]{Close \string#1\@space \string#2}%
- \else \@groepERR{\@@testnaam}{\@Group@Name}\fi}
-\def\Close@all@groups
- {\ifx\@Group@Name\@@nulnaam
- \else \Wmessage{Group not closed: \expandafter\string\@Group@Name;
- start @\the\group@open@lineno}
- \endgroup
- \Close@all@groups
- \fi}
-
-\def\@groeptester{\ifx\@Group@Name\@@nulnaam
- \else \Wmessage{Group still open: \expandafter\string\@Group@Name}\fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%% Counters
-
-% Counter name
-% has been abstracted.
-% this may be removed later for efficiency.
-%
-%\def\counter@name#1{#1@C}%defined above
-\def\cs@counter@name#1{\csn#1@C\ecs}
-\def\counter@@name#1{\CSname{#1@C}}
-\def\counter@value#1{\xp\the\csn#1@C\ecs}
-
-%
-% \NewCounter:COUNTER
-% \newcount\COUNTER@C
-% \CounterRepresentation:COUNTER=1 ; print arabic numeral
-% \StartCounter:COUNTER ; set to 0
-% \COUNTER@RL={} ; create reset list
-%
-% \CounterRepresentation:THING=W
-% if W is another counter, make synonym, otherwise
-% \THING@R <- representation command
-% \THINGCounter = \THING@R \THING@C
-% #1 = naam van een nieuw te definieren teller;
-% #2 = telwijze of naam van teller waar de nieuwe teller synoniem
-% mee moet worden.
-%
-\def\NewCounter:#1 {\new@counter{#1}}
-\def\new@counter#1{
- \new@@counter{#1}\csarg\edef{#1Value}{\counter@@name{#1}}
- \CounterRepresentation:{#1}=1
- \StartCounter:{#1}
- }
-% given above
-%\def\new@@counter#1{\csarg\newcount{\counter@name{#1}}}
-\def\AdaptiveCounter:#1
- {\if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#1}}\new@counter{#1}\fi
- \adds@stop@command
- {\ifWriteExtern\immediate\write\aux@file
- {\string\SetCounter:#1={\counter@value{#1}}} \fi
- }}
-
-% Counter allocation in the generic constructs
-% counter:x
-% indicates the mode of representation of the counter
-% of the construct being defined. The counter is first allocated.
-% A switch is thrown that will generate automatic step instructions.
-%
-\newif\ifhas@counter
-\@GenericOption{HasCounter}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\has@counteryes\has@labelyes
- \if\IsEmptyList{#2}\else\def\this@counter@repr{#2}\fi}
- {no} {\has@counterno}
- {default} {\has@counteryes}
- \endswitch}
-\@GenericOption{counter}{
- \ifin@label \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{\@name Counter}}}
- \cs@e
- \else\has@counteryes\has@labelyes \def\this@counter@repr{#1}
- \fi}
-\def\install@counter#1{\new@counter{\@name}%
- \ifhas@marks\xp\add@mark@item\xp{\@name Counter}\fi
- \if\IsEmptyList{#1}\else\CounterRepresentation:\@name=#1 \fi
- }
-
-% Counter-related defaults: initially there is no counter,
-% if a counter starts it counts Arabic unless otherwise indicated,
-% and the countername associated with this construct is
-% made available as an option;
-% later it will be a command, and the option is removed again.
-%
-\add@generic@default{\has@counterno\has@labelno
- \def\this@counter@repr{1}
- \csarg\def{\gen@option@name{\@name Counter}}{%
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{%\nxp\cprotect
- \CSname{\@name Counter}}}\cs@e
- \global\has@counteryes\global\has@labelyes}}
-\add@generic@stop@default
- {\csarg\let{\gen@option@name{\@name Counter}}\relax}
-\add@generic@stop@default{\ifhas@counter
- \xp\install@counter\xp{\this@counter@repr}\fi}
-
-%titles are handled below but the actions have to be
-%in this order.
-\add@generic@stop@default
- {\ifhas@title \ifshort@title \@sTitelize\@command
- \else \@Titelize{\@command}
- \fi\fi}
-\add@generic@stop@default{\ifhas@label \@Labelize{\@command}\fi}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Counter Representaton
-% main use: indicate representation of numerical value of counter
-% control sequence \FooCounter <- Foo@R\Foo@C
-% two-step approach necessary because of symbolic reference:
-% not all representations work purely by expansion.
-%
-
-% 1 arabic, i lowercase roman, I uppercase roman
-% a lowercase character, A uppercase Character
-%
-\def\@arabic#1{\number#1 }
-\def\@lcascii#1{{\tempcounta=#1\relax \advance\tempcounta by 96
- \char\tempcounta\relax}}
-\def\@ucascii#1{{\tempcounta=#1\relax \advance\tempcounta by 64
- \char\tempcounta\relax}}
-\def\@roman#1{\romannumeral#1 }
-\def\@Roman#1{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral#1}}
-
-% Representation has been abstracted
-%
-\def\counter@repr#1{#1@R}
-
-% Give the representing control sequence (@roman, ...)
-% inside an \edef
-%
-\def\counter@@repr#1{\xp\xp\xp\string\csname#1@R\endcsname}
-
-% Counter Representation (user command)
-% decides if this is a real representation command,
-% or a synonym declaration
-%
-\def\CounterRepresentation:#1=#2 {
- \if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#2}}%is this counter a synonym?
- \represent@counter{#1}{#2}
- \else \@SynonymCounter{#1}{#2}
- \fi}
-\def\represent@counter#1#2{
- \edef\cs@e{@\if#2iroman\else
- \if#2IRoman\else \if#2alcascii\else
- \if#2Aucascii\else arabic\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-% \csarg\xdef{\counter@repr{#1}}{\CSname{\cs@e}}
- \csarg\edef{\counter@repr{#1}}{\CSname{\cs@e}}
- \csarg\xdef{#1Counter}{\nxp\cprotect %\xp\string when writing label out
- \CSname{\counter@repr{#1}}{\nxp\number\counter@@name{#1}}}
- }
-\def\cprotect{}
-
-\def\PrintCounter:#1 {\csn#1Counter\ecs}
-
-% Synonym Counters
-% share the \FooCounter command, internal name, and reset list
-%
-\def\@SynonymCounter#1#2{
- \edef\cs@b{\nxp\let\counter@@name{#1}=\counter@@name{#2}
- \nxp\let\CSname{#1Counter}=\CSname{#2Counter}
- \nxp\let\CSname{#1@RL}=\CSname{#2@RL}}
- \cs@b
- }
-
-% Synonym as generic option
-% sharecounter:xyz
-% Don't allocate a counter, but share the counter of the
-% 'xyz' construct.
-%
-\@GenericOption{sharecounter}{\CounterRepresentation:\@name=#1 }
-
-% Governing counters
-% If a counter governs another counter, the other is reset
-% whenever the first is altered.
-%
-\def\GoverningCounter:#1=#2 {\tempano
- \if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#1}}
- \Wmessage{No such counter <#1>}
- \else\if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#2}}
- \Wmessage{No such counter <#2>}
- \else\tempayes
- \fi\fi
- \iftempa\if\UndefinedCS{#2@RL}\csarg\newtoks{#2@RL}
- \csn #2@RL\ecs={}\fi
- \append@to@list{#2@RL}{\\#1;}
- \fi}
-\def\reset@subordinates#1{\if\UndefinedCS{#1@RL}\else
- \def\\##1;{\start@counter{##1}}%
- \the\csname #1@RL\endcsname \let\\=\relax
- \fi}
-
-% User counter manipulation
-% should be global, and should reset subordinate counters
-% and define references.
-%
-\def\StartCounter:#1 {\handle@user@counter{#1}{start}{}}
-\let\ResetCounter\StartCounter
-\def\StepCounter:#1 {\handle@user@counter{#1}{step}{}}
-\def\AddToCounter:#1=#2 {\handle@user@counter{#1}{addto}{#2}}
-\def\BackStepCounter:#1 {\handle@user@counter{#1}{back@step}{}}
-\def\SetCounter:#1=#2 {\handle@user@counter{#1}{set}{#2}}
-\def\handle@user@counter#1#2#3{\if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#1}}
- \Wmessage{Unknown counter: #1}
- \else \begingroup\globaldefs\@ne
- \csn#2@counter\ecs{#1}{#3}%
- \reset@subordinates{#1}\define@reference{#1}%
- \endgroup
- \fi}
-
-% Numeric manipulation
-%
-\def\CounterValue:#1 {%
- \if\UndefinedCS{\counter@name{#1}}0
- \else \cs@counter@name{#1}\fi
- }
-\def\TestCounter:#1 {00\fi\ifnum\cs@counter@name{#1}}
-
-% Internal counter manipulation
-% is local and has no side effects
-%
-\def\step@counter#1{\increase@value{\counter@name{#1}}\@ne}
-\def\addto@counter#1#2{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\increase@value{\nxp\counter@name{#1}}{\w@w{#2}}}\cs@e}
-\def\back@step@counter#1{\increase@value{\counter@name{#1}}\m@ne}
-\def\start@counter#1{\set@value{\counter@name{#1}}\z@}
-\def\set@counter#1#2{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\set@value{\nxp\counter@name{#1}}{\w@w{#2}}}\cs@e}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Title
-%
-% All constructs can have titles.
-% By using the option 'title' the user indicates that
-% this particular option has a title.
-% A control sequence \constructTitle is defined.
-%
-% In case the \constructTitle is only used in a macro,
-% the user has to set HasTitle:yes as an option.
-%
-\def\@@@title#1{#1Title}\def\@@title{\@@@title\@name}
-\newif\ifhas@title\add@generic@default{\has@titleno}
-\newif\ifshort@title\add@generic@default{\short@titleno}
-\add@generic@stop@default % we cannot use @@title here!
- {\ifhas@marks\ifhas@title\xp\add@mark@item\xp{\@name Title}\fi\fi}
-\def\give@title{\global\has@titleyes
- \global\csarg\let\@@title\@space
- %to define it until first call
- }
-\@GenericOption{title}{\give@title
- \ifin@external \if\IsEmptyList{#1}
- \external@handle@title{\@name}
- \else \external@handle@title{#1}\fi
- \else \if\IsEmptyList{#1}
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{\@@title}}}\cs@e
- \else\Wmessage{Parametrized titles only in external}\fi
- \fi
- }
-\@GenericOption{HasTitle}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\give@title}
- {no} {\global\has@titleno}
- {short} {\give@title \global\short@titleyes}
- {default} {\give@title}
- \endswitch
- }
-
-% this code appears in \outer@start@commands;
-% it will be executed in an \edef
-%
-\newtoks\title@toks
-\def\install@title@code
- {%\nxp\xp\gdef\nxp\xp\CSname{\@name Title}\nxp\xp{%
- % \nxp\xp\nxp\maybe@uppercase\nxp\xp{\nxp\the\title@toks}}%
- \nxp\xp\gdef\nxp\xp\CSname{\@name Title}\nxp\xp
- {\nxp\the\title@toks}%
- \ifhas@marks
- \edef\nxp\cs@e{\nxp\nxp\nxp\refresh@mark@item
- {\@name Title}{\nxp\the\title@toks}}%
- \nxp\cs@e
- \fi}
-
-% Give a macro a title
-%
-%\add@generic@stop@default{\ifhas@title \@Titelize{\@name}\fi} %above!
-%
-\newcount\extra@args \add@generic@default{\extra@args\z@}
-\def\ttl@name#1{ttl@#1}
-\def\@Titelize#1{\edef\cs@e{\let\CSname{\ttl@name{#1}}=\CSname{#1}}\cs@e
- \ifcase\extra@args %0:
- \csarg\edef{#1}##1\par
- {\title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##1\nxp\willbeunhskip}%
-% {\title@toks{##1\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{\ttl@name{#1}}}
- \or %1:
- \csarg\edef{#1}##1##2\par
- {\title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##2\nxp\willbeunhskip}%
-% {\title@toks{##2\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{\ttl@name{#1}}{##1}}
- \or %2:
- \csarg\edef{#1}##1##2##3\par
- {\title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##3\nxp\willbeunhskip}%
-% {\title@toks{##3\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{\ttl@name{#1}}{##1}{##2}}
- \else \Wmessage{Sorry, too many extra arguments %
- for `\@class' : `\@name'}
- \fi}
-\begingroup\catcode`\^^M\active \endlinechar-1\relax%
-% trick: with an active ^^M we can let it expand to \@space
-% not a 100\% solution, true.
-\gdef\@sTitelize#1{
- \edef\cs@e{\let\CSname{x@\ttl@name{#1}}=\CSname{#1}}\cs@e
- \csarg\edef{#1}{\begingroup\endlinechar`\nxp\^^M
- \catcode\endlinechar\active\CSname{\ttl@name{#1}}}
-% short titles can have no unwanted trailing space
- \ifcase\extra@args %0:
- \csarg\edef{\ttl@name{#1}}##1^^M
- {\endgroup\let\nxp^^M\nxp\@space
- \title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##1}%
-% \title@toks{##1\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{x@\ttl@name{#1}}}
- \or %1:
- \csarg\edef{\ttl@name{#1}}##1##2^^M
- {\endgroup\let\nxp^^M\nxp\@space
- \title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##2}%
-% \title@toks{##2\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{x@\ttl@name{#1}}{##1}}
- \or %2:
- \csarg\edef{\ttl@name{#1}}##1##2##3^^M
- {\endgroup\let\nxp^^M\nxp\@space
- \title@toks\nxp\xp{\nxp\id@##3}%
-% \title@toks{##3\nxp\protect\nxp\unhskip}%
- \CSname{x@\ttl@name{#1}}{##1}{##2}}
- \else \Wmessage{Sorry, too many extra arguments %
- for `\@class' : `\@name'}
- \fi}
-\endgroup
-
-% Uppercase titles are a big problem
-% after \MakeUpperCase
-% any appearing title (including when it comes out of a mark)
-% is uppercased
-%
-\newif\ifUpperCasing \def\MakeUpperCase{\UpperCasingyes}
-\def\maybe@uppercase{\ifUpperCasing\uppercase\xp\fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% M O D E S
-%
-% controls whether a construct can start/end as part of a paragraph.
-% chooses between a lot of horizontal/vertical commands.
-%
-% this should appear as one of the first options.
-% maybe generate an error msg if it doesn't
-%
-\newif\ifleft@embedded@construct
-\newif\ifright@embedded@construct
-\add@generic@default{\left@embedded@constructno\right@embedded@constructno}
-\newif\if@hmode \newif\if@vmode
-\add@generic@default{\@hmodeno\@vmodeyes}
-\@GenericOption{embedded}{\switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {yes} {\left@embedded@constructyes\right@embedded@constructyes}
- {no} {\left@embedded@constructno \right@embedded@constructno}
- {left} {\left@embedded@constructyes\right@embedded@constructno}
- {right} {\left@embedded@constructno \right@embedded@constructyes}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier: `embedded:#1'}}
- \endswitch
- \ifleft@embedded@construct \@hmodeyes \@vmodeno \fi}
-
-% Mode dependent
-%
-\def\h@or@v{\ifleft@embedded@construct h\else v\fi}
-\def\append@no@hv@break
- {\edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{%\if@hmode \if@vmode\else\nxp\leavevmode\fi\fi
- %\if@vmode \if@hmode\else\nxp\leavehmode\fi\fi
- \nxp\nobreak}}
- \cs@e}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Boxes
-%
-% Line
-% is a \hbox to \hsize
-% mainly used to determine the width of stuff inside it.
-%
-\newif\ifin@line
-\add@generic@default{\in@lineno}
-\newcount\text@in@line \newtoks\line@toks \newbox\line@box
-\def\rm@to@end@of@box{\everyvbox{}%
- \setbox\tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
- \aftergroup\rm@tmp@box}
-\def\rm@tmp@box{\setbox\tempboxa\box\voidb@x\egroup}
-\def\definitely@to@hsize{\def\maybe@to@hsize{ to\hsize}}
-\@GenericOption{line}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {start} {\protect@breakpoint
- \b@group[line]\in@lineyes\line@toks{}
- \temp@options@list{line@toks}
- \@add@toks{\hbox \maybe@to@hsize\bgroup}\text@in@line\z@
- }
- {stop} {\@add@toks{\hfil\egroup}\revert@options@list
- \ifnum\text@in@line>\z@
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks
- {\line@toks={\the\line@toks}}}\cs@e
- \@add@toks{\begingroup\everyvbox{\rm@to@end@of@box}%
- \let\maybe@to@hsize\relax
- \setbox\line@box\the\line@toks
- \tempdima\hsize\advance\tempdima-\wd\line@box
- \everyvbox{}\definitely@to@hsize
- \everyvbox{\hsize\tempdima}\the\line@toks
- \endgroup}
- \else \@add@toks{\definitely@to@hsize}
- \toks@add@toks{line@toks}
- \fi
- \e@group[line]\at@breakpointyes}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier: `line:#1'}}
- \endswitch}
-
-% Tekstkolom. Is een \vbox of \vtop.
-% Openen met 'begin' 'ophangen', 'topregel' of 'voetregel',
-% start,topregel : \vtop
-% voetregel : \vbox
-% ophangen : \vtop{\kern\z@
-% Eindigen met 'stop'
-\@GenericOption{textcolumn}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {stop} {\@add@toks{\egroup}\global\BlockWidth\hsize
- \e@group[textcolumn]\at@breakpointyes}
- {start} {\open@text@column\vtop{}}
- {topline} {\open@text@column\vtop{}}
- {hang} {\open@text@column\vtop{\kern\z@}}
- {footline} {\open@text@column\vbox{}}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange modifier: `textcolumn:#1=#2'}}
- \endswitch}
-\def\open@text@column#1#2%
- {\ifin@line\advance\text@in@line\@ne\else\protect@breakpoint\fi
- \@add@toks{#1\bgroup#2\leftskip\z@ \Indent:no \leavevmode}
- \b@group[textcolumn]
- \ifin@line\else\aftergroup\at@breakpointyes\fi
- }
-
-% Depth strut: for use in line
-\@GenericOption{depth}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\vrule width\z@ height\z@ depth \@w@w{#1}}}
- \cs@e}
-
-% Block
-% is an hbox
-% opening
-% 1/ blok:start --> \setbox\block@box=\hbox{
-% and \block@closing = }
-% 2/ blok:hang --> \setbox\block@box=\hbox{\vtop{\kern\z@\hbox{
-% and \block@closing = }}}
-% closing
-% 1/ blok:stop --> \block@closing \box\block@box
-% 2/ stickout:left/right --> \block@closing \l/rlap{\box\block@box}
-% 3/ fillupto:foo --> \block@closing
-% \hbox to \foo{\unhbox\block@box\hfil}
-%
-\newbox\block@box \newif\ifin@box
-\add@generic@default{\in@boxno
- \def\block@closing{\ifin@box\else
- \Wmessage{Closing `block', but not opened. This is serious!}\fi}
- }
-\def\block@closing{}
-\newdimen\BlockWidth
-\def\Measure@Block{\global\BlockWidth\wd\block@box}
-\@GenericOption{block}{
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {stop} {\stop@block}
- {hang} {\start@block
- {\vtop\bgroup\kern\z@\hbox\bgroup}
- {\egroup\egroup}}
- {start} {\start@block{}{}}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Strange option: `block:#1'}}
- \endswitch}
-\def\start@block#1#2{
- \ifin@line\else\protect@breakpoint\fi
- \@add@toks{\setbox\block@box=\hbox\bgroup#1}
- \b@group[block]
- \ifin@line\else\aftergroup\at@breakpointyes\fi
- \def\block@closing{\@add@toks{#2\egroup\Measure@Block}}
- }
-\def\stop@block{\block@closing
- \ifin@box \@add@toks{\advance\hsize by -\wd\block@box} \fi
- \@add@toks{\box\block@box}
- \e@group[block]}
-
-\@GenericOption{fillupto}{
- \block@closing \e@group[block]
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\hbox to \@w@w{#1}{\unhbox\block@box\hfil}}}
- \cs@e
- \ifin@line \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\advance\hsize by -\@w@w{#1}}}
- \cs@e \fi
- }
-\@GenericOption{stickout}{
- \block@closing \e@group[block]
- \switch {\if\EqualString{#1}}
- {right} {\stickout@right{#2}}
- {left} {\stickout@left{#2}}
- {default} {\Wmessage{Unknown qualifier (stickout:) `#1'}}
- \endswitch
- }
-\def\stickout@left#1{
- \@add@toks{\llap}
- \if\IsEmptyList{#1}
- \@add@toks{{\box\block@box}}
- \else \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{{\hbox to \@w@w{#1}
- {\box\block@box\hss}}}}
- \cs@e
- \fi}
-\def\stickout@right#1{
- \@add@toks{\rlap}
- \if\IsEmptyList{#1}
- \@add@toks{{\box\block@box}}
- \else \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{{\hbox to \@w@w{#1}
- {\hss\box\block@box}}}}
- \cs@e
- \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Tidbits
-
-% Commands
-%
-\@GenericOption{command}{
- \ifin@external \external@handle@expandable{#1}{\csn#1\ecs}{<#1>}
- \else
- \if\UndefinedCS{#1}\Wmessage{Undefined command: <#1>}\fi
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{#1}}}\cs@e
- \fi}
-\@GenericOption{CSname}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\@add@toks{\CSname{#1}}}\cs@e}
-
-% Literal text.
-% only problem if this is a colon.
-%
-\@GenericOption{literal}{\@add@toks{#1}}
-
-% Arguments.
-%
-\@GenericOption{arg}{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@add@toks{\iftrue{\else}\fi#1\iffalse{\else}\fi}}
- \cs@e}
-\@GenericOption{OpenBrace}{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@add@toks{\iftrue{\else}\fi}}
- \cs@e}
-\@GenericOption{CloseBrace}{\edef\cs@e
- {\nxp\@add@toks{\iffalse{\else}\fi}}
- \cs@e}
-% Extra Commands before and after
-%
-\newtoks\before@toks \add@generic@default{\before@toks{}}
-\@GenericOption{commandbefore}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\append@to@list{before@toks}{\CSname{#1}}}
- \cs@e}
-\newtoks\after@toks \add@generic@default{\after@toks{}}
-\def\add@after@command#1{\append@to@list{after@toks}{#1}}
-\@GenericOption{commandafter}{
- \edef\cs@e{\nxp\add@after@command{\CSname{#1}}}
- \cs@e}
-
-\endinput
-
-% 2016/04/13 Chnaged \lolli@name to \lollipop@name
-% 2014/04/18 Fixed the wrong numbering of nested enumerate lists
-% 92/11/03 Improved penalty handling for embedded environments
-% \ifini test extended to make loading on top of plain possible
-% 92/11/08 Breakpoint protection into line/block/textcolumn
-% 92/11/14 Resetlist generation made conditional
-% 92/11/21 option 'arg'
-% 92/12/12 \sTitelize, \give@title
-% 93/07/30 late@after@toks, inputlineno in group errmsg \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop.tex b/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b77aabd78..0000000000
--- a/macros/lollipop/tex/lollipop.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-% lollipop.tex; master file for the Lollipop tex format.
-% This file and all input files and all files for the manual
-% (with the exception of hyphen.tex and btxmac.tex)
-% copyright 1992/3 Victor Eijkhout
-% copyright 2014--2016 Vafa Khalighi
-%
-%
-% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-% (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% L O L L I P O P T E X %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% o
-% L O L L I P O P
-% | |
-%
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\input lollipop-plain
-
-\input lollipop-tools
-
-\input lollipop-define
-
-\input lollipop-fonts
-\input lollipop-fontdefs
-
-\input lollipop-text
-
-\input lollipop-document
-
-\input lollipop-heading
-
-\input lollipop-output
-
-\input lollipop-float
-
-\input lollipop-lists
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\showboxdepth=7 \showboxbreadth=300
-\errorcontextlines=\maxdimen
-
-\let\willbeunhskip\unhskip
-
-\Typeface:ComputerModern
-\Pointsize:10
-\Style:bold \Style:slant \Style:italic \Style:roman
-
-\Distance:verbatimwhiteleft=levelindent
-\Distance:verbatimwhitebefore={0pt plus 1pt}
-\Distance:verbatimwhiteafter={0pt plus 1pt}
-
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands\tracingmacros
-\DefineTextBlock:Ver
- whitebefore:verbatimwhitebefore whiteafter:verbatimwhiteafter
- breakbefore:200 breakafter:-100
- whiteleft:verbatimwhiteleft
- command:vVer text Stop
-
-\DefinePageGrid:RightPage height:page=8in width:page=5in
- textband:start text textband:stop
- vwhite:12pt
- band:start PageCounter band:stop
- Stop
-\RightPage
-
-\hyphenation{Eijk-hout dis-cre-tio-na-ry al-ign-ment met-hod
- met-hods}
-
-% v0.9 First public release October 1992
-% v0.91 TeX3 based lolplain, penalties in embedded constructs,
-% splittopskip
-% v0.92 Copyright notices added, math family setting,
-% bugs in penalties corrected
-% v0.93 Nobreaks in constructs, synonym counters, start floats
-% v0.94 Adaptive distances and counters
-% v0.95 BibTeX, short titles, improved external handling,
-% \CurrentOutput changed
-% v0.96 repair: counters, ToExternal, option:title=Smthng,
-% changed copyright status! fontdefs file, late externals
-% EmptyList -> IsEmp...
-%
-% v0.97 Update and organized files and generated various
-% formats for Lollipop.
-%
-% v0.98 Changed filenames; the new filename has now
-% "lollipop-" prefix, and fixed typewriter font.
-%
-% v0.99 Improved ini files, and the error in address.tex
-% example fixed.
-%
-% v1.00 Updated lollipop-plain.tex.
-%
-% v1.01 Updated lollipop-text.tex (changed "#1 cs to \"#1 cs
-% to be compatible with plain
-%
-% v1.02 Updated lollipop-text.tex (defined \EveryParagraph,
-% \EveryMath, and \EveryDisplay), defined
-% \PointSizeScriptSizes:12
-%
-% v1.03 Fixed the wrong numbering of nested enumerate lists
-%
-% v1.04 Updated version number and date of the format in \fmtversion
-%
-% v1.05 Changed \lolli@name to \lollipop@name
-% added \footnoterule to output routine
-% defined \PushLeftIndentLevel, \PopLeftIndentLevel,
-% \PushRightIndentLevel, \PopRightIndentLevel,
-% \PushLeftRightIndentLevels, and \PopLeftRightIndentLevels
-% commands. \PushIndentLevel is now a synonym for
-% \PushLeftIndentLevel and \PopIndentLevel is a synonym
-% for \PopLeftIndentLevel
-% fixed the error caused by \newhelp
-%
-% v1.06 Defined \FrenchSpacing
-%
-\edef\fmtname{\lollipop@name}%defined in Tools
-\def\fmtversion{v1.07, 21 May 2016}
-\append@to@list{everyjob}{\message{
->>>> This is Lollipop TeX (\fmtversion) <<<<}}
-
-\makeatother
-\errorstopmode
-\endinput